Categories
Podcast episode

The Limits of Fiscal Policy: Insights from Tony Makin, Alex Robson & others – EP222

This episode on the limits of fiscal policy features highlights from host Gene Tunny’s past conversations with the late Australian economist Professor Tony Makin and former OECD Ambassador Alex Robson. In the discussions, Tony Makin provides a balanced and insightful analysis of Australia’s fiscal response to the COVID-19 pandemic, critiquing programs like JobKeeper while recognizing some justification. He and Alex Robson discuss the importance of considering the open economy impacts of fiscal stimulus and the long-term burdens of debt. The episode looks to validate Makin’s warnings about the limits of discretionary fiscal policy through subsequent evidence and events. Gene summarizes the JobKeeper evaluation results and what happened in the Australian housing market following the pandemic fiscal stimulus. 

Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP222

  • Fiscal policy limits and its impacts: introduction (0:03)
  • Economic stimulus measures during the COVID-19 pandemic. (9:36)
  • JobKeeper program design and targeting. (15:44)
  • JobKeeper program’s effectiveness and infrastructure spending challenges. (21:31)
  • Keynesian economics and infrastructure spending. (27:50)
  • Fiscal policy and its impact on the economy. (33:13)
  • Fiscal policy and its unintended consequences. (40:12)
  • The economic impact of public debt with Tony Makin and Alex Robson. (48:31)
  • Fiscal policy and its impact on the economy: wrap up. (53:39)

Takeaways

  1. Fiscal stimulus packages must be carefully designed and limited in size to avoid unintended consequences.
  2. The nature of the workforce is important to consider when implementing fiscal policy, as not all workers can easily transfer to different industries.
  3. The burden of public debt, including interest payments, can have long-term impacts on national income and economic growth.
  4. The effectiveness of fiscal policy in an open economy is influenced by factors such as capital mobility and exchange rates.
  5. Tony Makin was a leading advocate for sensible fiscal policy in Australia, and his contributions to the field are greatly missed.

Episodes the highlights are clipped from

EP119: What Tony Makin taught us about macroeconomics – Economics Explored 
A Fiscal Vaccine for COVID-19 with Tony Makin – new podcast episode | Queensland Economy Watch

Links relevant to the conversation

Fiscal policy papers by Tony Makin:

The Effectiveness of Federal Fiscal Policy: A Review

(PDF) Australia’s Competitiveness: Reversing the Slide 

 A Fiscal Vaccine for COVID-19

Treasury analysis of JobKeeper:

Independent Evaluation of the JobKeeper Payment Final Report | Treasury.gov.au

The employment effects of JobKeeper receipt | Treasury.gov.au  

News regarding unintended consequences of fiscal stimulus:

Building company collapses into liquidation days before Christmas, impacting four Guzman Y Gomez sites

Transcript: The Limits of Fiscal Policy: Insights from Tony Makin, Alex Robson & others – EP222

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Tony Makin  00:03

For instance, baristas who’ve lost their jobs are not necessarily going to be one want to be out there on the road as a construction worker, financial sector employees and not wanting to be perhaps putting paint bets and ceilings. So the the nature of the workforce is important. We can’t just treat the labour force as this homogenous entity where people can transfer across to any sort of industry at whim.

Gene Tunny  00:39

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, in this episode, I’m going to talk about the limits of fiscal policy. So that’s the use of government spending and taxation to influence the economy. So to try to smooth out the business cycle or to respond to some big shock, like the pandemic or the financial crisis. During the pandemic, in particular, we saw heavy use of fiscal policy by governments around the world. While some stimulus may have been warranted, we’re starting to really see some of the adverse consequences of fiscal stimulus packages in different countries. So you could argue that are a good part of the inflation that we’ve seen in the last couple of years that was due to the, you know, these massive fiscal policy responses that occurred that, that injected all of this additional money into household and business bank accounts, and we ended up with too much money chasing too few goods, which is that that classic explanation of inflation. We’ve also seen high public debts. So big increase in debt worldwide. And then we’ve got the growing burden of interest payments on government budgets. We’ve also seen impacts like what you’d call crowding out, we’ve seen supply side impacts, or constraints really starting to, to bite, particularly in the building industry. So some of these, these unintended consequences, you could say, maybe they should have been foreseen, they’re really starting to have an impact, particularly here in Australia, we’ve seen an impact on the building industry on its costs, and that’s affecting firm viability. So there’s all this extra demand, and there’s only so much supply out there. And, you know, supply can only respond in, it can’t respond automatically or instantly, to to this additional demand. So we’ve seen a big increase in in costs in that sector, and then that’s having all sorts of adverse impacts and you know, builders are closing down and then the people who are getting their houses built, they’re badly impacted, too. So that’s, that’s one of the things we’re seeing here in Australia that I’m going to talk about. Early in the pandemic, Professor Tony Macon of Griffith University in Australia. So Tony was based on the Gold Coast, which is south of Brisbane, where I am so early in the pandemic tiny warned about the adverse consequences of fiscal stimulus in Episode 41 of the podcast. So in one of the earlier episodes of this show, in June 2020, I spoke with Tony about his analysis of Australia’s fiscal response to the pandemic. He prepared that for the Centre for independent studies, which is a think tank in Sydney. So the CIS it’s one that I’m an adjunct Fellow at and I’ve had a lot to do with over the years. I’m gonna play some clips from that conversation I had with Tony, in, you know what turned out to be one of the early Months of the pandemic. So, I mean, things started going, going crazy. And when was it March 2020. So that’s a, it’s just a few months after, after that. We had a big a major fiscal policy response by the end of March in Australia, if I remember. And so we’re starting to see some of the, you know, the less desirable features of that already in in June when I spoke with Tony. Okay, so I’m going to play some clips from that conversation to illustrate some really important points about the limits of fiscal policy. So I’m not saying that activist fiscal policy is everywhere and always bad. I think what I want to say is that you’ve really got to be careful with it, you’ve got to think about, well, what’s going to be the ongoing impact on your interest payments? Could could there be any crowding out? Could there be unintended consequences? Could you actually be destabilising the economy in the future? You may be trying to stabilise it now, but could you actually make things worse than they otherwise would be in in the future? So they’re the types of considerations I think are important with with fiscal policy? Okay, one thing I have to say is that tiny Macon is sadly, no longer with us. He died unexpectedly in November 2021. So, in addition to playing some highlights from my fiscal policy conversation with Tony, I’m also going to play some highlights from my conversation about Tony’s legacy that I had with Alex Robson in Episode 119, from December 2021. So I think they’re worth that’s worth sticking around. For. Alex is a you know, he’s a former collaborator with Tony, he wrote some papers with him. And he’s also Australia’s former ambassador to the OECD in Paris, which is really top job in economics. Yeah, so Alex, Alex is a great person to hear from and he has a lot of excellent observations about about Tony. Okay, let’s play the first clip, which it features Tony’s critique of the massive job keeper, payroll subsidy programme that we have in Australia. I think that much of Tony’s critique has been supported by the facts. So new evidence, or what we’ve learned about how Job keeper rolled out and, you know, the impacts that it had. And also, I think that the review of the programme that my old deputy secretary in the treasury, Nigel Ray, so Nigel did a review of it. Last year, I think that that review that brings out some of these, well, that’s supportive of some of the criticisms that that that Tony made, although, of course, it’s it’s going to be measured. And you know, Nigel, is not someone who’s going to come out and say, Look, this is, you know, this is terrible, you really stuff this up, he’s going to be very measured about it all. There’s also a treasury research paper that’s relevant here. And I’ll have more to say about them after I play the clip. Tony, I’d like to ask about the Australian response, I thought you made some really great observations about the different elements of the response. So there was the job keeper programme, the payroll subsidy programme. And then there were there were cash handouts. And there’s also some bringing forward of infrastructure spending. You made some really insightful remarks regarding the efficacy regarding the merits of the different elements of the Australian Government response. And I think there are lessons that can apply to responses across the world, would you be able to take us through what those those insights and lessons that you made workplace turning?

Tony Makin  09:36

Yeah, well, I made a distinction between fiscal responses that were targeting the aggregate supply side of the economy, and, in the paper, endorse those in principle and in particular, we’re talking about job Keeper which I think is a great innovation. We’ve not seen a scheme like like that, before, it’s not original to Australia, Australia copied what was happening in the UK and New Zealand and one or two other European economies. And the innovation was to see firms as a source of employment. Correct. And to alleviate the pressure on firms and their employees in particular, by providing a direct subsidy to the firm. So it was a supply side initiative, more than a demand side initiative, it was helping aggregate supply, it wasn’t an element that he was sought to increase CRI or it was increasing G, of course, but it was it was it was aimed at the firm’s production. So that was an innovation. And I think there’s a prototype there for future fiscal responses in heaven. Let’s hope we don’t have similar sorts of crises. But it’s it’s a preferred means as opposed to the aggregate demand side response. And a, we’re in the form of two cash transfers or cash handouts, as we saw in response to the GFC trying to in the Keynesian ways stimulate spending, and the purpose of stimulating the spending is to enhance employment. So it’s a roundabout way of trying to enhance employment. I think it has the features of a of a subsidy to retailers in effect, because they’re the ones that they’ve been at most. And in any case, if there is spending and evidence shows that such handouts tend to be largely saved, but if they are spent, they are spent on imports. And they’re funded by borrowing from overseas, which has to be paid in the future. So there were two responses there that were trying to sustain employment one was the direct one to Job keeper. Good marks for that one. And then there was another one on top of that, which was the cash handouts, which was a roundabout way of of sustaining employment when there was another policy in place for that purpose.

Gene Tunny  12:24

Yep. So this job keeper, it was originally costed at one 30 billion, it turns out all it it may only cost 70 billion, there was a forecasting error. But that’s that’s, that’s tangential to our discussion. You did know that while job keeper is more justifiable than other stimulus or emergency measures, there are still concerns with the design of job keeper. Could you take us through some of those please, Tony,

Tony Makin  12:57

our look, the key one is the industry is involved. The questions about casuals being paid more on job teper than they were otherwise earning. So they’re being paid more not to work than to work. I think that’s the key floor with the with the programme. And hopefully that will be fixed when the Treasury completes its review very soon. I guess it’s also questions about eligibility and the the the rule that was there for downturn in, in sales, some of those aspects of it could be possibly fine tuned, but I think it is a useful prototype that can be improved.

Gene Tunny  13:49

Yep. If they if they did it again, I’m sure they would better targeted, and they might target it to the industries that are most affected, such as hospitality, tourism, retail, possibly not professional services, which, you know, appear to be, well not as badly affected as some other sectors. So the the key lesson is that this needs to be better targeted. The problem was from what I can tell this was developed within a week, possibly under a week when at toward the end of March, when they realised that they needed something like this because all of the employer groups were coming to the the government ministers and telling them we need this or we’re going to have to sack millions of people. So I think that’s what drove it. It was done very quickly.

Tony Makin  14:43

Yes. And also the alternative was to put enormous pressure on the on the Employment Benefits Scheme. people queuing up for benefits that would have been a major headache as well. Absolutely.

Gene Tunny  14:56

I think one of the great points you made in the paper was Sir. Regarding the cash handouts, we want to get people out spending, but the public health advice is saying actually stay home, we don’t want you to go out. So I thought that was a really interesting point. And actually, yes, that’s right. So the goal of these emergency measures should be to sustain businesses to keep people in employment during this challenging time. It’s not necessarily, though, and the way to do that is not necessarily to give people money to go out and, and spend on new flat screen TVs, which are imported. So that’s, I think that’s a good point that you’ve made. Okay, so that was Tony on job keeper, which was the payroll subsidy programme we had in Australia. And yep, Tony was, Tony was right about the some of the problems with that programme. Um, overall, I mean, I think that was a very balanced assessment of Tony’s he did recognise that to an extent, it could have been justifiable if it was better targeted. So he wasn’t ruling it out completely. He just had the had some concerns about the design. So I think that was a very, you know, measured, balanced assessment of job keeper from tiny, and another measured and balanced assessment of job caper came from Nigel Ray, who, as I mentioned, was my boss in the treasury. So really, really great public servant, Nigel. And, yep, I think he’s written a great report on job keeper. In the independent evaluation of the job keeper payment final report, he prepared that for the Treasury, I’ll put a link in the show notes. It was broadly supportive of the programme. But Nigel, you know, he had to acknowledge there are some serious issues with it with the design of it. And so what did he conclude? Let’s, let’s go through it. So one of the major conclusions was that a more flexible policy designed during the first phase of job keeper. So I think that was the first six months. A lot of the detail is, it’s hard for me to remember at this stage, but I think that he’s talking about the first six months of the programme. They rolled it out for six months, and then they had another six months of it. A more flexible policy designed during the first phase of job keeper would have enabled an earlier move from prospective to retrospective eligibility thresholds. For example, After three months, this would have allowed better targeting of payments beyond the initial three months and lower the costs of the programme. Okay, so what he’s, what he’s talking about there is that when it was rolled out, basically, you know, accountants would apply for their clients that apply to the ATO, and the accountants would be asking their clients, okay, well, what do you think’s gonna happen to your turnover over the next six months, so when whatever the whatever it was, maybe was quarterly basis, and, you know, you’d think, Oh, well, we’re gonna have this major pandemic. So yeah, we think we’re gonna get smashed. And so there are a lot of, you know, firms that applied for job keeper and got this job keep it like this very generous, turned out wage subsidy, that, you know, they really didn’t end up needing and they didn’t have that turnover reduction that they were forecasting and that they, you know, they’re they advise the ATO that they would, they would have, but there was no way for the ATO to claw that, to claw that back. So, yeah, what Nigel’s getting out there is that you could have designed it in a way that limited the fiscal cost by actually seeing, you know, what happened to the businesses like after a few months and then adjusting the payments after that. So I think that’s what he’s getting out there. It relied a lot on what businesses and their accountants were forecasting would be the impact of the pandemic on their, their turnover. And for many businesses that didn’t actually they didn’t experience the big revenue reductions or the turnover reductions that that they were forecasting, you needed to forecast a particular percentage reduction in in your turnover. I can’t remember off the top my head if I can find it. I’ll put it in the show notes. Righto. So and the second major finding from Nigel regarding job keeper he noted that a tiered payment structure One that is proportionate to previous earnings is better targeted than a flat payment. And this is getting at that concern that Tony had that there were quite a few part time. People, part time employees who may have maybe they were working a couple of days a week in, in a business and they, you know, they were earning an award wage that wasn’t much more than the national minimum wage. Suddenly, because of this payment for a job keeper was that it was more gee, it must have been at sort of trying to approximate a might have been a full time wage for a person roughly on minimum wage or something like that. I can’t remember exactly. But it was much higher, then, you know, some it’ll be more money than someone be would be earning if they’re only working a couple of days a week, part time. And so the idea was, let’s make this simple. Let’s get this out to the people who need it. Let’s not worry too much about trying to make it more targeted, because we don’t have time to do that. And what it meant is that you had and this is the point time he’s making you had many part time people actually earning more with job keeper, then they would have learned otherwise. So yeah, that was a really poorly designed part of job keeper. Also relevant regarding job keeper is a recent Treasury research paper and this came out. So this came out late on Friday, the 22nd of December, okay, so the Friday before Christmas 2023. And Peter Tula, who’s my colleague at the CIS, so Peter is the chief economist at CIS. He tweeted on the Friday that the fact that Treasury releases it late on Friday 22nd December suggests that it embarrasses somebody. So Peter was suggesting that this paper from the Treasury by Natasha Bradshaw, Nathan Deutsche and Lachlan vos, or vas, it’s titled The employment effects of job paper receipt, Peter suggesting it must be embarrassing someone. So what does it what’s embarrassing about it? So the main findings from it. So I’ll put a link in the show notes, you can check out what they’ve done. They’ve done some clever things with a, you know, a data set on businesses that where they can try to infer what’s actually going on, it’s rather clever paper. So check that out. Our findings suggest that at its height in early 2020, job keep it directly preserved between 300,000 to 700,000. Jobs. Right. Okay. So that’s, that’s reasonable. I mean, that’s, you know, if that if it was 700,000. And, you know, that could have pushed the unemployment rate up to near 10% or something, they’ve got an estimate of what then what that would have been, and put that in the show notes. So, you know, that’s a, that’s a big deal. But then if it’s only 300,000, well, okay, is that, you know, how effective was that? So I guess, maybe that’s something you could, you could say, justifies the cost of the programme, which was in the order of $100 billion or so that’s, you know, that’s something you could argue about. So, you know, I’d say somewhere between 300,000 to 700,000 jobs, that compares with around three and a half million employees covered by the scheme at its peak. So I think when the government was rolling it out, initially, it it was suggesting it could save something around, you know, 700,000 jobs or so. If it actually is about 300,000, then well, that makes you wonder, you know, was that good value for money? So maybe that’s something that they’re embarrassed about? I’m not sure. I mean, you could say Oh, well, hundreds of 1000s of jobs, maybe it was worth it. That would be their their argument. What could be the potentially embarrassing bit about the paper is a finding that is in the footnote. It’s a one of the footnotes. And this finding is it’s on page two suggestive evidence. That job keeper receipt made casual workers less likely to be employed over a year later. So they found suggestive evidence that job keeper receipt made casual workers less likely to be employed over a year later. So the effects are far smaller and less statistically significant than the positive effects found during early 2020. But are not implausible they could reflect income effects on labour force participation given job keep a lead to some workers having substantially higher incomes than they otherwise would have. Okay. So this is that point about these, you know, these part time workers getting all of this additional, additional cash so many, many casual workers would only be working part time, they would be, you know, they could be working in a bar or at a cafe, and they’re getting much more money than they would have expected. So they’ve got all this extra money in their bank accounts. And so what they do a year later, is, you know, for many of them, they go, okay, but there’s extra cash, maybe I don’t need to work as many hours at the bar or the cafe, I’m going to spend more time on my studies or, or on a hobby, or I’m going to go overseas. So that’s what they’re, they’re driving out there. So this is really illustrative of how you can have these unintended consequences with fiscal policy. So maybe that’s what’s what’s embarrassing about the paper. So check it out. I think it’s a good paper, it illustrates a neat little econometric technique that I might talk about in a future episode. Okay, so that’s, that’s plenty on job keeper, the payroll subsidy programme and the the challenges or the problems you have when you don’t design a programme properly, of course, they had to do it very quickly. Next time, let’s hope they have a much better design, if there is a next time hope there isn’t a next time. If there is it needs to be better designed. The second clip that I want to play from my chat with Tony is about infrastructure spending. So with job keeping, we were talking about this payroll subsidy and you know, often, often the fiscal stimulus comes in the form of cash payments to households or businesses with the payroll subsidy programme, which then had to be paid to the employees. Some fiscal stimulus comes in the form of infrastructure spending, public works, that sort of thing. And I think Tony’s right there, that can also be problematic, you’ve really got to think about that. And that is the topic of this second clip from tiny, so I will play that now.

Tony Makin  27:50

infrastructure spending can be beneficial. And it has lasting benefits. And what it does not do is deteriorate the government balance sheet, as does the spending on cash handouts and other forms of consumption related government stimulus. What infrastructure does is it creates an asset there on the government’s balance sheet that matches the borrowing, it still has to be funded by borrowing, we started with a budget deficit. So all of his extra spending has to be funded by borrowing. And so there’s an asset there, so the balance sheet won’t deteriorate, to the extent otherwise. But again, it needs to be quality spending, it needs to pass certain tests, the crude Keynesian idea would be again, just to spend on anything. And being holes in the ground, as you mentioned earlier, is a form of crude Keynesianism, which, which could well be sort of portrayed as a form of infrastructure spending if it’s working on the road somewhere. But the point about infrastructure spending is it does have to pass the test where the benefits the present value of the benefits of the project, exceed the costs. And one other point to make about infrastructure spending. And this is one feature of government spending, the Keynes instanced in his work originally right back in the 1930s, but he talked about Public Works, which is effectively what we call infrastructure today. But the difference between then and now when they talk about boosting infrastructure spending is that the nature of the workforce has changed dramatically. I mean, people these days, have certain skills. It’s a highly variegated work workforce, people doing different things. And the assumption in Keynes’s theory was you increase spending on public works, then you have workers easily transferred from jobs that they’ve lost places of employment where they used to be in factories and other areas of unskilled work and they can easily be transferred to, you know, working on the road, so to speak. But these days, that seems far fetched, because for instance, baristas who’ve lost their jobs are not necessarily going to be one want to be out there on the road as a construction worker, financial sector employees, and not wanting to be perhaps putting pink bats in ceilings. So the the nature of the workforce is important. We can’t just treat the labour force as this homogenous entity where people can transfer across to any sort of industry at work. And there’s also I mean, there’s, there’s information costs there. There’s transactions costs, which which make the whole process a little bit trickier than than it sounds in terms of increasing employment.

Gene Tunny  31:08

Yeah, it’s not like it was in the 30s when you could get a whole bunch of unskilled or semi skilled workers, unemployed workers and have them carve out a walking track in the national park or something like that. Exactly. Right. Yeah, yeah. Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  31:37

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  32:06

Now back to the show. Okay, so another really balanced and insightful clip from tiny. And one of the things Tony was talking about in this clip is Keynesianism, so the ideas associated with John Maynard Keynes, the great British economist, and there’s a particular I guess, a school of thought or there’s a crude Keynesianism often in the way that you know, some, some economists or well, not not many economists, I think most economists recognise the the limits of fiscal policies, the problem with too much discretionary policy with Hey, you got to be careful with it. But there are there still are some we could say crude Keynesians and in in politics, too, there are some people with these these crude Keynesian ideas and they become quite popular during times of crises. And you know, Tony was someone in Australia who was always, always pushing back against that crude Keynesian view and trying to explain what are the what are the potential offsetting impacts, you know, how can interest rates respond, exchange rate, what’s the response to fiscal stimulus and particularly in an open economy like Australia’s Okay, so I’ll play the next highlight in which Tony covers that. So,

Tony Makin  33:42

in the open economy, where you introduce capital flows, exports imports, exchange rates, and emphasising in particular the exchange rate, then you can have a counter model to crude Keynesianism and the best known approach is the so called Mundell Fleming model, which is which features in intermediate macro economics textbooks. And it really just builds upon the IS LM model that Hicks invented by introducing capital flows and exchange rates and net exports. So, listeners may well be familiar with with that model, but simply says that if you increase government spending, you’re going to increase the budget deficit there’s going to be more spending in the economy, but that for a given money supply is going to tend to push up domestic interest rates relative to foreign interest rates and that will induce capital inflow foreigners will be flooding into buy these bonds that are paying a slightly higher interest rate than in their own countries, and that capital inflow will appreciate the currencies. And we’re talking about a floating exchange rate here. And that appreciation will worsen competitiveness because in the short run, price levels are fixed. So a nominal appreciation will translate to a real appreciation. And that loss of competitiveness will crowd out net exports. And this is exactly what we saw. Post GFC. And I’ve written written on this. It’s part of the Treasury external paper. But the exchange rate appreciated massively. As the fiscal stimulus was being rolled out and just look at the national accounts, and you’ll see that the swing variable, there was net exports that went down due due to the loss of competitiveness. That’s, that’s one open economy perspective. And I think that model has been borne out empirically, with reference to Australia’s previous experience, post GFC.

Gene Tunny  36:10

Yeah, so I’ll put a link to that paper of yours, which I think was in agenda. And you also wrote a paper for the minerals Council. One thing which was what one thing that’s really interesting, tiny is that your original minerals Council paper was criticised by the Treasury Secretary, Dr. Martin Parkinson, my old boss at the time. But then a couple of years later, you wrote a paper for the Treasury under the new secretary, John Fraser, essentially, almost refuting what Dr. Pockets and wrote in that rather extraordinary refutation of your minerals Council paper.

Tony Makin  36:58

Yes, yes. It’s quite curious and evidence that economists disagree, even heads of treasury disagree and their economic thinking. So yes, Martin Parkinson issued a press release criticising my minerals Council paper, which was mostly about Australia’s competitiveness. It was not focused, essentially on fiscal policy. That was a part of it. But that’s what caught the criticism from Treasury. And then subsequent to that, when John Fraser Parkinson, successor became Treasury head, he commissioned me to write a paper for Treasury, and that is available from their website, Treasury, external paper where I elaborated on the aspects in the minerals Council paper about fiscal policy and and raise some of these issues about accounting models to to crude Keynesianism. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  37:58

It’s interesting, because I mean, we both worked for Treasury it at different times, though. And I remember the traditional Treasury view is that we have to be careful about fiscal policy because it could end up being destabilising is the open economy impacts that you’ve mentioned, there’s also the problem that you don’t know whether you’re intervening at the right time. The problem that, you know, the stimulus might come on when the economy is recovering anyway. And then it’s, you know, it’s not really necessary. So there are these lags involved. What happened, I think, during the GFC, or the global financial crisis, was that the Treasury people thought, and you know, the, the politicians Kevin Rudd, the Prime Minister, Wayne Swan, the Treasurer, they thought, well, we’ve got this huge shock coming from overseas, we’ve got to do something. So we’re just going to throw as much money at the problem as we can to save the economy. That seems to be the logic and know all of those old concerns about discretionary fiscal policy, what we call discretionary fiscal policy, as distinct from automatic stabilisers such as unemployment benefits, which increase during recessions or the fact that your tax revenues fall during recessions. That all view that discretionary fiscal policy is insensible. That was just thrown out the window. And we’re seeing it again now. So what do you do you have any views on why treasury? The Treasury line on fiscal policy has changed, Tony?

Tony Makin  39:35

Well, I think it’s become crude, Keynesian. And there’s another example that you hadn’t mentioned, and it was the response to the Asian financial crisis, which was also a major, a cataclysmic event at the time in terms of what happened to asset prices and, and we by then had been heavily dependent on the Asia Pacific For our for our trade, not so with the GFC. Because our trade with North North America, the North Atlantic region was minimal compared to Asia. And yet the responses were completely different. In the first instance, there was virtually no fiscal response, there was a strong monetary response, which allowed the exchange rate to stay at a highly depreciated level, which, which soars through that crisis, we didn’t experience a recession that time. And that was what was happening with the global financial crisis, the exchange rate collapse, not as much as it did during the Asian financial crisis. But the government of the day then panicked, reflecting the panic in the US, and by that time, interestingly, the International Monetary Fund had a change course. And it’s thinking it has traditionally been influenced by Chicago economists and had always highlighted in my time working there highlighted problems with activist fiscal policy, including the lags problem that you’ve you’ve mentioned, but there had been this major reversal of thinking at those levels. And the Australian government here, panicked as a consequence of the crisis where we did not where it should not have given that the banking system here didn’t collapse in the same way as it did. In the United States. I fully endorse the the underwriting of the system or the banking system at the time, but the fiscal stimulus was, was completely over the top in my view.

Gene Tunny  41:46

Okay, I really loved that clip of my chat with Tony about fiscal stimulus, I think the comparison he makes or the contrast he makes between how Australia responded to the Asian financial crisis, which as he knows, was a huge deal. Particularly in in Southeast Asia. I mean, it had huge impacts on a major Well, an important economy to the north of us, Indonesia, which, you know, country I’ve had a little bit to do with, particularly with their finance ministry. And it led to effectively to the overthrow of the Suharto regime that they had there. So huge, huge impacts in that region. And yet, Australia responded differently, as Tony was explaining, but by the time of the financial crisis, the thinking in in Treasury, and and also it was a government of a different political persuasion, too. So that may have had something to do with the response. Right. Okay. So we’ve talked about crude Keynesianism. The other thing? Oh, yes, one. One thing I want to mention here is that I’ve been talking about how there are these unintended consequences of fiscal policy that that we can see. And I think that was particularly the case with, with one of the packages that was part of the pandemic response here, which was home builder, which was this home builder grant to two people who were, you know, building or renovating a home. So they had a home builder grant there was about, I think it was two and a half billion dollars. I’ve got that in my notes. And it’s ended up having these, you know, a really adverse impact on the building sector now. So there was a really crisp report from this was on news.com.au. This was on Christmas Eve, Kassar building group collapses into liquidation receivership owing $3.7 million, Guzman and Gomez. So jiwaji sites impacted. And so it’s a nice little as well, you know, it’s not nice, but it’s a good illustration of these unintended consequences. So I’ll just read some, I’ll put it in the show notes. And I’ll just read. I’ll just read some of the main points because I think it does illustrate, you know, what can go wrong if you’re not thinking through what the consequences of your policies can be. So ASIC is the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. So that regulates companies here in Australia. So ASIC insolvencies, statistics show 2213 building companies collapsed during the 20 to 23. financial year, there was a 72% increase on the previous 12 months. The alarming trend has been blamed on a perfect storm of factors including fixed price contracts, escalating costs, supply chain disruptions and tradie shortages. So tradie that’s the what we call tradespersons here in Australia. I’m not sure if you use that term in other countries, if you’re in the state So the UK, for example, the previous Morison government’s home builder grant, which was introduced in June 2020, handed out $2.52 billion to owner occupiers who wanted to build a substantially renovated home it turbocharged the sector, more than 130,000 Customers signed on to the programme with many trainees agreeing to the work under fixed price contracts, it soon became unsustainable as prices began to soar. Okay, so there was this crowding out. And you know, the, the builders or the tradies, they were relying on supply, you know, whether, you know, they may, they may have had to subcontract to other trainees, or they may have been, you know, they may need to purchase the supplies, so plumbing supplies or timber, and they may have been thinking, Oh, well, we’ll just quote based on the prices at the moment. And then suddenly, there’s this additional demand a huge amount of additional demand, and their prices increase for all those input costs. And they’ve signed these contracts to do the work at a particular rate. And these jobs are no longer viable for them. And so now what we’re seeing is we’re seeing these these building companies and collapsing, they’re just going into, into receivership liquidation administration. Yep. So bad results from that. So I’ll put a link in the show notes to that really important piece of information there. This is my final clip from Tony, from my conversation with Tony that had in June 2020. It relates to the ongoing burden of the debt. So those interest payments that, you know, that takes money out of your budget, that’s money that you can’t spend on health and education, for example, and this is something that I think it’s not sufficiently appreciated by decision makers during times of crisis. Okay, so I think, you know, there’s, there’s this need to respond, there’s this, there’s this panic, we think this is, this is the big issue we’re going to deal with. Okay. Sure. Except I accept that. But I think decision makers really have to think more about the long term implications. Okay, because, you know, this, this crisis will pass, presumably, I mean, you don’t want to be, too, you know, obviously, we need to be realistic. But generally, these things will pass, we’ll get to the the other side of it. And I suppose we, we probably should have expected that we would get over this pandemic. I mean, it has been, it has been dreadful, and you know, lots of people have died from it. So I’m not willing to downplay it. But we should have thought that yep, there will be life after the pandemic, and there will be this ongoing burden. Okay. So let’s play the next clip, the final clip from Tony on debt. What do you see as the the problem with this is this buildup of debt isn’t there, and there’s the problem, we have to pay for it, or we have to service that debt and a lot of that money is going to go overseas. You’ve also mentioned the impact on economic growth. What evidence is there regarding the impact on economic performance and growth of a buildup of public debt, which is in Australia is easily going to exceed $1 trillion within a few years?

Tony Makin  48:31

Yes, well, there’s certainly going to be the impact on national income because there’ll be a pure drain from national income of the public interest paid abroad, and we’re talking about 10s of billions there that will just be subtracted from national income to service to service the debt that we will have and that that drain will likely exceed. If it’s a trillion dollar debt, it’s likely to be about eight times the foreign aid budget and a multiple of, of what’s spent on the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme and, and a host of other other government programmes. So there’s going to be a direct impact there. But there’s been a number of elaborate econometric studies done. And you’ll find them in the literature. I won’t instance all the authors, but the IMF has done work on this. I’ve actually done had a paper published with a PhD student of mine, looking at Asian economies, and there seems to be a consensus empirically, that a 10% increase in public debt. Other things are saying well, contract, GDP growth, that’s conventionally defined GDP by point two of a percent. So that might not sound much but new compound that through it can be quite significant. After a few years.

Gene Tunny  49:55

What would be the mechanism there tiny would it be the fact that too due to service this debt, you might have to have taxes higher than otherwise. And these taxes, haven’t they lead to an efficiency loss. There’s an efficiency loss with taxation, because you’re discouraging people from working or investing. Could that be one of the mechanisms?

Tony Makin  50:15

Yeah, absolutely. The interest rate is going to play a play a role as well. But the there’s going to be a deadweight losses of the future taxes are going to harm future income. There’s no question about that. But also, there’s other studies have shown that the the the interest rate will will increase by seven basis points, or 1% increase in the public debt to GDP ratio tends to in these studies show that the interest rate tends to go up by about five basis points or up to five basis points. But the mechanism through tax is important, but also, through expectations, if you’ve got this big debt overhang, public debt overhang that’s going to affect expectations. And we can invoke Ricardo there in terms of what what he said for for households having to attend to to save more, but also firms and it’s not something that Ricardo instance, I think it’s important that investment investment is likely to be weak due to the uncertainty that business has about future tax liabilities in the face of an enormous public debt. And then lastly, there’s the impact on future generations that Thomas Jefferson, a founding father of the United States instance, and that the the future generations are going to have to pay for the repayment of the massive debt that’s that’s arisen due to the fiscal response. Yep.

Gene Tunny  52:02

Okay, so that was really interesting from tiny there. Now, some of that was the point he was making about expectations and what you call Ricardian equivalence, I think we’ll have to cover that in a future episode, because there’s a big controversy about that, and to what extent that actually, that actually happens. So, yeah, we’ll we’ll cover that in a future episode. The other stuff, you know, the, I think it’s the other points are really undeniable, really about the the interest burden of the debt and what that does the budget. So I think that’s, that’s well said, from tiny Okay, so that’s, that’s it from my conversation with Tony. What I’d like to do now is I like to play some clips from Alex Robson, who I mentioned before, Alex is out of the amazing Korea. He was an economic adviser to former Australian Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull has been Australia’s ambassador to the OECD in Paris. And like me, he hails from Townsville in North Queensland. So yeah, I was really glad to catch up with Alex. Well, I wasn’t glad because it was a terrible event. But it was good that I could catch up with Alex after Tony’s passing to discuss Tony’s legacy. So here’s Alex on tinies legacy.

Alex Robson  53:38

I mean, in a closed economy, the assumption is you’ve got no capital inflows or outflows. And so the exchange rate then doesn’t really matter. So what Mondale and Fleming showed in the 60s Was that actually, if you just change that assumption, and then allow for the exchange rate to change, and capital inflows and outflows to occur, and that has been impacted by by imports and exports. And so with policy, say, for fiscal policy, you get this leakage into and out of exports and imports. And so if your sales are up, for example, boosting government spending or reducing taxes that will then have effects on interest rates, exchange rates and exports, so and then an open economy like Australia, that obviously matters quite a bit. And so the critical thing lever there that that changes, or you know, a lot of those predictions of the standard sort of pump priming model, we think about your government goes out and spends more money and has these multiplier effects and so on is this assumption of capital mobility and how it affects the exchange rate. And once you have that, you get a completely different predictions about the effectiveness of these different policy instruments. So and and Tony was always really good at just constantly reminding people of this and and I think it’s the tend to be something which was taught. It’s been taught, obviously, in universities for a long time, but it didn’t seem to quite make it into the, into the policymakers sort of calculus in in in Canberra. And so that was just one of Tony’s big things was just to remind people and of that. And I think, you know, I mean, we saw that during the GFC. With respect to exports, we saw it with respect to the exchange rate, there were big changes going on. And the point is that, you know, Australia is affected by everything else that’s going on in the world. And that’s why places like the OECD and IMF are always talking about coordinating fiscal policy, because, you know, otherwise, you get these leakages across across countries, and you may not get the impacts that you’re trying to achieve.

Gene Tunny  55:50

Okay, and here’s the second clip from Alex. So my conversation with Alex, I

Alex Robson  55:56

mean, thinking about, he had a good mix of very good technical economic skills. I mean, he wasn’t a heavily mathematical person, but he did use those tools when he needed them. And, but also very much an applied focus to policy questions of the day that that mattered. And it wasn’t something where he, you know, there’d be a policy issue. And so I’m now going to think about that. It was, you know, he’d been thinking about these things for a long time. And then when they tended to come up again, and again, he was ready with the arguments that he divided, quite a lot of thought to. So it was wasn’t like he was sort of chasing these different policies. She was, I think he just spent a career thinking about the big macro topics. And they just come back again and again, in Australia. And and it was we were fortunate, I think, to have him as a voice during these tumultuous times in the big macro debates of the 90s. And then during the GFC. And then more recently, as well, yeah, I think, yeah, thinking about his career, it was a good mix of contributions to the academic literature, technical skills, but then also translating that into policy commentary and advice that really stood him apart from a lot of economists today.

Gene Tunny  57:10

Okay, so we’ve come to the end of the episode. I think that the experience of many economies over the last couple of years has provided validation for the criticisms of fiscal policy of activist fiscal policy that came from economists such as the late Tony makin. The takeaway from this episode is that fiscal stimulus packages need to be very carefully designed and limited in their size, if you are going to implement them. There’s a legitimate argument that they’re best avoided altogether, but I would reserve the right to use them in some cases. And even Tony did suggest that there may have been justification was something like Job keeper, but a more targeted in better designed version of it. Okay, so, to wrap up, it’s really pleased me to be able to go back into the archives and to to find these great highlights from my conversation with tiny, tiny making. He was the leading advocate for sensible fiscal policy and Australia for for many years, and he is sorely missed. Thanks for listening. rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

59:20

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this where to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

The Power of Economics: A Look Back at the Past 20 Episodes – EP221

This episode features highlights from the past 20 episodes. Economics Explored host Gene Tunny plays clips that illustrate key themes like using economics as a scientific framework, considering different perspectives, and remembering the limitations of models. The clips feature discussions on COVID policies, the role of experts, projections of resource depletion, nuclear energy, and the challenges of development economics. Gene hopes listeners find the highlights thought-provoking and looks forward to feedback on improving the podcast in the new year.

Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP221

  • Economics and decision-making with a focus on open-mindedness. (0:03)
  • Using experts in decision-making and tolerating dissent. (3:12)
  • COVID-19 modelling and its limitations. (9:34)
  • Economic development, critical thinking, and foreign aid. (12:41)
  • The limitations of economics and the need for interdisciplinary approaches. (19:25)

Takeaways

1. Economics is a powerful framework, but we should remember its limitations and consider insights from other disciplines like psychology.

2. We must be open-minded and tolerant of dissenting views when relying on experts to inform policy decisions.

3. Numerical models and projections should be viewed cautiously as they can exaggerate outcomes, given the complexity of real-world systems.

4. It’s important to think critically about all options when analyzing issues and not come to them with preconceived notions or biases.

5. Effective policymaking requires understanding incentives, weighing tradeoffs, and considering how people may respond differently based on cultural and social factors.

Episodes the highlights are clipped from

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/11/09/is-the-american-dream-a-broken-promise-for-latinos-w-dr-paul-rivera-ep213/

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/10/13/private-vs-public-sector-jobs-consulting-scandals-economics-as-an-imperialist-discipline-w-uqppes-ep209/

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/10/06/growth-or-degrowth-w-oliver-hartwich-nz-initiative-ep208/

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/09/14/gigi-foster-estimates-covid-lockdowns-cost-young-people-116x-any-benefits-ep205/

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/08/24/australias-net-zero-transition-successes-challenges-w-andrew-murdoch-arche-energy-ep202/

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/08/19/the-role-of-experts-in-a-democracy-pandemics-monetary-policy-ai-w-peter-kurti-cis-ep201/

Transcript: The Power of Economics: A Look Back at the Past 20 Episodes – EP221

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gigi Foster  00:03

Even if you think that I’m under balling that low balling that, in fact, even if you think the Prime Minister’s estimate of 40,000 people who would have died is correct. If you look at the costs of lockdowns, they still weren’t worth it. Right. So even if I’m totally wrong as Prime Minister’s right, the lockdown still shouldn’t have been pursued.

Gene Tunny  00:25

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, Happy New Year. It’s the first episode of 2024. In this episode, I’m going to play some highlights from the last 20 episodes. I’ve chosen these highlights. So they’re consistent with the theme of using economics in a scientific way to better understand our world and to make better decisions. Take to simple principles that people respond to incentives and that things must add up and you end up with powerful insights. You start to see constrained optimization problems everywhere. You start with a presumption that people are trying to make the best decisions for themselves based on the incentives and constraints that they face. And you think about the trade offs involved in decision making. It’s not a perfect framework, but it gets you a long way in analysing important issues. And I hope I’ve demonstrated that on this show through various conversations that I’ve had over the last four years. One of the other points I make on the show a fair bit. And this has guided my choice of highlights is the importance of being open minded, which I’d argue is consistent with the scientific approach. One quote I think a lot about us from Richard Feynman who said that the first principle is that you must not fool yourself, and you are the easiest person to fool. We should be open to a wide variety of views, and be open to vigorous debate on important issues. Okay, please let me know if you have any reactions to the clip, I play into this episode or anything that I say or my guests have said, I’d love to hear what you think. Also, please let me know any ways that I can improve the show in 2024, you’ll find my contact details in the show notes. Right. So let’s get into it. I hope you enjoy these highlights from our last 20 episodes. The first clip I’ve chosen as a highlight is from Episode 201. On the role of experts in a democracy, it’s with Peter Kirti, from the Centre for independent studies. So I’m an adjunct Fellow at CIS. And Peter’s one of my colleagues there and he’s, he’s always a great person to chat with about these big philosophical issues. I really like are Peter reminds us about the importance of being open minded, and tolerating dissenting views. Here’s the clip.

Peter Kurti  03:11

What I’m saying is that if we’re going to use experts, as we are bound to do, we, as citizens of a liberal democracy in Australia, need to be thoughtful about the way in which we engage them in ways in which we hold them to account. And we also need to be stronger about defending freedom of speech in the sense that I think we need to be more willing to tolerate dissent, we need to be able to say, well, this group of scientists over here says, you know, there is a climate catastrophe, for example, whereas this group of scientists over here saying, well, warming, and cooling is just part of a trend. These are parts of trek, these are trends that that take place in on on the earth over a period of years. We need to be able to tolerate dissenting views. I’m not saying we are necessarily able to determine which view is correct. But we are increasingly reluctant I feel to tolerate it today. We’re reluctant to tolerate dissenting views, because we want to have the right answer and we want to know what the right position is the right solution is. We saw that during COVID, of course, debates about the efficacy of vaccine mandates or mask mandates or social distancing, dissent was not tolerated. And I think that if we are going to make an intelligent use of experts, we do need to be willing to tolerate dissent and to live with perhaps the discomfort that comes from having dissenting views.

Gene Tunny  04:41

Yes, yes, exactly. Yeah. It makes it difficult for politicians, though, if, if the experts don’t agree so how, how do we think about that or what’s the relationship mean? You mentioned tolerating dissent. That’s one of your rules or your tips for getting experts like using them effectively. I mean, there’s obviously a role for expertise and people who understand the issues and they provide the advice to the government of the day. How do you think about how those experts should be used? And I mean, what the decision makers do when there is a situation of of that have that dissent to mean? Is it up to them to judge where the weight of evidence is? I mean, because the politicians will say, Well, look, the bulk of evidence is in favour of this hypothesis. It could be climate change, for instance. So yeah, how do you think about that, Peter, how should politicians use experts?

Peter Kurti  05:38

Well, I think it really adjust the way that you have outlined by examining what it is the experts are saying, By assessing the evidence by determining where the bulk of opinion lies, and then using judgement and skill to make a decision. We can apply that sort of framework to any policy area, we might think about. Migration levels of migration, there are people experts who say Australia, we can’t have a big Australia, others say we can have a big Australia, and each side will mount will present evidence to bolster their own arguments. And I’m sure believe quite passionately, the evidence that the cogency of the evidence they present, but somebody then has to make a decision about how we do that, and an elected government has to take a position, we can see it in terms of going to war, or whether we supply arms, for example, to Ukraine, we went into Iraq 20 years ago, very controversially, but we did so on the bait, I mean, at the Howard Government did so on the basis of evidence that was presented. And as we remember, because we know those around at the time, there was a huge amount of dissent in this country about that. At the end of the day, it’s elected representatives who have to make the call and are then held accountable. So I think it’s a it’s a difficult role. And I’ve never been an elected politician. So I’ve never been in the position of having to implement this. I’m simply really someone on the sidelines who’s advocating for a certain, as it were a certain style, of style of living, if you like. But I think it’s bias by weighing and assessing, carefully, evidence that is presented. And I think not allowing fear, I talked about the importance of political courage, not allowing fear of adverse consequences to deter somebody to do to take you from making the right decision, for example, when I mean, how many years ago was it now it’s, it’s must be nearly 30 years, since the Port Arthur tragedy. And the Howard Government decided that they were going to take a stand on on firearms. And there’s a lot of controversy about that at the time. I remember not being in Australia very long. And the view was that people living in the country or people who are really attached to their weaponry wouldn’t be happy with this. And there were arguments on both sides. But I think the weight of public opinion, or rather, I should say this put it this way. I think the Howard Government made it made a decision based on on the evidence and the politics, and also having to judge which way public opinion whether public opinion would accept this. And it was a controversial decision. But I think, given the horror of what happened at Port Arthur, the Australian public did accept it. But there was no telling which was the right what was the right decision or not. I think it’s in a sense, you only know whether you’ve made the right decision with hindsight.

Gene Tunny  08:52

This next clip features the one and only JG foster professor of economics at the University of New South Wales, in Sydney. Tim Hughes and I spoke with Gigi and Episode 205, which was on the costs of COVID policies to young people. I really liked this clip, because it reminds me why we should be careful when we’re relying on the results of numerical models, particularly projections, which show that something is going to get really bad, or, you know, we’re going to end up in a doomsday scenario. So these type of models were heavily relied on during the pandemic. I think that models have their place of course, but we need to remember their limitations and what their underlying assumptions are. Okay, let’s see the clip.

Gigi Foster  09:34

In mid March, you may even recall Neil Ferguson’s ICL modelling came out saying that, you know, 60 million people around the world were going to die or something. And of course, as we know, the COVID death count even now is you know, an order of magnitude less than that. And by the way, Niall Ferguson had been wrong in the past. These epidemiological models that are run in a simulated environment in a computer that necessarily do not include all of the real World variables that are actually relevant to whether people die or suffer from diseases are notoriously exaggerative of the bad outcomes that may occur from the new disease threat. Right that has happened again and again. And again. We’ve had SARS and the swine flu and the you know, all these different fluids that have been modelled and they’ve basically always there has been some coterie of doomsaying epidemiology, people who have said, based on my model, everybody’s gonna die, right? That’s just a common thing it happens, right? And you know why? Because the, you know, the media loves that stuff. It’s, you know, they get ahold of a guy like that, who will be, you know, put on a bleeding headline, that will get eyeballs, right, and they get status, and they get to be the person who really cares about people, because if you care about people, then you know, don’t you care that they’re all gonna die, or I mean, that becomes this whole narrative. And it really crowds out actual science, actual science is based, at best on real data, real data, right? Of course, we have theories about what happens, and we need to use those to structure our understanding of our world. But our world is so incredibly complex and dynamic. And there are endogenous factors that are happening and shocks that we can’t predict. There’s just so much going on, that all models are wrong, as somebody said in my discipline, but some are useful. That’s how you should see a model. So what I did in order to produce that estimate of how many people in a counterfactual non lockdown Australia would have succumbs to COVID is I looked with Sanjeev we looked at the countries in the world that had low restriction levels. So obviously, Sweden is one. Yeah, but it also used another counterfactual, which was about six I think other countries with populations over a million that had low restrictions, mostly in Europe, I think Taiwan might have been in there as well. And we basically took, you know, the average deaths from COVID. This is real data, real data, what they actually experience not something that comes out of a computer generated simulation, but actual data, because we just believe that much more. And then we of course, adjusted for population and then applied it to Australia. And we say, well, this is our best guess right now. Even if you think that I’m under balling that low balling that, in fact, even if you think the Prime Minister’s estimate of 40,000, people who would have died is correct. If you look at the cost of lockdowns, they still weren’t worth it. Right. So even if I’m totally wrong, if my minister is right, the lockdown still shouldn’t have been pursued. Right. But I also think that the Prime Minister is using these simulation models, these SR models or something like this, or you know from the Doherty Institute, or some other kind of, you know, institute that was supporting the narrative and coming out with these doomsday scenarios, to come up with that figure and make himself look like a saviour.

Gene Tunny  12:41

This next clip, which is a short one is from Episode 208 on degrowth, with Oliver Hartwich from the New Zealand initiative. Again, it’s on the theme of the limitations of modelling and making forecasts and projections. It reminds us that we should be sceptical regarding any predictions of impending doom. Let’s hear from Oliver.

Oliver Hartwich  13:02

The other idea of course, in all of us resource depletion seems to be one of these ideas that you simply cannot ever refute, keeps coming back. Going back to amorphous Of course as the starting point, but William Stanley Jevons in the 1860s actually predicted the world would run out of coal. But it’s this general tendency to linear thinking where everything is always continuing on a certain path. I mean, there was a letter writer, I believe, in the London Times in the early 20th century, predicting that London at some stage would be under six feet of horse manure from all the offices in the city, it has this tendency to always think we’re just continuing on the same path and it will never change.

Gene Tunny  13:44

The next clip is from Episode 202. On the net zero transition with Andrew Murdock from RK energy. It reminds us of the importance of thinking through all available options, and not coming to an issue with biases and preconceptions. Let’s play the clip.

Andrew Murdoch  14:01

We certainly should be considering nuclear as one of the options. The engineering me likes to consider things with a sceptical and inquiring mind. So what are all of the options? What are the ones that will work? What are the ones that won’t work? What will they cost? What are the probability that we will achieve the outcomes that we’re trying to achieve? So in the context of assessing any type of technology, we should be looking at? What is it going to cost? What are the consequences? How does it impact our society? How does it impact our landscape? My personal view is that that advanced small modular reactors have a role to play, particularly when we’re getting into the very deep baseload. So the power that has to run 24/7 at very high levels of reliability, that’s going to be very difficult and expensive to do with intermittent renewables and it is possible to do it with independent renewables. It’s possible to deal with intermittent renewables and storage and gas topping, but another arrow in the quiver of decarbonisation tools that we could use is small modular reactors.

Gene Tunny  15:11

This next clip is from Episode 209, which was a recording of a seminar that I spoke out with the University of Queensland students that were students in the politics, philosophy, and economics degree. It illustrates the importance of thinking critically of really thinking through the implications of a course of action. I talked about a notorious incident that occurred in the history of convict transportation to Australia. It was the second fleet and 7090 rather than the Third Fleet, I should note, I mentioned the Third Fleet in the conversation with the UQ students. So I must remember that I’ve linked to an article in the show notes, which explains all the relevant facts, so you can check that out. Around two out of every five convicts in the second fleet died either at sea or shortly after landing. The contract is transporting the convicts were paid based on the number who bought the ships in England, rather than the number who disembarked in Australia. And they had the right to sell whatever provisions were left over from the voyage. The results were tragic. Let’s hear what I had to say.

Joe  16:16

As someone who’s working in the consultancy industry at the moment, what’s your take on the ongoing scandals that have been happening involving PWC and other consulting firms at the moment? Do you think this may be raises questions or concerns about the efficacy of outsourcing public policy?

Gene Tunny  16:36

Oh, look, I think there’s always been concerns about the efficacy of outsourcing. And if you look at the history of contracting out, I forget which fleet it was, but was it the Third Fleet, there was one some of the convicts ships are all put out to tender right by the by HM Treasury, or the Admiralty in the UK. And the Admiralty or the the Treasury they want. They want the most people to get out. They want people to come to Australia, they don’t want people to die on the ship. Right? They actually want people to survive the voyage. But the ship owners, the ones who are who win the contract, they want to fulfil the contract to just to the letter so they can get the payment from the Treasury. But they don’t really care much about the people who were the people survive unless you make that explicit in the contract. So and there was a scandal with one of the convict ships, if I remember correctly, I can look it up and we can put it in the show notes. So yeah, there’s always been issues with government contracting, there’s always been concerns. And so I’m a great believer in outsourcing because I think it does save money. But you’ve got to do it for specific things for specific jobs that you can keep a close eye on and where you trust the people to deliver those jobs. Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  18:03

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  18:32

Now back to the show. Rado, this is an ultimate clip is from my conversation with Dr. Paul Rivera, from Episode 213 Regarding the American dream. At the beginning of our conversation, we talked briefly about Paul’s work and economic development for USA ID. He told me a story that well illustrates one of the fundamental challenges in providing foreign aid, again, is on the theme of being open minded this clip about thinking critically and not having preconceptions. Here, the preconception came from a standard model of economic development. So this clip is a good reminder to economists that we shouldn’t fall too much in love with our own models. We need to think about whether any psychological or cultural issues may be relevant to the situation that we’re analysing. Okay, let’s listen to the clip.

Paul Rivera  19:25

One of my first consulting jobs that I ever that I ever took was with one of these large international financial institutions, which shall remain nameless, but they had a they had been working in Western Africa somewhere with these with these fishery fisherman communities. Somebody had the idea that, you know, in my last situation, they said they had worked somewhere in East Asia, I think, I believe it was in Thailand, and they had worked with Fisher communities and they had created this project through which they purchased sort of these laws. on boats with motor but with motors that would help the fishermen they said basically, that the problem in that situation was that there was a sort of a low level capital investment. And so they just infused this capital. And that’s what was needed to bring our productivity. And so they said, copy paste, it worked in East Asia, so it’s going to work in West Africa. And they they did absolutely no consultation. Okay, so I came in actually, as an ex post evaluator, about three years after the project had been completed. And so I go in to this community where I know they had worked. And I started asking about the boats and the fishermen and how things are going and people are looking at me with blank stares, like what are you talking? I’m like, I’m like, a few years ago, there was this project and this organisation came, and they’re like, Oh, you have to talk to the chief. And so this particular country still had sort of a chief says chief type chiefdoms society organisation, right? So they take me to the chief, and the chief walks me down to the beach, and I see 10 of these boats upside down, sitting on the beach completely rotted out, and there’s no motors. Okay. And so what they, when I started asking about it, he said, Well, what is what essentially they didn’t understand was that their society is a very highly structured society. And the fishermen, they were considered to be sort of not high loss, high status, folks. And so this organisation had come in, and given a very high status gift, in effect, to a relatively not high status person. And so the natural thing for them to do was to say, I can’t accept this gift. So they gifted all of the boats to the chief, the chief is the chief. So the chief doesn’t fish. He doesn’t, he’s not a fisherman. So the chief basically sold the boats, sold all the motors, he used the income to buy himself a new house in Switzerland. And that was it. Right? So what happened, right, and I can, I can give you five other similar examples. There was there was basically they external parties came in, they gave some sort of analysis of what they perceive to be the problem, they copy pasted a solution. And they put in millions of dollars for it. And at the end of the day, there was no real impact from that, because they failed to secure the buy in from the community, they failed to do the basic consultation that would show you know what it is that was actually needed in those communities. So you know, that’s our, that’s our big thing is really, really engaging in listening. You know, before, you know, when we talk about wasting taxpayer dollars, and that sort of thing, it’s our responsibility to make sure that that’s that that’s going to be used in a proper fashion, you know.

Gene Tunny  22:44

Now it’s time for our final highlight. It’s another clip from my wide ranging talk with UQ students. And it’s another reminder of how regardless of the power of economics as a way of thinking, economists do need to consider insights from other disciplines. The clip begins with a question from the event MC Joe Christiansen, let’s hear it. Russ Roberts, who is the host of econ talk a podcast, he refers to economics as an imperialistic discipline, this idea that, you know, being like, you know, economists often try to apply economics and economic thinking too broadly, to domains where the assumptions may no longer hold, and its utility is questionable, I guess, someone that might come to mind is someone like Gary Becker, you know, bringing the idea of economics and supply and demand to the family and areas that typically it hadn’t been applied to before. And for you personally, what do you think the limits are of economics as a discipline, and other things that economics can’t explain? And we might need other sort of perspectives to understand? I think, certainly, I mean, even economics requires other perspectives. So I mean, I think economics is an incredibly powerful tool. And I mean, you know, it’s a science of the economy and studying the economy there. There’s some core economics, you need to know, where it gets difficult is trying to predict behaviour and, and in in cases where people don’t act fully rationally. And that’s what you need to bring the psychology. Right. So I think any idea that economics is the imperialist discipline, and we’ve got all the answer is I think, that was destroyed by the financial crisis. I mean, maybe up until 2008 People could have believed that, but after 2008, I think there was a recognition that okay, we haven’t really solved the business cycle. We thought we’ve solved the business cycle is this Great Moderation. markets aren’t always rational. You can’t. There are periods of irrationality and economics is not going to help you there. That’s where you need psychology to bring Psychology and that’s why behavioural economics is trying to bring in psychology with economics. So, yeah, I think there are clearly limits to economics and one of the one of the important limits or considerations, is that economics to the extent Well, if it’s, you could say it’s a science or it’s a study a field of study, it can answer questions of fact, or we can make predictions. Or we could argue, analyse what might be the most efficient course of action from the perspective of consumers consumer welfare, or from economic welfare, broadly construed. What we can’t necessarily answer is what’s the best thing to do for society? Because then you’ve got ethical issues, value judgments, how do we okay, if something is affecting the environment, for example, and that affects future generations? How do we, how do we analyse that that those can be difficult issues? Or how do we make choices regarding health policy measures? So it’s not always they’re not always issues where economic considerations are the final determinant, you may need to bring in value judgments? The whole distinction that thing was David Hume between isn’t bored. Yeah,

Joe  26:14

yeah. Yeah. Yeah, good. All.

Gene Tunny  26:19

Right. Oh, those are all the highlights that I have for now. If you’re a regular listener, I’d like to thank you for tuning in over the last 12 months. In 2024, I’m aiming to dive deep into some critical issues, and to really explore all the relevant theory and evidence on them. Next week, I will talk about some recent things that we’ve learned or relearned about the limits of fiscal policy based on our experience during the pandemic. If you’re a new listener, I hope that you continue listening to the show. Whether you’re a new listener, a regular listener, or an occasional listener, please let me know how I can improve the podcast. Over the years I’ve been grateful for all the feedback on what’s been said on the show, about the types of guests you like and the topics that you’d like me to cover. I want this podcast to be as informative and as objective as possible. So please get in touch with any ideas on how I can improve it. My contact details are in the show notes. That’s it for this episode. And all I have to say now is Happy New Year rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

28:06

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Nuclear Power, COVID Policies, & Outsourcing: Thoughts on recent episodes w/ John August – EP220

John August, a Sydney radio host and Pirate Party of Australia official, returns to provide feedback on recent episodes about nuclear power, COVID policies, and government outsourcing and consulting. John discusses his generally positive view of nuclear energy with some qualifications and provides his thoughts on the analysis of COVID restrictions presented in a recent episode by Prof. Gigi Foster. John also weighs in on the challenges of government service delivery, noting potential upsides and downsides to outsourcing and cautioning against contractors dominating policy development.

Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

About this episode’s guest: John August

John August is the Treasurer of the Pirate Party Australia. John does computer support work in retail and shareholder communication. He is passionate about justice and ethics in our world, particularly as it plays out in law generally and intellectual property in particular. He has stood on behalf of the Pirate Party in the Federal seat of Bennelong and also as a Councillor for Ryde City Council.

Along with technology and law John is also interested in spoken word and poetry. He broadcasts on community radio and hosts the program “Roving Spotlight” on Tuesdays from noon-2pm on Radio Skid Row Marrickville Sydney, and writes about his ideas on the website www.johnaugust.com.au. You can keep up to date with what John is up to via his Facebook page

What’s covered in EP220

  • 00:04:08 – Discussion on Nuclear Energy
  • 00:13:37 – Gigi Foster’s COVID Analysis
  • 00:25:58 – Economic Impact of COVID Restrictions
  • 00:35:57 – Outsourcing and Consulting in Government
  • 00:44:20 – Final Thoughts and Wrap-up

Takeaways

  • Nuclear power holds promise as an energy source, but challenges around risk management, technology development, and public perception still need to be addressed.
  • In John’s view, there are reasonable arguments on both sides of the debate around COVID restrictions, with disagreement centring around difficult-to-determine counterfactual scenarios.
  • Outsourcing can benefit the government, like additional capacity and fresh perspectives, but oversight is needed to avoid issues like mission creep or perverse incentives.  

Links relevant to the conversation

Recent news about nuclear energy:

First new U.S. nuclear reactor since 2016 is now in operation

NuScale ends Utah project, in blow to US nuclear power ambitions | Reuters  

John talking about nuclear energy on his radio show:

https://www.mixcloud.com/Johnorg/roving-spotlight-26-sept-23-nuclear-nuclear-more-nuclear/

Pirate Party position statement on bureaucracy and rent-seeking:

https://pirateparty.org.au/wiki/Position_Statements/Government_Bureaucracy_Rent-Seeking

Video mentioned by John: “The consulting industry has infantilised government” – Mariana Mazzucato on taking back control

https://youtu.be/ycVBoWsGLJs?si=r7f5qIJds0dENPtI

Review of Jobkeeper payment by Nigel Ray: 

https://treasury.gov.au/consultation/c2023-407908

Previous Economics Explored episodes mentioned this episode:

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/07/27/sir-david-hendry-on-economic-forecasting-the-net-zero-transition-ep198/

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/09/14/gigi-foster-estimates-covid-lockdowns-cost-young-people-116x-any-benefits-ep205/

https://economicsexplored.com/2023/10/13/private-vs-public-sector-jobs-consulting-scandals-economics-as-an-imperialist-discipline-w-uqppes-ep209/

Transcript: Nuclear Power, COVID Policies, & Outsourcing: Thoughts on recent episodes w/ John August – EP220

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

John August  00:03

Over time, the Public Service changed from this institution that was giving Frank and fearless advice to one that was basically mindlessly implementing government policy without challenge or question.

Gene Tunny  00:20

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, it’s the last episode of 2023. And I thought I’d take the opportunity to share some feedback on recent episodes from listeners. I caught up with previous guests and regular listener John August recently for some of his reactions to some episodes. If you’ve listened to my previous conversations with John, you’ll know he’s a radio show host in Sydney. He’s a member of the Pirate Party of Australia. And he always has interesting things to say. So I’m glad I caught up with him for his reflections. We talked about nuclear power, about COVID policies about consulting and outsourcing. So these reflections of John were inspired by recent conversations that Tim and I had with David Hendry, and with GG Foster, and about a conversation I had with university students. I’ll put links to those episodes in the show notes so you can check them out if you haven’t listened to them yet. If you have any thoughts on what genre I have to say in this episode, or ideas about how I can improve the show in 2020 for them, please get in touch in find my contact details in the show notes. One really great bit of feedback I’ve had recently came from radio it was in a shale. He had some kind words to say about recent episodes with John Cochran and John danced. So thanks for that shale. One of the really good points he makes regards health insurance, so quoting shale, regarding health care and social security. Those are both sticky wickets because of the adverse selection problem. Any medical system whether entirely socialised entirely private or some mixture of the two suffers from the fact that people in their working prime have little incentive to contribute to pooled insurance or annuities, which benefit older strangers more than themselves. Privatisation risk spiralling costs socialisation risks long wait times and rationing of services. I think this is a really good point about the trade offs involved. And one I’ll have to explore in a future episode. So if you think this is a topic I should do early next year, then please let me know. Right. Okay, let’s get into it. I hope you enjoy my conversation with John August. John Agus, good to be catching up with you again. Yes.

John August  03:02

Good to be talking. Again, Jean, you’ve got a lot of interesting discussion on your podcast. And I’ve obviously stuck my order in and a lot of ways on a lot of topics along the way on my own show. But yes, good to be here again.

Gene Tunny  03:14

Excellent, John. So some of the issues I’d like to chat with you about based on the conversations we’ve been having in response to some of those podcast episodes, keen to chat with you about nuclear energy, you’ve got some views on nuclear, and also the episode that I did with Gigi Foster on COVID. And then consulting and outsourcing and possibly we might get on to crypto if, if we have time to start off with on nuclear energy? What’s your position on nuclear? So we’ve had a lot of discussion in Australia about possibly, you know, opening up or allowing these small nuclear reactors? Do you think that’s actually feasible? So one, there’s a question of feasibility. And two, there’s a question of desirability. What are your thoughts on that, John?

John August  04:07

Well, I think it’s desirable, it may not be feasible. But to try it as well, I’d say there’s a lot of ideas I have swirling around and I will get started on them. Like, one of my favourite ideas is to take our existing power stations and retrofit them with a nuclear boiler. And that, you know, people talk about just how long it takes to make a whole new nuclear reactor. And that is true, it is quite an amount of time. But you know, if we had that technology knocked that out, then you know, I guess retrofitting existing new power stations with nuclear actors would be a good thing. And then you also have your small modular nuclear reactors and one of the things you’ve got to say about those reactors as much as I am feeling so positive about their promises In a potential, the technology isn’t there yet. Now, my more contingent statement is, you know, let’s have a list of things once the technology does five or six things in will officially say it’s a goer, and then run with it. Now, one of the things that I sort of straddle the fence between nuclear and renewables. And if you go back, you know, 10 or 20 years ago, there all these people promoting renewable saying, you know, one day we’ll have good solar panels, one day, we’ll have this one day, we’ll have that. And if you look at the last 10 or 20 years, I think we have made considerable progress on those fronts. But the point is just like I was willing to give renewable power a bit of slack back then, in the same way, I’m willing to give nuclear power a bit of a Slack now and say, Look, some of these things aren’t quite nutted out at the moment, but maybe they will be in the future. And you know, that’s a reasonable position to say, let’s wait till these things are sort of working. But in broad terms, going back to nuclear power itself, you know, regardless where we’re talking about new technology or whatnot, there’s like, so many, so much criticism of nuclear power that I think is ill founded. And one of the things that people claim is that, oh, there’s no new nuclear power stations coming online. And I believe there’s one coming online just reasonably soon, or in the next six months or whatever, in the US. Admittedly, it’s been stalled for about 10 years, but it’s finally coming online. And, you know, one of the things is that, like, you’ve got, I think, nuclear reactors elsewhere in the world, I think India, some countries in, in and around Saudi Arabia, are building them. And, you know, you can wonder why are these other nations thinking that this is a reasonable thing to do? The cynical comment would be, you know, they don’t value human lives that much. Or you could just say, Look, they are a sovereign nation, which is making their own calculations and their own decisions, and they think it’s a reasonable thing to do. So in broad terms, I’m actually quite positive about nuclear power. Because even with Shinobu, in Fukushima, and so on, you grind through the numbers. And basically, conventional coal fired power stations built kill a lot more people on a per kilowatt hour basis than nuclear. Because your nuclear accidents, look, they are quite spectacular. Let’s not deny that. But there is some details underneath that, that with a coal fired power station, every bit of coal has to be mined in the mind and transported to the power station with nuclear power, that you have a certain amount of mining and each step down the track, it becomes more and more concentrated till it’s this lump of uranium, you’ve just got to get to the nuclear power station, you don’t need to do it very often. So there’s, there’s basically less fatalities overall. And also, this is one of the things that even though I’m an atheist, I suppose sometimes I tap into concepts like original sin, and so on. And look, with Shinobu, I think we can legitimately say, that was an artefact of the way they did things in the Soviet Union. And like, the reactor had its own faults Built in, the people running it weren’t properly trained. And they did some stupid things, and so on. So so that’s one thing you say there. And with Fukushima, there was a problem with the fault analysis of it. There’s something in engineering called failure mode and Criticality Analysis. And it’s my view that if they properly assessed the Fukushima reactor, they might have actually uncovered this floor in this design, the possibility that tsunamis would not get out, and basically take an action for that maybe elevated their backup reactors to the point where, you know, they were not in a basement that would get flooded, or whatever. But having said that, this is where I talk about original sin, because I don’t blame that nuclear technology. But I do wonder about our human ability to properly manage this risk. And maybe that’s an inherent problem, but the other side of it and who knows, maybe we’ll get into bureaucracy, later on. But I was speaking to a administrator of a nuclear reactor in the US. This was probably a good 10 or 20 years ago, and he was telling me a story that he felt he was being paid by this the signature not by the hour, because in a given day, he signed 500 different bits of paper. Right now, the point is, look, this is a dangerous technology, it needs to be regulated by the government in an appropriate way. Okay, so I think we have to acknowledge that but when they say nuclear power in the US is really expensive. You wonder if it really is expensive. If, or it’s expensive because of the excessive bureaucratic overheads that are piled on it. So, you know, that’s sort of one of the things that I think about. And the other thing is that people say, while nuclear power can actually be very cheap, once you get the reactor running, it’s such an investment to get going, that like the financial markets, you know, they struggle to deal with that. So you might say, you know, sometimes it is interesting that, you know, with, with some people who are critical of nuclear actors, how a lot of the time they’re critical of the market, and maybe that’s a legitimate thing. But then when it comes to nuclear power, they suddenly think that the insurance market is absolutely perfect, while at other times they think the market is totally dysfunctional. And so I sort of say, well, how do we deal with this risk? How do we insure it? And you know, if you look at the deeper picture that basically more people get killed in coal fired power stations, and I don’t know, it was 10 years or more, I think I was checking out an eclipse in China. And I checked out in the newspaper, and they said, you know, some sort of headline like, last year, we had an amazingly good year, only 40,000 people died in coal mines. Right. Right. So so they have a different way of looking at things. Obviously, we’re pretty good with power mines in Australia. But if you look at the global picture, you know, there, there’s more going on there. So what some of the stories that the idea that nuclear waste, is that obnoxious, I tend to think there’s a fundamental trade off here, either you have a lot of pollution in the atmosphere all around you, or it’s all located in one place, and you can point a finger at it. And I have to say, I am much more comfortable with it being located in one place where you can point a finger at it, then it sort of being everywhere. So I’m actually comfortable with nuclear waste. Okay.

Gene Tunny  11:57

And John, is that the Pirate Party position? Are you are you still with the Pirate Party and the I

John August  12:03

am still with the Pirate Party? And I suppose look, we mostly, let’s say there’s a diversity of views on within the Pirate Party. I think our main position, though, is we shouldn’t let we shouldn’t lift the ban on nuclear power, and let things unfold and progress and develop. And, you know, that’s, I think that would be a fair assessment of the position of the Pirate Party on nuclear power. You know, that we don’t put Well, the official position is not to particularly favour it, but let me know, let’s set up a situation where if it’s good, it can show itself to be good.

Gene Tunny  12:43

Yeah, yeah, I think that’s, that’s fair enough. Okay. We might move on to the COVID discussion I had with Gigi Foster. So you had some reactions to the conversation with Gigi, would you be able to take us through First, what were your reactions to Jay Jay’s thoughts on COVID? And the big? I mean, Gigi has analysed, you know, she’s run some numbers. And she’s concluded that, you know, the COVID restrictions, lock downs. In particular, school closures ended up costing young people so much more than any benefits they gained. And I mean, her conclusion is that from a societal perspective, it didn’t make sense, either. So could you take us through what your reactions to that episode? Were please, John?

John August  13:37

Oak? Okay. Well, the point is, I can think of lots of concerns I would have with her analysis. But let me also say at the same time, I haven’t actually sat down and cranked out the numbers. But still at a conceptual level, I could see so many problems with the way she had done her analysis. Now, let me first off say that, you know, I think it’s a healthy thing to do these styles of economic analysis. I think that Jodie Foster was, I guess, you know, basically people were having a personal galette are harassing her and, and I don’t condone that I’m very sympathetic to her in that situation. I think it’s very sad that that happened, because part of me says, I think she’s wrong, but she should be allowed to speak that wrong and we shouldn’t try to censor her. So, but at the same time, there was a certain amount of emotion in her argument where she was presuming that she was correct straying that she was engaging with people, and they were just talking past each other. And there was no, there was no accommodation, no engagement. But I also know that it did seem to me that on the one hand, she was claiming to be this objective economist that was just going through the numbers, but you could also see some definite, I guess, emotional leakage. In the argument that she made, but to try to sort of talk about, I guess the problems I saw with her analysis was where she wasn’t working through what I consider to be some illegitimate costs of COVID. And basically, looking at Rip, because there were the things that we saw in Italy, in the US of, you know, basically funeral homes being overwhelmed with hospitals being overwhelmed. And, you know, I will look, I’ll listen to a detailed argument, if you want to say that those pictures were misleading and not representing the underlying statistics. But, you know, I would be very surprised for me, you know, they let it rip in the US, and Italy, and things got quite bad. Another thing is to sort of say, look, Gigi was saying, oh, you know, the people were asking for, for lock downs, and clamp downs, and so on. And if you look at what was going on in the US was just so many people saying, on our COVID is not a problem, we’ll sort of just, yeah, people are talking nonsense. It’s just a little flu. And, you know, there are a number of tragic cases of people who just thought, Oh, this isn’t going to be a problem, and they caught it, they died, or they got very seriously ill. And then they suddenly thought, oh, cripes. COVID really is a thing. So I challenge that narrative in terms of what did actually happen in the US. But look, you know, I now have a doctor in Melbourne, who was saying, Look, guys, this is a respiratory disease fundamentally, and people are overreacting sort of worrying about surfaces and so on. And but, you know, he was actually saying, Look, you know, breathing on each other is an issue, but surfaces really isn’t an issue. And you know, there was sort of an overreaction there. And I do remember, I think I spoke to an epidemiologist on my own show. And he was willing to say, look, in the latest stages, maybe we should have lifted the lock down sooner than we did. But certainly, he was going to say, look at the early stages, lockdown was worthwhile. Now there was this whole story of flattening the curve, and the hospitals being overwhelmed. And you might remember that concern. And I think that was a legitimate concern. And you know, some of the stories about Sweden, you know, a lot more old people died than they expected, their health services were overwhelmed. You know, the story about rounds wound Sweden was not as rosy as is made out from the outside, though, certainly they took a different approach. And that’s worth paying attention to. But you know, the other thing is, as far as young people is concerned now, you know, sure, it’s good, that they’re educated, it’s good that they have a job. But in a sense, it’s also good that there’s an economy to provide services for us all. And if that economy is disrupted, then that’s a bad thing. And you can say, look, how much is it going to be disrupted when the health services are overwhelmed? You know, when there’s so many people having COVID, so many people going off work, they’re not off work, because it’s locked down. They’re off work, because they’re ill. You know, that is what I guess you call the counterfactual of a situation in Australia being somewhat like that in Italy, or the US. And you know, your GI, we’re talking about qualities. And I would still say that there is the whole thing of like, Sure, it’s, maybe some people just get COVID Very lightly. I remember I had, you know, two decent nights of fever. It was a bit strange, but no, I have actually had worse, I guess, infections or flus and COVID had had a different trajectory. But equally, I think I’d had two in two backs vaccinations at that stage, so maybe it could have been a lot worse if I hadn’t been vaccinated. But the point is, you can actually get long COVID. And if you have long COVID, that means you have a health impact, where you’re knocked around for for quite some time. And I remember a woman I know, she got COVID. And I think a month later, you know, she had, she was struggling to walk upstairs. You know, that’s how badly off it affected her. And I think there’s that sort of effect, ongoing effect on the hill. So you don’t just say, look, either you’re alive or you’re dead. And there’s no grey area in between, I think the grey area in between is quite significant. And once we had vaccinations, alright, you deal with it differently, but before you have vaccinations, then it is appropriate to say, let’s contain the outbreak. And I do remember there was a time I think before, before Delta That’s right. And you know, we Australia had been cleared of COVID and you know, I was sitting at the beach looking at the looking at the beach and thinking this is part of the shoreline of Australia and We’re here and we’re protected by ocean and were safe. And that was truly an uplifting feeling. And keep in mind politically in Western Australia, they had what you might call a pro COVID reaction, because we in the, in the eastern states, were looking at the US and Italy and shaking our heads, and Western Australia, they were looking at the eastern states of Australia and shaking the head and thinking, thank God, we’ve gotten away with COVID. And yes, they wanted their lock downs, and they got their lock downs. And then you know, that government was returned with an astounding majority, because partially because of its behaviour around COVID. So, so I guess that’s going off on quite a tangent. But the point is, you know, you’ve got to contrast against Western Australia to the to the eastern states and their experience of it. But what’s the other thing is sort of like, during the lockdown, some businesses would have reviewed their processes done all the maintenance that have been putting off. So, you know, you want to have a productivity boost when you came back. But the other thing that Judy also mentioned was, look, we got our put ourselves into debt. And I will actually have to say that some of that money may not being targeted, as well as it could have been, you can wonder, was that an honest mistake? Should they have known better? Okay, that’s a more complicated issue. But I’ll certainly say that. But you know, the Liberal Party finally figured out what it was like to be a government and you had to spend some money from the government coffers, I suppose. So then they finally finally got to find out what it felt like. But, but the thing is, in going into debt like that, you’re hopefully giving the economy a soft landing, it’s not crashing into a wall. Now, the problem is, Gigi might well say, Well, I avoided any sort of soft landing hard landing, you would have the consequences, you know, would have been like Sweden, that would not have been that bad. But I believe we manage COVID, we went into debt, we went into debt so that our economy didn’t hit a wall. And in fact, you know, some people were surprised at how the economy bounced back. After like the COVID Depression, the economy just came back. And, you know, one metaphor was that, you know, we had the embers that were still warm in the fire, and were able to come back, you know, we had all the cycle couriers keeping things going during lockdown. And so the economy was able to recover. But I guess what I’m trying to say is, look, my argument is yes, we went into debt, some of that money was ill spent, but broadly speaking, we got the benefits for going into debt. And, okay, and a few things that I will say about that I agree a teensy bit, or think about the possibilities with her argument. Look, okay, SARS, various other I think it was swine flu. Maybe some people were saying, Oh, this is gonna be bad. And it wasn’t as bad as it was. But keep in mind go back at 20 or even 30 years, the smart people were saying, the next pandemic epidemic was spread across the world, through the airline system. And that’s what they said, what happened? And that’s what happened. So, you know, I think so I engaged with both the fact that God legitimately says, Look, some people were overstating the story. And she’s talking about people voluntarily catching COVID To, to sort of give themselves immunity. And this is where I sort of have this engagement of like, you know, an honest volunteer response that makes a conscientious reaction to the situation, I would have thought engaging. Well, Judy says, maybe you get a whole bunch of young people who are willing to catch COVID, take them out to the country, put a campsite there, bring a few people with COVID, everyone gets COVID. And then once everyone has got COVID, and everyone’s got cured of it, then you bring them back into society. And you’re as it were isolating the group of people that do that. And I personally think we could have been a bit more flexible with COVID, where if you wanted to attend a funeral, or some event, you define, let’s say, 20 or 30 people ahead of time, and two weeks out from the event, you isolate yourself at home, and people just drop off eskies of food at your door. And then you all go to that event and then for two weeks after people drop off excuse of food at your door. So you’re still allowing people to attend funerals, but there’s also this this hybrid of sort of quarantining you more stringently than would have otherwise been the case. So notice, and I do engage a little bit with some of Judy’s ideas about we could have gotten immunity and deliberately caught COVID to help things along. So admittedly, okay, there’s my reply to what she said. I don’t know how structured that was, but yes, I thought I blurted it all out anyway. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  24:59

yeah. minutes no doubt that GGS GGS views are I suppose you’d say controversial. I mean, I think there’s a, it’s a good work she’s done. And I think it’s great that she has tried to put it in a framework where we might be able to come up with a rational answer to this. Although, you know, it is challenging because there are, as you said, the challenge is, understanding what that counterfactual is what would have happened. I think my idea

John August  25:29

of what we avoid now is very different to what Gigi, we avoided. I think that’s that’s a fundamental point of disagreement. And as I say, I’m just reacting as best I can. I let me be honest, and say, Look, I’m interested, I’m passionate, but I can’t afford to spend the sort of time on this that Gigi has. So you know, she’s, she’s got one up on me there.

Gene Tunny  25:52

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  25:58

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  26:28

Now back to the show. So a couple other points, Mike. So you talked about, you know, all of the debt now. And we came roaring back. And I mean, partly that was because of all the additional money that people had in their bank accounts that was that was financed by all that borrowing. And so, yeah, we just had this extraordinary recovery. And then we had the inflation because of, you know, too much money chasing too few goods, so to speak. So look, I think, yeah, the stimulus was definitely over done. I think they we recognise that, in hindsight, having worked in Treasury, and having, you know, worked on a stimulus package, the one in 2000, and 809, I know that at the time you don’t have, you just don’t have a lot of time to be able to develop these things as rigorously or as well targeted as you might like. And I think they did the best in the circumstances. And yeah, and I was just thinking about job keeper. I mean, that was at a time when we thought the world economy was just, it was just collapsing, right. And I mean, there was so much pessimism in late March, and they just had to come up with something in a few days or a week or however long they had to design it and announced it. And it was as simple as that.

John August  27:51

I suppose the different layers are, do you want to say it was a mistake or not? And then do you want to say it was an honest mistake or not? You know, do you want to say really, they don’t want to say, well, they maybe they made a mistake, but Well, fair enough, you know, that that’s, I guess the range of ways you can relate to it.

Gene Tunny  28:12

I think they did the best they could in this in the circumstances. But you know, looking at it, you know, some of the design features. In hindsight, were pretty bad.

John August  28:22

I’ve actually spoken to someone in business. And he thought that the way that you would prove that either there was a loss related to COVID, or you would or wouldn’t shed shed staff or whatever, he thought it was very easy to put up your hand, even if you weren’t going to be affected by COVID. And he said that, and I won’t mention the guy’s name, obviously, look, he thought he put up his hand just like everybody else did. But you know, he was actually thinking about what hoops do I have to do to prove that COVID is affected my business and he even he felt you know, the the the the hoops yet to jump jumps through weren’t that stringent? You just put up your hand and I will give you some money sort of thing. That was that was his view of it? And I mean, admittedly, it’s good, good, good one two years since I had that discussion with him. But that was a story that he told me at the time and and then there is a whole thing of these businesses that claimed all this COVID help. And then, you know, however down the track, their their profit margins went up considerably. And you thought I thinking well, hang on, maybe you should pay some of that extra profit back to the government. Isn’t that the reasonable thing to do? And, you know, but that okay, but that’s perhaps going off on a bit of a tangent, I have to say,

Gene Tunny  29:32

yeah, there’s a, there was a good review of job keeper, which I’ll put in the show notes. I thought it was well done. And it did raise a lot of these issues and, you know, issues with the design of it, and okay, if we did it again, we’d probably do it differently. We’ve learned from this experience was done by Nigel Wray who was my old boss in Treasury. So I’ll put a link to that in the show notes.

John August  29:56

I suppose tomorrow. I think it’s the counterfactual. Oh, yes, we got into debt. Yes, we got inflation but the economy didn’t hit a brick wall. Now how valuable is it that their economy didn’t hit a brick wall? You know, that’s that’s to my way of thinking. That’s that, that those are the things you got to balance. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  30:15

Yeah, yeah. Yeah. I agree with you there. Okay. And the other. Oh, yes. The point about lock downs and the all of the restrictions. I think there is a consensus emerging that we probably did go too far isn’t there. I mean, maybe early on, there was a need for a reaction, but there was an independent review by Peter shergold and some other academics and public policy and public health experts, which I thought came to the conclusion that we were imposing them lockdowns when we shouldn’t have or interstate border restrictions. I think they came out against those. So we just went we went too far in our, in our restrictions. And I think that, you know, that possibly, you know, lends some support to what Judy’s been arguing. I mean, we probably we should have listened more.

John August  31:14

Talk to the Western Australians and see what they think about that. Not the Western Australians. Yeah, yeah. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  31:21

I mean, Queensland is too. I mean, we loved it in a while. I didn’t but other Queenslanders seem to love it. And, you know, Anastasia, Paula, che was reelected resoundingly. So yeah, look, people did did love it. But gee, gees argument is that it was, you know, her argument is that it was driven by fear. It was irrational. Now, I mean, that’s, that’s a difficult thing to figure out.

John August  31:44

All I can say is, I haven’t spoken to a bit if I had discussed it, whether I would like to think I would have had an objective and moderately dispassionate discussion whether or not been one of the people whose brains were totally blanked as well. I’m not, I’m not sure. Well, but that’s not the exact words, but the sort of sentiment that she was driving it.

Gene Tunny  32:06

Right. Okay. Well, I think it’s, uh, I mean, I think you make some, make some good points there, John, and ask them good questions. And I’ll, I’ll put a link in the show notes to the episode with Gigi, because I think it’s really worth listening to, I think Gigi is, you know, she’s thought a lot of thought a lot about these issues and done some really provocative, really thought provoking analysis that I think is definitely worthwhile. Okay, one thing I wanted to get back to John, I just remembered about nuclear. You mentioned there was one reactor being built in the states that you’re talking about this one, you’re not talking about this utar project idea that was abandoned because it was news last month, maybe? I don’t know if you saw it about new scale, new scale NS utar project in blow to US nuclear power ambitions. Was that the one you? You thought you were thinking of?

John August  32:56

So yeah, but that that story you have there is, is not to do with a regular nuclear reactor, that that sort of installed for 10 years, and finally came online just recently. And the reason why I was talking about that, who knows, maybe you want to actually link to my own show where I had this discussion, but there was someone involved in brains. And they were saying, look, there’s no nuclear reactors being built anywhere around. I did my research. And I found, you know, there, there were a few in the Arab nations, there was this one in the US that had just come online recently. And I guess I was pushing back saying, you know, maybe they may not be building that arrayed or not. But you know, I think, particularly South Korea is is cranking them out. You know, there’s basically a decent number of them being built around the world, which is contrary to what this gentleman was saying. And I do think you got to say, look, if now if the Indians are making their assessment of the South Koreans are making their assessment, the French are making the assessment. Do we want to say that they’re all stupid? And really, that’s sort of the thinking I was saying, and what the CSIRO have said that, you know, small modular nuclear reactors are not a mature technology, while and maybe they’re onto something there. That’s why I say I’m contingent. I say once you tick enough boxes, then we’ll say this is a goer.

Gene Tunny  34:16

Yeah, yeah. I think you’re right about one coming online recently. I’ve just found on the Energy Information Administration, that’s a federal government US agency. Newest reactive anti Commercial Services Unit three at the Elven W. votable. probably mispronounced that VAG TL E electric generating plant in Georgia.

John August  34:38

That sounds that sounds like it, look, I mean, it’s gonna take me you know, a good three to four, three to four minutes to check through my notes, so I could actually try to find out what these references are. Who knows I can even email them to you after the show.

Gene Tunny  34:55

Yeah, that’d be good. But that’s 31 July 2023. So that sounds like The one you were you were thinking of?

John August  35:01

Yeah. And this was sort of like some International Nuclear Energy Agency, which had, you know, we’ll have all the ones in the US and South Korea, and here and here and here and here and all across the world. And as I say, it’s not a bucket load, but there’s a moderate, moderate number of new nuclear reactors coming online of the conventional variety, not the Small Modular variety. Okay. That yeah, okay. I’ll track that down and send you the notes of that. And obviously, I think you may have listened to some of the show where I had that discussion. So very

Gene Tunny  35:33

good. Okay. Well, that’s so chat about nuclear and COVID. Finally, good. Just so we keep this to a manageable length, we might just cover the outsourcing and consulting issue. So you, you listen to that conversation I had with the university students, the UQ PP. E. S. Society, that that’s correct. Yes. Yes. Yeah. And you had some thoughts on, you know, the use of consulting and outsourcing that’s been quite controversial in in Australia, recently. And now there’s some, you know, I guess, worldwide. There’s the LSE, economist. whose name I won’t try and pronounce it was Mariana

John August  36:18

Mazur. carto. Right. But, yeah, she’s been talking about the experience with outsourcing. But this happened in the UK Government. And there was one time where she mentioned some stuff happening in Australia. And, you know, basically, they’ve had a similar experience over there. And she’s got some perspectives there. But, but, okay, look, I will actually rip in and sort of say that, you know, part of me part of the Pirate Party, we do actually say, look, it’s very easy for there to be excessive bureaucracy. And we do have a more general feeling that there are too many people calculating numbers, but you know, statistics or universities or schools or whatever, and too few people actually doing stuff. So that’s the broad brush thing will actually say about bureaucracy. And also, I think in Queensland, it was Dr. Patel, if you remember him, and our cynical remark was look at how much the Queensland Health bureaucracy Brut grew over the time leading up to Dr. Patel. And it seemed to be mostly concerned with trying to stop the minister from getting embarrassed rather than actually doing good. And you would think if that grind bureaucracy realised its promise, it would have been able to figure out there was an issue with Dr. Patel, as it were, as a result of the regular workings of its own processes. And it was actually as I understand it, some courageous nurses who stood up and said, Hey, there’s a problem here. It wasn’t the regular workings of the bureaucracy. So you know, whether it be me or the Pirate Party, we certainly have a lot of criticisms to make bureaucracy, you know, but we will also say that sometimes the government has got it correct. We do actually think that the CAS did a good job. And it’s been replaced with numerous private providers with twisted incentives, and the whole thing’s quite a mess. But let so so there are those things there. But I guess there’s a whole lot of other things that add to the mix that basically Mariana Meza, Carter has actually said, look, we’ve infantilize the public service to the point where the public service isn’t actually smart enough to properly scrutinise the contracts that they are feeding into the private private service. Because let’s just say, Look, if you’re in a government department, you’ve got some report that needs to be done in three months time, you’ve got a bit of a squeeze on your resources, let’s get this outside firm just to square this on you. That’s probably a very reasonable thing to do. But what he’s saying is that, you know, the private companies, the contractors have taken over, like the comprehensive policy development thing, and sort of taking the lead. And she’s sort of like saying, look, so often, why do we think that the contractors or the will actually have expertise? Now if we want to know what’s going on with health, we ask that the you know, the health bureaucrats if we want to know what’s going on with science, we asked to CSIRO and Marianas political story was looked, you know, the government could have got the CSIRO to make an assessment of climate risks, but they actually got a private contractor to do that. And her suspicion is that they wanted a political answer rather than the objective scientific one that the CSIRO would have would have given. So, so there’s a lot of sort of abuse of that. And to some degree, there’s this like laziness. have sort of like starting to push more and more of your policy development notes, as I say, Sure, a contractor to fix a particular issue, you know, perhaps reasonable, but to take the lead on policy development, and to also think that these these contractors will have good expertise in health in science, like to my way of thinking if you’ve got an issue, you talk to the CSIRO, some academics in a university or an engineering firm or something like that, you know, that’s that if you need to reach outside of government, you know, that’s what you do. Now, one of the things that contracting firm might just have, they might have the outsider’s perspective. And maybe that’s a useful thing to bring in. But you shouldn’t let the outsider’s perspective, you know, stop the insiders, from actually figuring out what’s going on as well. You know, okay, a fresh out pints perspective, maybe that’s the one legitimate justification you might have. But the idea that this ad hoc bunch of consultants would know their science better than the CSIRO seems a bit strange to me. But what’s some other things going on with bureaucracy? I know that if you go to that, I think it’s the cyber the programme, you actually have Malcolm Crompton, who was once a Privacy Commissioner. And he’s actually talking about how I think evil was Whitlam was starting to sort of change the way department heads were hired and fired and allocated. And that this was to try to give the public service more flexibility. But is also saying that over time, the Public Service changed from this institution that was giving Frank and fearless advice to one that was basically mindlessly implementing government policy without challenge or question. And he does say that the right sort of started with Gough Whitlam. But you know, to actually try to be politically neutral. You know, it was John Howard that took it even further. And the original sentiment was good, let’s give people flexibility to prove themselves to demonstrate themselves that free up the public service. But you know, John Howard started to take it away from, you know, the tradition of Frank and fearless advice to, to mindlessly implementing government policy without challenge or question. And you could say that it ended up in the whole Robo debt fiasco. So notice my, my more complicated thing, where I have actually acknowledged that you can have too much bureaucracy going in the very wrong direction. And I’ve sort of introduced that at the start of my talk. But I’ve also said, Look at what’s happened, and I suppose this controversy with those contracting bodies, and just how they’ve basically, you know, basically, you know, had confidential information from government that they have abused and then sold to other corporate clients. And that’s been a betrayal of trust. And yet, you know, on paper, these firms will say, you know, oh, there’s a wall between these different sections of the firm, and that wouldn’t happen. And, you know, well look at you, well, we I can see you’re sort of smiling or shaking your head. But let’s just say, Look, I’m here, I don’t want to mention any names, but it’s amazing how tangled and convoluted any firm can get over time. And, you know, there’s just so many things that are boiling over and you’re, you’re you’re putting out fires all over the place. It’s, it’s amazing how chaotic things can end up. And this is an affirm that I won’t mention names, but it was a good firm, it made a damn good quality product, but by golly, under under the surface, just how, just how, yeah, you’re putting out fires all the time. And I can imagine a similar thing happening in the public service. So or are these private organisations were on paper, you know, you’ve got these rigorous processes and procedures that everyone follows to the letter and you’re sort of going oh, yeah, right. But anyway, so that’s me blabbing about those sorts of things. So that’s my hybrid thing, and unlike the Pirate Party does have their position about bureaucracy and rent seeking. And we do recognise that as a real and substantial problem that by golly, there’s a lot of problems to think about, if you want to think about them.

Gene Tunny  44:20

Yeah. You know, obviously, I’m, it’s a challenging issue for me, because I’m someone who has done some contracting for government and I have, but it’s more along the lines of, you know, occasionally coming in helping out on a report or doing an independent analysis of a specific issue. Now, yeah, there are challenges with this infantilization of the public servants. That’s an interesting way of putting it and I do wonder myself about whether the capacity of the public service has been reduced because of so much outsourcing I think that is a legitimate concern, something that that’s worth thinking about. And you just see it with NDIS. At the moment, like we’ve contracting out so much of that. I mean, that’s just a big, you know, this huge social welfare programme, the National Disability Insurance Scheme in Australia, and there’s, you know, big reliance on delivery by the private sector, and yet it’s overseen by this National Disability Insurance Agency. And it’s not clear to me whether the we’ve got those I mean, I guess we don’t know the rules, right. There’s all of the there are all these inquiries into NDIS. And we’re trying to tighten it up. So it just doesn’t become this huge, cost blowout. But it looks like there’s a lot of women, there’s problems with definition, who’s in and who’s out. But there’s also problems with just blight and rotting by both of these in firms that are NDIS providers. And the government just says, the regulatory agency just seems to lack the capability to to stop this.

John August  46:01

Well, that that is a strange thing. That note, notice earlier on in my narrative, I was saying, Oh, look at these bloated bureaucracies that, that don’t actually deliver on their promise. But at the same time, it’s a strange sort of thing that I will also say, it does feel like a lot of guff government, regulatory agencies just are not sufficiently resourced to do their job properly. And, you know, you end up in this this strange sort of thing where, you know, there’s a mistake made, you get some sort of inquiry, and they point out all these things, and the inquiry probably says, Oh, look, they could do with some more money, and then they don’t end up getting more money. So notice, I’m saying that in some cases, the bureaucracy seems to get bloated. And at some stage, other cases where you really do need some resources, it stopped. So yeah, it gets hard. You know, I

Gene Tunny  46:51

guess if you’re handing out $50 billion a year in, in contracts, or, you know, in funding, which the NDIS is, I don’t know if that’s the right amount, but it’s, you know, it’s 10s of billions of dollars, then you need some you need enough oversight to make sure that that’s not been recorded, and I’m not sure we’ve got that right at the moment. Well, I would

John August  47:11

broadly say I suppose. Yeah. Dealing with these these contracts is not easy. Yeah. That’s that’s, that’s, that’s the generalisation. I’ll make and

Gene Tunny  47:22

a couple other things. You mentioned Patel. So this was Jaden or Patel. I think Jaden Patel, he was a doctor at Bundaberg hospital. And it turns out he wasn’t very competent, and all of these patients died. Really just terrible situation. And I’m trying to remember the circumstances now. Partly is because I mean, there was a shortage of doctors. I mean, we so we were letting I think he was a he was an immigrant, if I remember, and so that I think there’s some question about his exact qualifications, and whether they were actually legitimate or not, or whether they were comparable with with qualifications here. And yeah, part of the problem, I guess, was just poor, administration, poor oversight by Queensland Health. And also we we just weren’t training enough people in, in medicine here in Australia, we just weren’t training enough doctors?

John August  48:22

Well, who knows? Maybe we’ll see common cause here. I mean, admittedly, look, they are obviously we’re trying to be flexible in letting this particular doctor in but I do have the feeling that, you know, our, you know, our medical profession are really don’t want to have sort of people coming in from overseas because it dilutes the amount that they’re able to sort of secure for their services. So having said that, it does get very complicated, where, you know, my my own position, I think it’s reflected in the Pirate Party is like, if we are importing skilled people from nations that are less well off than we are, we should really be making a virtual subtraction of those training costs to our foreign aid budget. And, you know, there is the whole thing of you know, do we want skilled people coming in now, how they’re going to contribute to the economy and so on. And, you know, and sort of like leaning on all those students coming into Australia as a source of foreign revenue, and, you know, oh, my gosh, should get get get sort of complicated. And then people say, Oh, yes, yes, we want to have skilled immigration, I’m thinking, well, if we’ve got skilled people coming in from nations less well than ourselves, aren’t we abusing those nations, you know, and, you know, that’s where the whole thing gets complicated. But let’s say if we quarantine that issue, I think it’s it’s fair to say that doctors in Australia are are protective of their monopoly,

Gene Tunny  49:51

I guess you would say, Yeah, I think that’s that’s correct. Yeah. So that is a that is a an issue. And you know, there’s a there’s a supply side restrict Near and dear. That’s partly the reason yeah, we’re not. We aren’t training enough doctors, arguably and so in because Queensland had a real big growth spurt in the 90s, lots of more, lots more people. Lots of people coming here, big growth in population and therefore, more demands on the health system. And so we maybe our standards did drop in. And it was, it’s quite scandalous. I was just looking at the details. And it turns out there were complaints about that doctor, so giant Patel, in other places who work before Queensland, so in in Buffalo in New York, and hang on, it looks like there was some issues in Portland, Oregon. And so these are things that, arguably our Well, I’d say they should have picked this up, they should have done their, their due diligence. So yeah, that was a that was a huge scandal. That one. The other thing I thought I mentioned is you talked about the CIA is now I mean, we have another CIA, I mean, that brought me, you know, took me back to the 90s. I think they abolished that 96. Didn’t know and how it got and that was a Commonwealth employment service. And yes, yeah, look, I mean, I, I wasn’t sure about how effective the CES was. But I do take your point. I mean, what we’ve replaced it with, there have been all sorts of problems with with that, and concerns about the level of service being provided by many of these. Well,

John August  51:28

one anecdote from an okay, unfortunately, it’s going to be hard for me to map this out and flesh out the details. But, you know, he was telling me a story of, you know, he saw 30 people in a day and place 15 of them in a job. And you go to one of these private agencies, you got to place an appointment, like three days in advance and your front up, and they might well see three or four people that morning, you know, and there’s sort of saying that there’s such a contrast between the effectiveness of the CS versus and, and, you know, I guess you perverse incentives, that there, there are stories of basically people being dragged along to buy become long term unemployed, and then then the agency is finally taken seriously, because there’s extra incentives replacing long term unemployed as compared to short term unemployed, but the CIS had no such distinction, you know,

Gene Tunny  52:18

you get those details of the specifics of the contracts. Right. So you got the incentives, right, or you can have all sorts of problems. So, yeah, yes. So definitely, there’s, there’s issues with outsourcing. I mean, I’m, I think, you know, we shouldn’t be doing looking for efficiencies, and in many cases, it makes sense to outsource but then in other cases, it doesn’t particularly well. And when you do outsource, you got to be extremely careful about how you do it, then you got to make oversee those contracts and make sure that there isn’t any rotting.

John August  52:54

And I’m very pleased and more by accident than design, but I didn’t bite the hand that sees me notice. I was saying that the worth in you know, hiring a contractor to fill in this particular report or this particular issue, but that’s quite different to basically taking over policy development. holdest Bowlus? Yes,

Gene Tunny  53:12

yes. Well, I guess what the some of the big four firms and also BCG, Boston Consulting and McKinsey seem to do very well is really get they get really into the government and or they get their people embedded in some of these agencies to and they’re very closely associated with the policy development and then delivery of of policy, I

John August  53:35

can only suggest let’s listen to some of the videos by Mariana. Cassie, when she sort of goes into that. Yes.

Gene Tunny  53:42

Yeah, I’ll I’ll definitely definitely have a listen. Okay. John Agus, this has been great. Thanks for all your your feedback on and thoughts on those recent episodes we covered? Is there anything else before we wrap up? Oh,

John August  53:58

my gosh. Okay, well, let’s say just say that there’s so many things that I can talk about. There’s a few different guys that you had you had a guy talking about, you know, productivity being a crisis, but he did say some interesting things about intellectual property or junk. I found that that quite Yeah, I found it found, found some of the stuff he was saying quite interesting. And I think you had a guy talking about valuation of businesses. And he was saying, you know, let’s sort of give banks equity in the property for when it gets sold rather than just, you know, to turfing, the turfing, the people who were paying the interest out, but I know you also had someone talking about crypto and some of the I don’t know the details of that show. Let’s say I’ve listened to quite a few shows but maybe not that one. But I would you know, I’m still saying before that the problem with crypto is a whole lot of amateurs are in the field. You can sort of say Oh, I’m in crypto and then you’re on some exchange and my my glib state would be, unless you have some sort of code on your phone that you can write down and transfer to another another phone that is actually engaging with a crypto network beggar theory, or Bitcoin or whatever. If you’re just plugging into an exchange and you’re playing with Lego blocks, you’re not actually doing crypto. Yeah, that that’s my and you know, it is the old cliche that you know, you should only invest in what you’re familiar with. But all the who worry about crypto is to try to get people who know nothing about crypto to be involved in crypto. I think that’s sort of a bit of an issue there. And what am I also thinking about crypto, gosh, that thought is slipping through my fingers? Oh, yes, the thing about crypto is at the moment. The discussion space, if you like, is dominated by snake oil merge. Now, that’s not to say there are some general genuine crypto people out there, you know, hidden behind all the all the all the all the noise, who genuinely want an alternative system of currency because they have problems with the way the central banks and the regular banks relate to our mainstream system of currency. And they are genuinely interested in an alternative. And there may well be people there who are the true believers. But the scene if you like the scene, sad to say, is dominated by the snake oil merchants. And until somehow the genuine players can achieve greater prominence and it not being just all this hooey. You know that the sad thing is that crypto has it has betrayed its promise. It’s gone down this path with all with with the conceptual space, the thoughts face, whatever want to call it being dominated by the snake oil merchants and the true believers being suppressed. You know that the way I’ve described the scene, and in a sense, it said, because I’ve heard the crypto advocates, I’ve heard the passion with which they talk about wanting to go down this alternative path. And while I’m not into crypto, it’s said that their passion hasn’t been realised, you know? Yeah, yeah, fair point.

Gene Tunny  57:25

I agree with you about, yeah, the snake oil, snake oil cycle merchants, I

John August  57:32

suppose. Or if you want to say as I call it, if you want to, say snake oil salesmen, yes, but there’s the old pump and dump thing about talking about some particular crypto. And, you know, basically, some, some prominent people might basically buy a little crypto, and then one week later, they go off and buy it back. Because they managed to suppress the value. You know, those sorts of games, you know, so that that’s getting a bit sad. And Sad to say, look, I’ve listened to a few other episodes. There’s so many thoughts that I have, but it’s hard for me to bring them bring them to mind at the moment. I have to say.

Gene Tunny  58:07

That’s, that’s fine, John. We’ve we’ve covered some, some important issues. So yeah, Happy. Happy to finish up there. So again, thanks for thanks for listening through the and thanks for all the great conversations. Yep. And yeah, I really, really enjoy hearing your thoughts and having having those chats so

John August  58:29

well. I do appreciate it. I know you had some some sort of sentiment that you didn’t want to interview people too often but I hope this is not too often. I know you’re you’re recycling guests to some degree anyway. So

Gene Tunny  58:40

Oh, yes. No happy this. Definitely not too often. I think we we caught up in June, didn’t we? That was when you visited Brisbane.

John August  58:48

Yeah. I think that was that was passing through Brisbane and, and yes, that was lovely. And I guess you had the dare I say you’ve obviously had better sound equipment there. But nevermind. It’s still good to have a chat regardless. Yeah, absolutely.

Gene Tunny  58:59

Okay, John, Olga’s thanks for your time.

John August  59:02

No worries. I’ll leave you to it

Gene Tunny  59:05

rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if you’re podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

59:52

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this. To begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Exploring Investment Opportunities in 2024 and Beyond, w/ Will Nutting, Nutstuff  – EP219

Show host Gene Tunny interviews former investment banker Will Nutting, who runs the investment newsletter “Nutstuff”, to discuss emerging investment opportunities in 2024 and beyond. Will explains how he focuses on unloved areas like coal, uranium and cannabis that many investors overlook. He also emphasizes the importance of factoring geopolitical risks into investments and outlines opportunities that he sees in gold, Bitcoin, distressed debt, and investments in Russia. Will discusses how paying attention to geopolitics can provide an investment edge and outlines his process for gathering insights from his extensive network. Please note that the discussion is meant to provide general information and not specific investment advice.

Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcasts and Spotify.

About this episode’s guest Will Nutting

Will is the Founder and CEO of Nutstuff, a no-nonsense, investment newsletter with 2K+ subscribers, including CEOs and CFOs of some of the world’s biggest financial institutions, founders of the most exciting startups, investors at the highest performing funds across private and public markets, and HNWIs.

Will has been writing about and investing in markets since the 1990s, focusing on U.S. and global equities, and has had the good fortune to interact with and exchange ideas with many smart investors.

What’s covered in EP219

  • Investment banking, media analysis, and providing a better perspective. (1:59)
  • Geopolitics, equity research, and market trends. (7:32)
  • Potential peace treaty between Russia and Ukraine. (13:24)
  • Geopolitical tensions, global debt, and the future of Western nations. (16:53)
  • Investment strategies and geopolitical risks. (22:51)
  • Energy policy, ESG investing, and the future of fossil fuels. (28:31)
  • Investing in various market caps, including small and mid-cap stocks. (34:01)
  • Crypto investing and market trends. (36:29)
  • Geopolitics, investing, and global markets. (42:30)
  • Investing in distressed debt and real estate. (47:29)

Takeaways

  • Will Nutting believes opportunities exist in unloved areas like coal, uranium, offshore drilling, and cannabis/marijuana stocks.
  • Geopolitical risks like those in Ukraine, the Middle East, and China/Taiwan need to be factored into investments. 
  • Distressed debt could provide opportunities if the economic situation deteriorates.
  • Will is positioning for 2024 by focusing on gold, Bitcoin, commodities producers, and select technology companies.

Links relevant to the conversation

Will Nutting’s newsletter Nutstuff:

https://www.nutstuff.co.uk/

Transcript: Exploring Investment Opportunities in 2024 and Beyond, w/ Will Nutting, Nutstuff  – EP219

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Will Nutting  00:04

But the people who actually can open their eyes and go and look at what’s going on in the world, there’s, there’s never been a more exciting time to my mind to make money in equity markets.

Gene Tunny  00:16

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, in this episode, I sit down with former investment banker will Nutting who runs the nuts stock newsletter, who shares his views and where he sees opportunities emerging in 2024. And beyond. Among other things, we talk about gold, uranium, Bitcoin, distressed debt, and even about investments in Russia. You’ll hear Will’s Frank and fearless perspectives on markets and about how paying attention to geopolitics can give investors an edge. What I really like about Will is that he’s contrarian in an intelligent way. As always, when we’re talking about investments, this is all meant to be general information only rather than specific investment or financial advice. If you have any thoughts on what will Orion have to say in this episode, or if you have any ideas about how I can improve the show, then please get in touch. You’ll find my contact details in the show notes. Right. Oh, let’s get into it. I hope you enjoy my conversation with will nothing will not end. Thanks for joining me on the programme. Absolutely. Pleasure. Great to be here. Excellent. Well, well, you’re the author of the nuts, staff newsletter and what are you doing in your newsletter? You’re surveying the global economy, are you?

Will Nutting  01:58

Well, listen, I mean, that stuff started when I worked in their world of investment banking, or well, the broking on the investment banking side. And I got sick to death of ultimately having to retranslate unintelligible conclusion plus politically correct research. And I got to a stage whereby I just thought that the what the investment banks were producing was stuff that was doing anything but giving you an investable conclusion. And it was also perfectly hedged, that no one really came out of it, as I say, with, you know, with with a clear opinion. But I think by nature, I was always reasonably opinionated. I guess from my perspective, you know, I, when I left investment banking, I left broking at the suggestion of a few clients, I set up on my own COVID kind of hit about 12 months later. So suddenly, everybody, suddenly everybody was at home, and no one was in meetings. And that stuff really took off. And I did this as a say, when I worked inside a bunch of us investment banks. And of course, he used to put me head to head with the research departments and the heads of compliance, because very often, I was saying things that I probably shouldn’t have been saying, or I was saying them in a way that maybe I shouldn’t have been saying them. But I think we’ve, I think we’ve got to a world now where if you wake up in the morning, and you watch the BBC, or CNN or Fox, or you watch any network in Australia, and you read a national newspaper, either either, sir, that if that’s your media and your news input, you’re probably never more ignorant than you’ve been in the last 20 or 30 years as to what’s really going on in the world. And so not stuff came about as as really to try and have me doing my curated sources that I built up over 30 years where I really felt that I had a line into whether it be stuff going on in China, whether it be stuff going on in Ukraine, whether it be stuff going on in the Middle East, whether it be stuff going on in markets, I felt that if I had a curated bunch of contacts, who I knew themselves was much of truth seekers as I was, we will be able to put together a network or a platform whereby when we discuss subjects, and we try to do a curated narrative of the market, what’s going on in the market, where the world is going, why things are actually even happening in the world today, which we can talk about. When you got out the other end, you’ve got something that was readable. And that kind of connected the real world and the financial world. And so if you were sitting at home, trying to run your portfolio, or you’re time poor, and you’re trying to run your business, and you’re having a quick look at your investments, when you end up sitting down with a guy that manages your money or you end up sitting down with yourself managing your own money, you actually have a tool that hits your inbox a couple of times a week that actually really points out some of the anomalies but it also does the so what on markets because you know, we can talk about all this stuff and you know, if we woke up tomorrow Morning, I found that we had a, we had a peace treaty in Ukraine. We had a ceasefire in Ukraine. I guess the key question to ask is, how does that make you think differently about portfolios positioning? What would you own? What would you sell? Probably more importantly, and how would that change your bias as to how you would look into 2024? So I get a lot of this kind of stuff, you know, and as I say, it’s not just me, I have some extraordinarily talented and interesting inputs, which is to say, I’ve built up over nearly 30 years of doing this.

Gene Tunny  05:30

Gotcha. Okay. Just a couple of questions based on that will, which investment banks have you worked for or worked with?

Will Nutting  05:42

So I was so I know, I started my life at Fleming’s, which was a UK or Scottish actually investment bank that got ended up being bought by JP Morgan, doing Japan, which was pretty, pretty soon after I left the military as a soldier. I then to be honest, didn’t find a natural gravitation towards Japan. And I did to the US. So then I ended up going to work for Cowen, which was a Boston based investment, and they got bought by sock Jen. And then I went from Cowan, to, to Bank of America, while to Montgomery, actually, which ended up being bought by Bank of America. That was a West Coast technology house. And we did a lot of West Coast, West Coast growth, sort of growth, investing. And then I went from Bank of America, Lehman. And then I was at Lehman for five and a half years, I thankfully left before they disappeared in a puff of smoke. And I ended up in two or three other investment banks. So the last one I ended up doing was, was a steeple. Which, which is a regional regional investment bank in the States. So I always had a big bias to the US. But in a lot of the global investment banks that I work for, I always realised it was a relative game. And so I would always look at, you know, whether that was the rest of the world, European, Asian, UK equivalent stock sometimes to play a similar theme. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  07:05

gotcha. You mentioned that you thought that some of the analysis coming out of investment banks or analysis in the media is not telling you the full story. And you thought you could add, you could provide a better perspective, what do you think they’re missing? Do you have any examples of where you think that analysis has been deficient? And how have you improved on it? Do you have any examples of that? Well?

Will Nutting  07:34

Well, I think there’s, I think there’s a whole bunch of different areas. The first one, I would say, is that, I think a lot of the alpha that you can make, and maybe this isn’t necessarily Alpha inside the big index positions in markets, but a lot of the pure equity alpha you can make, you can make from frankly, just being contrarian and being brave. And so an example I would have of that as we were looking at the the, the sort of the craziness in ESG and the illogicality of a lot of the s ESG. Well, three years ago, and we picked up on a big theme and coal. There were no investment banks had coal analysts anymore, in the same way that hardly any investment banks, heavy heavy cannabis or marijuana analysts anymore. And we looked at an opportunity in coal, we saw how small the market capitalizations were, and we thought these companies and these stocks are not going anywhere. All they’re doing below the radar screen is paying down debt. And they’re ludicrously cheap. They’re ludicrously unloved. And when everyone hates something, it must go up. And when everyone loves something, it must go down. So it was a simple investment metric of becoming quite well known for doing a lot of work on, on on coal stocks. So I guess, inside investment banks, there was a lack of bravery. There was a there was a cow tearing to oh, gosh, evil coal, coals bad. But the perverseness of thinking that coal is bad, but somehow lithium mining and copper mining is all done with people wrapped in cotton wool in nice fluffy places is madness. So it was the double standards of a lot of corporate policy towards which companies and which industries you can cover. So while I guess it’s the lack of bravery, and a lot of the people use the expression woke I think woke is a bit of an over simplistic way. But I think it was, as I say, it was a lot of selectivity in wanting to be seen to be doing the right thing. And I’ve always thought that, you know, the road to hell is paved with good intentions. So, that was the, that was the metric on which we started to look at some of the, you know, uncovered areas. I think just in general with equity research, you know, having a view and having an opinion, that goes against the establishment, you know, was is a very difficult thing for most people to stomach. And I obviously talked about the geopolitics and the politics quite a lot because I think it It matters as to markets today. So I got a very resolute view on Ukraine, which was behind the tragedy, there was no possible way Ukraine was was going to be was going to be Russia and a fair fight. I wrote very early, it was David and Goliath. And you know, and David had a chance against Goliath. But, you know, once he ran out of stones, you know, he was never going to be Goliath. And I think what we’ve seen, even in the last 24 hours, with with Putin has been a lightning flash visit to to, to Abu Dhabi, and now in Saudi is the ramifications of that are that, you know, the world is completely and utterly misread what has gone on in Ukraine and where that’s going to go. So I think that’s obviously something that, you know, as we’ve been very resolute on the Middle East, to be honest, I’ve, I’ve stood back from. But the somatic that I’ve had for the last two and a half years, was a world of a rise of the oppressed and the revenge of the colonised. And I guess that was my sense that we were in a three to five year secular move, where the West has got all the entitlements, and all the debt, and all the arrogance, and the emerging markets. And the global South, because of the ubiquity of a lot of us technology, have had their eyes open to the fact that they’ve been oppressed and exploited by the West for many, many years. And that is gradually coming to an end. Now that has ramifications for a dollarized world that has massive ramifications for countries in Central Africa, which, you know, most people couldn’t put up, put on a map, but look at what’s going on in Niger, who suddenly woke up, you know, Mr. Macron, in France suddenly woke up one day when Niger had a coup, and realised one, the CFA franc was going to come to an end and Niger. Secondly, he was suddenly not going to end up with any uranium for his nuclear power stations. So again, that’s how the geopolitics plays into the market. And, you know, the, the ESG new energy world. So I guess, you know, they’re just a few examples of things that I kick around and look at. But as I say, the the overall sense to me is that you’ve got a bucket of market capitalization. In seven, seven US stocks, a lot of luxury stocks in Europe, a few selective stocks in the UK. And the opposite end of the market, you’ve got lots of short classes of potentially really, really exciting areas of alpha, if you’re willing to really go and kick the tires and the equity while in the equity world. And so I want to have a keeper first in the big stocks, because I think you need to do that from the perspective of staying relevant to index fund managers. But so people who actually, you know, can open their eyes and go and look at what’s going on in the world. There’s, there’s never been a more exciting time to my mind to make money in equity markets.

Gene Tunny  13:09

Right. Okay. Okay. Very good. Now, can I ask you about, you mentioned about Ukraine. And so Putin has been in the Middle East? And I think you were saying that? I can’t remember the the words exactly. But it is there going to be a peace treaty there? Or is there going to be some sort of deal cut in between Russia and Ukraine? Is that Is that what you’re suggesting? Is that going to happen? And basically, Ukraine is going to surrender some territory?

Will Nutting  13:40

I don’t know when I don’t know what my timing. My suspicion is that the timing is much sooner than anyone thinks. I think I write that the head of the US the head of the Russian military, and head of the Ukraine military both share the same Christian name, which is Valerie. I’m not I think it’s spelt in a rational way, not in a not in a Western way. But I think what I’m what I’m being told, and what I understand is that there are ongoing conversations at the moment, and they are effectively deliberating over really three things, which is, you know, the location location of talks, the way in which elections would be would be conducted. And three, who would actually well, I guess, for really, who would be the the arbitrator of that, which I think probably it would be Modi in India, Modi’s probably trod a more neutral path on Russia, Ukraine than any of the major countries. And and then I guess it’s the the nature and relationship of Ukraine with with joining NATO, but I just say I don’t, I think what we’ve ended up doing, if you think simplistically, Nixon and Kissinger spent many, many years, ensuring that China and Russia stayed well apart so that we didn’t get sandwiched in the middle. And what Mr. Biden and his friends and Mr. Johnson and everyone else have done in their wisdom is they’ve ultimately pushed the Russian bride into the arms of the Chinese bridegroom. And when you look at the reciprocity between Russia and China, and you look, I think I heard levens and gave say this, he made a very good point, which is that Russia have everything that China don’t have in China, really, the Russians don’t have. So really, the two fits together, conceptually on paper incredibly well, apart from the fact that I don’t think the natural bias for middle class Russians, is to want to go to China any more than the natural bias from it’ll cause Chinese to stay in China, I think they want to go to the west, they want to do Western things. Exactly the same thing applies in Saudi Arabia, you know, to to to people in Saudi Arabia. So I think that, what we need to do is we need to have a weenie if anyone needs to have regime change, we need a regime change in the West. And the regime change in the West needs to realise that Russia is a is a is a collection of states and countries that have 11 of the world’s 24 time zones. This is a massive, massive landmass of hugely diverse cultures, and to wish for the destruction of Russia to wish for a maimed and angry Russian buffalo is to see massive instability in the world. And so to my mind, a Western rapprochement with with Russia, is desired. And I think the to go back to The David and Goliath analogy, I think it’s very real, to my mind, that you will see more signs of of a peace treaty between Russia and new between Russia and Ukraine, I think sooner rather than later. And I always I’ve always said, and I’m not original in saying this, as you know, as soon as the money runs out, the world will move on, or, you know, middle class England and middle class America all have flagpoles. And, you know, they just it’s like a semaphore competition. You know, it’s the Ukraine flag one day, it’s the Palestinian flag the next day, the Israeli flag, the next you know, it’s who can put flags up and down. And it’s very fickle, and it’s very fast moving. And the world will move on very quickly, tragically, to to the next complex, which by the way, might be in a might be Guyana, next quarter, Venezuela, for example.

Gene Tunny  17:30

Yeah, yeah, I’ve been, I’ve been following that. Now, do you think that the West will, or the United States and Britain will try to, you know, it’ll try to repair its relationship with Russia so that it splits? It doesn’t have Russia and China in a block against it? Is that the suggestion? Is that what your is that your best?

Will Nutting  18:02

I think it goes back to the to the point, which is that if you’re sitting in the UK, you’re you’re sitting in the US, and you have a pragmatic view about where you are at in your, you know, take the Ottoman Empire kind of equivalent analysis, right. All the Holy Roman Empire, where are you? As I say, you’ve got I mean, I looked at the I was watching the the presidential debates that the leadership debates in the US last night, I mean, and the level of rudeness and offensiveness and unpleasantness it, it just plums new debt. So, you know, we live in a society now that is so disrespectful of institutions. And there’s a reason for that. The institutions have a lot to bear for that. Secondly, again, we have massive indebtedness, huge amounts of entitlement. And also, we have all the old people. And it’s an unpopular thing to say, but, you know, can we afford to continue to support, you know, the elderly populations that we do? And the answer is probably not, but no one’s willing to have that conversation, you know, politically, because it’s certainly in the UK, UK, politics is probably the same in Australia, you know, you know, the grey vote is been the vote that politicians have been trying to bribe and try and get hold on. So, for me, it’s a it’s a case of evolve or die in western case. And I’m not saying it’s in the next 12 months. But if you look at the history of the last 20 years, and look at all the conflicts that you know, we’ve been involved in, as we’ve obviously follow the US into a lot of these conflicts and in good faith. You know, that was all great when money was free. When money when we were waging a few wars in Afghanistan and places that most Americans and most Brits couldn’t put on a map. It was all great. But you suddenly take the cost of money from costing nothing to positive real rates. And you’ve got a completely and utterly different world to play with, you know? And not only are you seeing that emerging in the world of private equity, those people that, you know, that walked on water and could do no wrong, you know, look at the look at the look at the performance numbers in that industry, if you actually really break out the numbers for those funds since inception. So, when I look at it, as I say, I just think I think the world is changing. And if I was sitting there, and talking to, as I do on occasions, talk to politicians, it’s understanding that it is a case of evolve or die in many respects.

Gene Tunny  20:37

Yeah, yeah, absolutely. Can I ask you about the Middle East? What? What are your thoughts on? What will happen there? Is there still a risk of a wider regional conflict involving Iran, involving other states in the Middle East?

Will Nutting  20:56

I don’t know that I have a greater perspective on this than anyone else. I mean, I was horrified by, you know, we’ve all seen the equivalency of the equivalency of what went on the seventh of October would have been, you know, the IRA in the UK, killing 9000 people, we can do all these analogies, and I’m not going to get taken down down a rabbit hole there. You know, I go back to the end of the Ottoman Empire in the in the 20s. I go back to Sykes Pico, when, you know, Frenchman, and an Englishman sat down with a crayon, probably with a glass of port and drew up the lines of the Middle East. But I guess when I stand back, and I take away, you know, go back to a time when these countries didn’t exist. And try and look at the true history of this. And then fast forward to where we are today. I think it’s incredibly difficult to see how a two state solution exists in the Middle East, and how we get to that stage. But again, I think what we’ve got to have is we’ve got to have leaders in the West, who have an interest in not accelerating and not exacerbating these conflicts. And I think we need to try and find a way of of dealing with this, you know, because the optics of the world looks at what’s going on in the Middle East. And as shocked as they are by what happened on the seventh of October. I think they’re also looking and saying maybe there is a an unacceptable civilian civilian casualty rate to the operations that are going on at the moment. So as I say, I mean, your guess is as good as mine, when it comes to Iran. I think I think the Iranian leader is I think he’s visited increasing in Moscow today. I mean, Iran seem to be, you know, seem to be very quietly, obviously playing a, you know, a very, very strong game here, you know. But as I say, I don’t want to even think about escalation at the moment. And I’m hoping that, you know, I hope that cooler heads can prevail.

Gene Tunny  22:57

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  23:03

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice, we can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world, you can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  23:32

Now back to the show. So I guess what I’m interested in well, is to what extent are you factoring in these geopolitical risks going forward, such as you know, what’s happening in Ukraine, although it sounds like that sort of, that may not be a big factor in the future, given that there could be some sort of a deal? What could happen in the Middle East? And also in China, Taiwan? Is that is that a risk? To what extent are you factoring these potential? What would you call them zones of conflict or flash points into your investment recommendations?

Will Nutting  24:19

So I run the cyber sort of this little farm, this little portfolio that I publish every Monday and it’s, it’s, it’s got a few million dollars in it, and it’s, it’s a small amount of people’s money, it’s not open to external investors, and I don’t want to be a fund manager. But what I do want to do is to see that people see that I eat my own cooking, and I reflect, you know, I reflect my my thoughts and my ideas in six or seven key Cymatics we have a macro overlay thematics we use a bunch of ETFs to ultimately just reflect where we think the interesting parts of the world are. And then obviously, we have six kind of key Cymatics like global digital infrastructure and energy But infrastructure and stuff like that. So so it’s a fairly simple logical portfolio. As I said, factoring these thematics in Yes, I do. But But conversely, we sold out of most of our US defence stocks seven or eight months ago. By way of example, you know, we still have a some exposure to, to fertiliser, so, you know, feed the world. But on the whole, you know, I don’t, you know, I’m very, I’m very selective on, you know, trying to play the kind of war in conflict trade inside equities, because I think the market gets, you know, the market gets pretty savvy with it. We still own big systems in the UK, we’ve owned, we own some dividends, Ryan Mattel in Europe. But I think, you know, if you looked at the defence stocks as an example of what you are what you asked me, I think what we’re discovering now, as even the nature of warfare is changing. And, you know, though, these defence platforms are vital and hugely important. And whether it be aircraft carriers, F 20, twos, F 30, fives, multibillion dollar incredible aircraft, you know, also low level, you know, almost analogue warfare, when it comes down to drones, etc, you know, is something that the world is waking up to, you know, I’ve got an, you know, I’ve got an aircraft carrier, and you’ve got 50,000, you know, I’ll raise you your aircraft carrier to 50,000 drones. Now, you know, I’m sure that a state of the art aircraft carrier has the technology to repel drones. But I suspect if there’s a really concerted drone strike on a on a carrier group, you could probably inflict some, some fairly cataclysmic losses. So to me things like the thick of things like the the defence sector is much more important than, Oh, gosh, we live in and we live in a world, you know, let’s just blindly go and own defence stocks, oh, gosh, we live in a high conflict world, let’s blatantly just go no, no oil stocks, you know, I prefer the capital spending infrastructure, infrastructure cycle type names, you know. So when it comes to energy, I like infrastructure, I like uranium has been a still a huge and has been a big focus of mine for the last three years. I like offshore drilling. I like the lateral businesses to offshore drilling. Where you’ve also got, you know, huge cash generation and debt being paid down and such. So we’re pretty selective actually, about how we, how we play those thematics inside portfolio. The portfolio? Yeah.

Gene Tunny  27:39

Fair enough. Can I ask you about uranium? So are you do you think we will, there’ll be a resurgence in demand or a resurgence of investment in nuclear power? Is that what you’re projecting?

Will Nutting  27:55

Uranium is? I hate you know, I hate to say things are that simple, but to my mind, uranium is the is the is that it’s, it’s a simpler supply demand story, as I’ve seen, in my 30 years of doing this, you know, you’ve got, you know, 150 100 60 million pounds of production, you know, you’ve got children terminan of demand, if you if you use an analogy of oil with those numbers, it will be the entire focus of the world on the deficit in on the deficit in oil. You know, I mean, I think it’s 25% of US electricity production comes from from from from nuclear. And also, it’s not just a case of digging uranium out of the ground, putting on a truck, driving it to a power station, and loading it into a furnace, you know, you’ve got to actually process the uranium, you’ve got to produce the fuel rods, there’s a huge bottleneck. So there’s been a complete lack of capital spending in the uranium space, because there’s been a complete lack of capital spending in the energy bridge. And I guess I want to divert to this and just say that, when you look at energy policy and energy spending, you know, I think if we were sitting down with 20 year olds or our children and explaining the world we want to get to, in terms of energy, the other side of the chasm. I think we all kind of know what that looks like with wind, wave, solar, etc. But we have to supply and we have to, we have to provide baseload power, and baseload power. When you think about the energy bridge from the Old World to the New World, is, unfortunately, a lot of fossil fuels. And it’s going to be a lot of fossil fuels for the foreseeable future, which is why met coal is still a hugely exciting space. But when it comes back to Uranium, again, uranium is an area where it is the lowest cost the lowest cost electricity apart from hydro and utilities, have completely and utterly under understood went on shoring up their supplies, and then load on that the unknown quantity of small modular reactors coming into the market. I just think you’ve got a tremendous call option. The only thing that surprised me about uranium is one, how tiny the market capitalization is. So for most index players, it’s kind of irrelevant. Don’t talk to me about uranium. I mean, I can’t even I can’t even think about it. It’s not It’s nowhere in my index benchmark, apart from Cameco, that’s about the only stock that I think has any kind of relevance to people. But I think for anyone who’s smart, and actually tries to look at where the world’s going, I’m surprised that uranium isn’t $150 upon.

Gene Tunny  30:45

Right, gotcha. Okay. Okay. And you mentioned offshore drilling. So this is consistent with your, your expectation that we’re still going to be relying on fossil fuels for several decades into the future. So I suppose that yeah, that makes sense. It is, it is. And I,

Will Nutting  31:08

when I try it, when I try to think about energy transition, and energy position and energy policy, it kind of takes me back to school prize giving. And it makes me think, you looked at me strangely, and I know

Gene Tunny  31:23

that I was just thinking, I mean, it’s a very, it’s a very British thing, isn’t it? The school, the school prizes I was thinking of? There’s a great Jeeves and Wooster story with the prizes, but we won’t divert on to that. But go ahead, go ahead.

Will Nutting  31:38

So that the words think about it is that it’s about the ESG Industry and Energy Policy, which is that, yes, the industry and the whole environmental policy, what it’s done is it’s continued to reward. The, you know, the nerdy kid at school with the pedal back pedal that crosses, he was super bright, who always won the science prize, okay, from day one, continually given the science prize. To me, that’s the green energy company, they were they started good, they stayed good. And they got even better at being good. The problem is that the most exciting and most interesting price to reward at school price giving was a really badly behaved hit the big kid who had a real presence at school, who was the badly behaved, disruptive guy who was running around making a mess everywhere, causing damage, doing bad things to other kids who suddenly became a better behaved kid. And you can then give them the price of being better behaved. So when I look at energy, and that’s the brown energy companies, that’s the occidental is that the Exxon Mobil? That’s the BPS? That’s the Australian equivalents. It’s, you know, whoever it is. And so I think, if only governments and if only investors and investment mandates could take a look at these companies and say, right, you know, what, we need to start rewarding the businesses here, that kind of do a better job of evolving, not only is it going to be a good thing to attract capital back into these companies, who can continue to invest in the energy bridge, as I, as I, as I call it, you know, but also, I think it’s, it’s just going to send the right message to the industry. So again, I I’m not, I’m not a climate denier, I’m not an ESG dislike or hater, I’m just a pragmatist. And so I think that the second wave of ESG, whatever, however it looks, that will probably evolve in the next, you know, one to five years, I think it’s going to be much more joined up thinking much more honest, and much more realistic. And so, as I say, I think you know, the cop boondoggles of the last few years, you know, the latest one we had last week, I think just I think we’ve seen Peak Peak nonsense, and I think, peaking ESG and as peak climate nonsense, dissipates, I think some really interesting investment opportunities will come out the other side of it.

Gene Tunny  33:59

Okay, okay. Very good. I liked how you described the you’re talking about the shot glasses before you wanted to have some shot glasses? What’s in your shot glasses at the moment? Well, can you give us some idea of what those those are they? Are they speculative investments, how would you describe them? Well, I

Will Nutting  34:25

think so. I guess just to paint a scenario for this. The I don’t know what the data is, but probably over 90% of equity. Investing is passive. So let them take it that it’s passive funds, it’s machines. It’s it’s quants, it’s everything else. So what’s left over at the end of the day, is either you as a retail investor or as a you know, as an active investor scrabbling around saying, Have I got an edge on Microsoft have I got an edge on? Can I come over? Do I have an edge on Palantir eran AMD versus owning and video to get my exposure to artificial intelligence. Am I the smart? Am I smart enough to have worked out that IBM as a forgotten as a forgotten cap, a technology mega cap might actually have technology, I might actually be really, really relevant to AI, I could the AI Halo suddenly shine above AB IBM, which is what you’re seeing happening at the moment, for example. Now, I talked about some of this stuff, and I write about it. And I’m hugely focused on it because it’s hugely relevant for alpha and for performance. So I view those as the kind of buckets or those the buckets of market capitalization. What’s really interesting is in small cap and mid cap world up until about three weeks ago, it was literally like all the pint mugs in the world and disappeared, you know, and it was either as I say, a bucket or as a shot class. And the shot glass is all the all the tiny stuff. So a lot of it as I say it’s uranium stocks, its offshore oil stocks. It’s, you know, the old gold stock, its coal, its special situation, things that we have an healthcare like, really interesting company called cardio that deals with the some of the aftermath of COVID vaccines with pericarditis and myocarditis. It’s a it’s a gold company that has a hidden uranium company inside it that we look at and focus on a lot. I’ve said coal already. It’s tankers, some tanker stocks, you know, if you look at what’s going on in Panama, and look at what’s going on was in potentially in the Suez Canal, you’re beginning to see new tankers are not being built. You’re now actually seeing some tankers having to go round the whole south coast of America without going through the Panama Canal. Think about what that does to day rates on tankers, etc. It’s Kryptos. I have a positive, a cynical, I 55 years old, right? So I’m kind of a middle aged, middle aged white guy, with a with a natural cynicism towards tattoos, ponytails and people talking to me about crypto. But I’ve absolutely right that we absolutely own it and invest in it. And and I think that some really interesting, fascinating trends. And the final thing I can say to you, is we also cannabis and marijuana stocks, which remind me of kind of coal in 2020. We have we have some positions there as well. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  37:25

yeah. Very good. With the crypto. You mentioned that there are some trends that you’re you’re excited about, what are those with crypto?

Will Nutting  37:37

Well, I think to be to be positive about to be really positive about crypto, and to ripoff, the, the the cynicism that you see out there of it doesn’t really solve any problem. It’s, you know, it’s it’s the currency of criminals and perverts and, and, you know, weirdos, I think you have to get your head out of the developed West and go into emerging markets and go to the spec is done Korea, Stan, you know, and actually see how people use crypto see how people are entirely comfortable with having crypto wallets, see how people use crypto as as accurate as a security for loans in the same way that, you know, crowd funding has worked in the West. And so as I say, I think when I look at the risk reward on crypto when I look at Kryptos, entire market cap still being about 1/10 out of gold. And I look at the usability of crypto and how I see crypto developing that usability. And I think I’m right saying there’s 22 about 22,600 Different Kryptos but 53 or 54% of Kryptos market cap is basically and effectively Bitcoin and Aetherium you know, so to me, I think, you know, if you don’t own Bitcoin, or you don’t own Aetherium, or synthetics or any kind of defy plays, and you’re sitting in front of grown up investors, I think you better have a really, really good reason why you don’t you better own lots of gold as an alternative. And I’d suggest that if you actually get on a plane and go and travel to the global South, the parts of the world that are growing really fast, with dynamic young populations, without old people without entitlement, and with no debt. You’ll come back feeling a whole bunch more about crypto than you would if you’re sitting in your office in Mayfair or Washington.

Gene Tunny  39:42

Yeah, yeah. Okay. Okay. Now, what’s your process for, for getting these insights? So you mentioned you’ve got a you’ve got an extensive network, have you got a team working for you?

Will Nutting  39:55

So we have I mean, we, in terms of kind of, you know, full time employees as basically as effectively, we’re pretty much a team of two in terms of actually running the business on a day to day basis. But I have about five people who some are all clients of mine, some of the people I’ve known for many years, who, on the whole, we’re all super successful, overtired. And all living in interesting parts of the world, and all doing really interesting things. But also, they massively wanted to keep their head, their head in the game in terms of markets, and macro and geopolitics, something else. And so what happens is that, you know, a little bit like having a research department, you know, if I want to, if I want to look at global video games, or I want to look at Coal, I want to look at tankers. I have my own go to sources where I would go to, you know, we’re not writing, probably writing a five page report. To my mind, what I’m trying to do, and that stuff is to make people question make, make, make people think, on occasions, make people laugh, and try and make or save your money. And so these sources, and these, these people that kind of work with us, our partners, if you like, are just incredibly useful as one as kind of sounding boards, but also as amazing sources of perspective and information. And, you know, they are on the whole, you know, in some respects, just trying to do what I’m trying to do, which is to home, you know that that truth seekers they are. And they’re, they’re realists and pragmatists in terms of how they look at the world. So we have, you know, regular conference calls, we have regular brainstorming sessions every week. And so I have a really good, experienced team that I kind of a second check on me. And on occasions, you know, we’ll sit on a call and I’ll go on, am I completely off the wall on this on? Am I am I? Am I mad thinking, thinking about this in this way? You know, how? And then the other question, I guess I ask is, how consensus? Am I is everyone else talking about this? Because if everyone else is talking about something, or everyone else is focused on something, you know, I don’t want to be the last guy at the party drinking the mind sweeping the drinks, you know, you know, I want to be the kind of first guy at the party and I don’t really mind if, you know, I’ve got to make small talk with, you know, with the granny, you know, until the fun people turn up. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  42:18

Okay. And so who’s your newsletter pitch that will? So I mean, you mentioned like, you’ve got high net worth individuals. Like, who would who’s going to benefit from this?

Will Nutting  42:33

I think it’s, you know, it’s pitched at it? Well, when you look at the content of it, it’s got a bit of everything for everybody, because it’s got some thought provoking stuff on the geopolitics side, it’s got some real world stuff that, you know, I just pick up from people sending stuff to me, and, you know, I scrape batter, you know, meet other media stuff and such, like, you know, but on the whole, if you’re time poor, if you’re intellectually curious, if you have to look at markets, or you have to look, or you have an interest in understanding how the real world meets the financial world, and how that looks, it’s really pitched to anyone in that environment. So, you know, we have anyone from one of the most respected, macro hedge fund managers in the world, who uses it as a, as a real world check. You know, if you, if you sit inside a big New York hedge fund, for example, you know, 90% of your employees probably going to chauffeur driven car to work, they get a chauffeur driven car home, you know, they, half of them were a lot of them fly privately, you know, they have restaurant quality food delivered to their desk. And, you know, it’s such like, most of them don’t even ever look out the window, and actually go and look at what’s going on in the world, you know? And so we’re kind of a reality check. We’re a real world reality check as to look at this. Have you thought about that? And as I say, Well, anyone who receives that stuff really, as somebody who’s who’s intellectually curious, and all we’re trying to do, I think, is to make people feel and look a little bit smarter about a whole bunch of subjects. And the process. What I love about it is there’s a huge reciprocity, which is that peep, I get a normal amount of feedback from people. And so if I’m really, if I’m really taking an aggressive stance on something political or geopolitical or something about the market, you know, it’s very interesting to me to know how much pushback I get and who gives me that pushback. But as I say, it’s a hugely broad church from some of the most respected entrepreneurs and investors in the world family offices, but also I have a lot of people’s kids, you know, who’ve left university who’ve been given their first, you know, 20 or 20 or 30 grand, they’ve just started an equity portfolio. And they’re trying to work out, you know, they’re understanding the power of compounding mathematics, and they’re trying to work out what they should own and what they shouldn’t own.

Gene Tunny  45:02

Okay, so it sounds like it is not necessarily out of the out of reach for people who aren’t hedge fund managers, then I’ll put a link in the show notes to it so people can check out the details. Gene, our

Will Nutting  45:19

system is, you know, we give people a month free or whatever it is. And, you know, as I say, I mean, it’s 85 pounds a month is a meaningful, it’s a meaningful investment for a new for, for a letter. But it’s not a newsletter. It’s a facts, ideas and conclusions letter. And so it really does drill down to and give you investable conclusions. And that’s one of the reasons why I think, you know, we charge what we charge is because if you make frankly, one decent investment decision that it pays for itself, you know, hand over fist.

Gene Tunny  45:51

Gotcha. Okay, as global focus, so you’d have a focus on East Asia and Australia. global budget of global focus.

Will Nutting  45:59

Absolutely. And one of the reasons I travel as much as I do, is because I go to, I mean, I can’t tell you how many countries I’ve been to this year. But you know, Namibia and Africa, South Africa, Mozambique. I’ve been all over the stands as Becca Stein, Craig iStan, I’ve been to Panama, I’ve been to Colombia, just to name a few. And when I go there, I don’t just go there to lie on a beach. I go there, and I meet people who run, you know, I’ve wandered around the office base port, the guy who, who, who runs the port in Valencia, Spain, Namibia, understanding what’s going on with oil discovery and infrastructure in the energy and oil business in southwestern Africa. You know, I went and met the guys who run all the all the power transmission business in Namibia as well. And understanding that relationship with what’s going on with South Africa and their power problems in South Africa. So we really do go and meet and try and understand what’s going on in places. And then I’m just looking for those nuggets of interesting stuff to explain to other people why and how those things are happening, but also looking for investment opportunities.

Gene Tunny  47:10

Okay, okay. Very good. Final question. Well, 2020 24, what are you expecting? What do you think? Do you have any ideas on what the what big developments there will be? What are you? How are you positioning yourself for 2024?

Will Nutting  47:28

So I think 2024 if I’m, if I’m, if I’m right, I think there’s a there’s a slim chance that we get an acceleration in in a past acceleration in inflation. But on the whole I, I’m hoping I’m hoping and thinking that the current escalation that we’ve seen in kind of geopolitics comes down. I don’t see China, escalating with Taiwan, I think quite the opposite. So I see some rapprochement of some of the geopolitics. But I also see a big drive to nationalisation. So I think, you know, countries are increasingly going to be looking after themselves, you know, there’s going to be an anti Davos psychology to most to most countries, you know, I think we’re going to be going through this huge election cycles. So I think that’s huge election cycles is going to feed that I think it’s going to feed economic nationalism. You know, when it comes to, you know, I think gold will go higher, I think Bitcoin will go higher. I think Russia will potentially be a really fascinating investment. I think coal alongside uranium will still be great investments, I think oil arguably will still be a very good investment as well. So on the whole I’m still focused on kind of the bottom end of Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs pyramid and less focused on the top you know, not saying okay, not saying that we are going to have some incredibly good opportunities and technology and I’m absolutely not the guy tried to write off artificial intelligence. But I do worry that the seven big technology companies in the world it for entitled indebted West that needs to cut debt I do worry that they are such serial underpay as of tax that the potential opportunity for for tax rates to have to go up materially inside these big technology companies. I think to me is a big concern.

Gene Tunny  49:35

Yeah, gotcha. Okay. Okay. Right. Oh, we will not own anything else before we wrap up. This has been terrific. I love your insights into being contrarian how you can benefit from it. I mean, not I mean being contrarian in an intelligent way. I think often there’s a lot of you know, there is contrarian ism and as may not be helpful, but I think you can In contrary and in an intelligent way, and I think you’ve demonstrated that with some very good examples. Any other points before we wrap up?

Will Nutting  50:09

No, I think if I was sitting talking to young people in school, and I didn’t want to talk and kind of financial language, I’d say, I think the kind of the, the Anglo Saxon world needs to get back to its its culture, and its balance, and its realism. And its focus. And I think we need to focus on getting back to our traditional strengths. And I think what’s interesting is, that’s what Russia and China are doing. And I think that when we stand back, and we look at how we’re going to navigate this next very difficult period, you know, of multiculturalism, and everyone having a phone, everyone having an opinion, everyone’s seeing what’s going on in the world unfolding on a daily basis on a screen, you know, I think we’re gonna have to go back to basics, and I think it’s going back to basics in society. And when it comes to investing, it’s going back to basics and investing, which is, you know, free cash flow, you know, you know, low leverage, and me as a shareholder, and an equity holder, getting returns. And if I’m looking at the toxic areas of the market, it’s probably going to be a world where where, you know, distressed debt is going to be a fascinating opportunity. And as well as I think, you know, global macro, it’s not going to be private equity. And it’s probably given its and it’s probably not going to be bonds. But I mean, I’ll let the bond I’ll let that I’ll let the bond guys pontificate on that.

Gene Tunny  51:38

Gotcha. Just before we go, What do you mean, what were you driving out exactly with distressed debt? There? was so I mean, I think what do you have in mind

Will Nutting  51:47

that if I started today, if I, if I started today, I listened to a podcast, um, yesterday with the head of Blackstone’s real estate business, and a lot of the fat not understanding really any of the language that she uses. She sounded to me like, you know, she’d been schooled in the same school that the principles of, of Harvard and Penn University have been schooled in, which is seen in all the news worlds, and I was 20. For us. You know, I, I think that the, the opportunities that have been unlocked in the next two years, as retail investors are kind of locked in the church and, and set fire to, as they have opportunities to go and buy the retail charges of the these big private equity firms offer distressed offerings. I think that if you’re sitting there with a big pile of cash, the opportunity to go and buy, you know, cheap UK assets. But the same way, I think the opportunity to go and buy exposure to very cheap real estate assets is going to be huge. The question for me is, do you want to own the equity? Or do you want to own the debt, and I suspect being as high up the capital structure as possible is where you want to be. And he probably needs it, and you probably want to get paid to wait. So I’m going to imagine that I think the debt side is more interesting than the equity side. Okay,

Gene Tunny  53:12

okay. Gotcha. Right. Oh, well, not. This has been fascinating. I really appreciate your insights. I will put a link in the show notes to not stuff and yeah, I encourage. If you’re listening in the audience, and you like what we’ll have to say, then yeah, definitely check that out. I think it’s, it sounds like you got a great process. There will end. Yeah, I really enjoyed your insight. So thanks so much again, for your time. Obviously,

Will Nutting  53:42

we can sign you know, we can we can sign people up for it. We give people a month or a couple of months for free. And you know, that we can work on that basis. But listen, thanks so much. Really, really enjoyed it.

Gene Tunny  53:53

Excellent. Thanks so much. Well, alright.

Will Nutting  53:55

Thanks a lot.

Gene Tunny  53:58

rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

54:45

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this where to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com.

Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Free Markets & Limited Government: Lessons from the Founding Fathers for Today  – EP218

The economic philosophy of America’s Founding Fathers was centred around individual rights, limited government intervention, and a largely free market. In EP218 of Economics Explored, host Gene Tunny interviews John Nantz about his book, “Rediscovering Republicanism.” John discusses the insights of the United States Founding Fathers, such as Ben Franklin and Thomas Jefferson, and how their ideas on limited federal power and local governance are still relevant today. John argues that the country needs to remember these insights and explore how we can apply them to our current situation. Gene asks John, among other questions, how the Founding Fathers tried to reconcile their beliefs with the slavery that existed in the Southern states.
Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcasts and Spotify.

About this episode’s guest John Nantz

John Nantz is a Stanford-educated, McKinsey-trained strategy consultant and author of Rediscovering Republicanism. Through his book, John re-introduces Americans, particularly younger ones, to the inspiring founding values and ideas of their country. Also, based on his book, John started a highly popular TikTok series on American history that has earned over 4 million views. 

What’s covered in EP218

  • Rediscovering Republicanism’s founding vision and values. (0:03)
  • Rediscovering American republicanism and its values. (2:25)
  • US history and political system. (7:21)
  • US Constitution and citizen power. (10:23)
  • The economic vision of the US Founding Fathers. (15:01)
  • The Founding Fathers’ views on slavery and the Constitution. (20:04)
  • Slavery and political representation in the US Constitution. (25:04)
  • US government role and individual rights. (30:05)
  • Federalism, welfare programs, and state roles. (36:22)
  • Poverty, government role, and healthcare in the US. (40:44)
  • Healthcare and retirement systems in Australia and the US. (48:05)

Takeaways

  • The founders of the United States had a vision of limited central government power, with a focus on individual rights, state governments, and civil society taking on more responsibility for problem-solving.
  • The current state of the United States has deviated from this vision, with a significant expansion of federal government power and involvement in various areas such as social welfare and education.
  • John Nantz argues for a rediscovery of republicanism and a return to the original vision of the founders, with a focus on individual rights, competitive federalism, and a reduced role for the federal government in areas such as welfare programs. The author suggests that this approach could lead to better outcomes and more innovation in addressing complex social issues.

Links relevant to the conversation

Amazon page for John’s book Rediscovering Republicanism:

https://www.amazon.com.au/Rediscovering-Republicanism-Renewing-America-Founding/dp/0761872337

Transcript: Free Markets & Limited Government: Lessons from the Founding Fathers for Today  – EP218

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

John Nantz  00:03

And that was exactly how the Founders intended it was that we wanted these local organisations to take responsibility for lots of stuff. There’s lots of important things that the central government shouldn’t be doing, because not competent to do it. So these are insights that they had, that we clearly have lost. And so that you know if that’s part of the book is trying to refresh people’s memory and help them rediscover them, and then talk about how we might apply those those ideas and concepts to our current situation.

Gene Tunny  00:37

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, and welcome to the show. In this episode, I chat with John Nance about his book rediscovering republicanism, renewing America with our founding vision and values. It’s about Republicanism as a political idea rather than about the Republican political party. John argues that the United States has forgotten or overlooked the insights of its founders. He argues that his founders like Ben Franklin and Thomas Jefferson, they had insights on governance that are still relevant today. John tells us that the Founders intended for the federal government to have limited power, with state and local governments, community groups and citizens themselves taking on more responsibility for problem solving. John is a Stanford educated McKinsey trained strategy consultant. Based on his book, he started a highly popular Tik Tok series on American history that has earned over 4 million views. As always, if you have thoughts on this episode, or other episodes, or ideas for future episodes, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. Let me know if you think a return to traditional Republicanism with a limited role for the federal government is desirable or feasible. Right. Oh, let’s get into it. I hope you enjoy my conversation with John Nance on rediscovering republicanism. John, Nancy, welcome to the programme.

John Nantz  02:24

Bing, thank you. This is great, it’s good to Good to see you. Appreciate you having me on and appreciate you getting up a little early in Australia to do this.

Gene Tunny  02:32

Oh, of course. It’s good to connect. And you’re joining us from Austin in Texas. And you’re you’re currently running a boutique advisory firm Redwood advisors. Before we get into it. Could you tell us a bit about Redwood advisors and what you do there, John? Yeah, sure.

John Nantz  02:48

Happy to tell you a bit about it. So. So I started my professional career at McKinsey and Company went to undergrad at Stanford did some time in McKinsey. It’s a big consulting firm, and actually left the firm to write the book we’re talking about today, and ended up getting a few clients when I was writing the book. And, you know, because when you’re writing a book, you’ve got a little bit of free time and not a tonne of money. So ended up doing some work independently, really loved it, and had an offer to go back to McKinsey but decided to strike out on my own and it’s worked out. And so I have a small boutique firm here in Austin, Texas focused on a lot of strategic planning work.

Gene Tunny  03:26

Excellent strategic planning for corporates, for businesses that this sort of thing you do a

John Nantz  03:32

lot of private sector, some social sectors. So we’ve done projects with companies, your listeners may be familiar with, like lifts, and National Geographic and NASA education, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the D’Aleo foundation, so it’s a good mix of private sector and social sector. And yeah, it definitely definitely keeps me busy and in stimulated, so.

Gene Tunny  03:57

Very good. Okay. It might might come back to that a bit later. That’s interesting. You mentioned Ray Dalio. I mean, obviously, you know, huge name and someone who, you know, economists obviously keep an eye on for, for all of his, you know, his interesting analysis over the years, so that’s terrific. Okay. So as you mentioned, John, you, you wrote this book, rediscovering republicanism, renewing America, with our founding vision and values to kick off with what do you mean by republicanism? This is something different from the current Republican Party. Is it the values of that party or what are you talking about here? Yeah,

John Nantz  04:38

it’s a great question. So and obviously talking to someone from Australia. If it’s just the Republican Party, United States, it’s a little less interesting. So yeah, the book, the book was really focused on Republicanism kind of as a as a political idea, not not certainly not a political party. And if you look at republics, you know, you go back to ancient Greece, you go up back to ancient Rome. These are sort of the first examples of republics. Obviously, there’s some differences in terms of how you define them. You know, some city states in Greece would qualify as direct democracies, where people actually get together and vote on laws themselves. But pretty quickly things turn into republics, where people would basically vote on elected officials to go represent them and to make laws. And that’s kind of the definition of a republic versus democracy is you elect this sort of middle layer of elected representatives to represent you hence the word like Republic. So when I use that word, rediscovering republicanism, you know, there’s this you know, kind of after the, during the Enlightenment era, you think Montesquieu, and some other Locke, etc, there was this rediscovery of, of Republican theory, going back to kind of ancient Rome and Cicero, but at the time, you know, 1600 1700s, the world was largely ruled by kings. It was a monarchical time. But people had this thought of, well, could we start republics? Could we start them and the United States was one of the first countries to do that. It was the first written constitution, actually, there was a slight predecessor in Corsica, actually, I think technically can take credit for having the oldest written constitution. But the United States is obviously largest, you know, first written constitution of note in 1787. When that got done so United States kind of kicked off this Republican push, obviously Australia, New Zealand, most of the anglophile Anglophone world has Republic’s India has a republic. So we live in a Republican age. And that’s kind of the way that I’m using that term. And when I say rediscovering republicanism, at least in the United States, you know, things have changed a lot from when the country was started. And I think we have forgotten or overlooked a lot of the insights that the founders of this country had in mind when they put together our political regime. And so my book is when it says rediscovering, what I’m kind of arguing is I think we need to go back and take a look and understand a bit better, why the country was set up the way it was set up. And, and I also further argue that we should we would benefit from reapplying those insights and recommendations to to today.

Gene Tunny  07:20

Okay, well, we’ll get into that. I just want to just mentioned zoning is a bit of trivia. So Australia, I’d say yes, effectively, we are a republic, although, legally we’re not we had a referendum 24 years ago to determine whether we should become a republic because we’re still technically a constitutional monarchy, even though we’ve severed any real legal connection with the United Kingdom. There’s no appeals to the Privy Council as There once was. And our laws don’t have to get passed by an imperial Parliament or anything like that. We’ve were completely independent in that regard. But legally, we’re still we still have a governor general who represents the king. So yeah, it’s anyway. That’s the domestic political issues. Yeah. You wouldn’t be aware of or wouldn’t. It’s just, it’s just a real oddity. Okay. Sure. I’d like to ask you about the these founders. So you’re talking about Ben Franklin and Thomas Jefferson, Alexander Hamilton, Madison, what are these insights? What are those insights that those founders had? And if I’ve left any, any important founder out, please let me know.

John Nantz  08:31

Yeah, no, that’s, you hit a lot of the big names. So when they start in the, you know, at least the United States, there was a very, very challenging and complex situation because the United States had basically declared independence from England, United Kingdom 1775 7017 76 period, there obviously, was a war. We call it the Revolutionary War. I’m not sure what the English call it, but I’d argue would love to know what they call it, but it was the 90s. We call it the Revolutionary War. And that wrapped up in 1783. And we had something the governing political document was the Articles of Confederation. And basically, how that worked was each state in the United States that was 13 at the time was pretty much its own government. So the analogy would almost be we almost it was almost like a combination of NATO and the European Union trade bloc. So it’s actually honestly a good analogy is modern day Europe. Actually. Each of the states had their own nine had their own navies. All of them had their own armies. So we have 13 different armies in the United States. So and I people don’t know this, it’s a fascinating period of history. fascinating period of American history. People just kind of, you know, glossed over it because it’s complicated, but it’s it’s absolutely fascinating. That’s 17 Three. Well, it turned out that that was a very fraught situation because the different states hates as states will do start to compete with each other, they started taxing each other’s trade. They wouldn’t let trade merchants go through their ports to get other states. There was not unified policy with foreign powers. So England wasn’t. England had agreed to leave certain forts on the borders of the United States, but didn’t it didn’t didn’t really have an army to enforce those provisions. So the English were just like, well, we’re not going to leave. And you’ve got Spain is on the Mississippi River with New Orleans and is is is blocking the export of farm goods. So there’s and then you have actual local domestic rebellions called Shay’s Rebellion. So you have these farmers rising up and saying, We don’t want to pay our taxes to the Massachusetts government, you know, and we have guns, you know, if you want to come to get the money coming taken. So this is a very challenging situation. And so, in 1787, a lot of the founders of the country that people that you were just mentioning, were like, Okay, this is not a stable equilibrium, this is going to devolve into European squabbling, or we’re going to be taken over by a foreign power, the English will come back. We have to, we have to rethink this. And so it’s it’s very interesting situation where you have these, these men, who has spent seven plus years of their lives revolting from the United Kingdom, fighting a war against central authority, because of how corrupt think they they view the English as at the time getting together and saying, we actually need more central power to hold us together. And so that was the really rich situation that the founding fathers of the United States and Philadelphia in 1787 found themselves is we just fought a war we lost 10s of 1000s of men against this will be called a foreign despotic power that was called Becoming corrupt. And now we’re getting together to basically create a new one. That is a very, very tight rope to navigate. And so that’s kind of what they were trying to do. So I think what that basically meant was, we needed to have a centralised power that could deal with foreign affairs, that could create a consistent set of laws in the country. Eliminate, you know, interest, state taxes, or kind of getting rid of a lot of the things that clearly weren’t working in that 7377 period, while at the same time not letting the government get out of bounds, because what the founders believed was that what the exam but the English example showed, is, if you have no restraints on the government, it’s just going to keep growing and growing and growing and growing. That’s just the nature of government. So they were trying to thread that needle. And so the three things that I talked about a lot in the book is the kind of bulwarks of this political order, or the first was really very strong individual rights. So the government, you know, it’s interesting, if you look at the language of the 18th century, and you guys may, I don’t, not sure where you all are now in the in, in Australia, but at least the United States, the citizens were called the subjects of the king, which is, if you actually slow down for a second, you think about that, that’s actually a really interesting turn of phrase, because basically, we are subject to the king, the king has the power, and we are subject to it, it’s very clear the power dynamic there. So they want to do is they want to make each citizen in the United States at least, is really the raison de Jatra of our political polity. We’re not a collective, we’re not at the beck and call of a king or an aristocracy. Each citizen really is their own little centre of political power, right, and the government is here to serve them, not the other way around it, the people are not the subjects of the king, the king, the government is really the subjects of the people. That’s why the Constitution is the first start, you know, the first phrase is we the people. So we the people come together to create a government to serve us. So it’s a huge inversion of the historical relationship. So he basically had and then, of course, you have the bill of rights in the United States, which were the first 10 that came out on free speech and establishment of religion, basically saying, if the government forgets what it’s supposed to do, it’s not supposed to do these things. Right? These are out of bounds. And then in the Constitution itself, there’s this listing of the powers of the federal government, what the Congress can do, the president can do, etc. All of that was intended to support a regime where the government had pretty limited powers. And the citizens had come at this open ended, right open ended ability to sort of do what they want. So that was political idea. Number one is let’s put the citizen as the primary political power in our country, not the government. The second was state governments. So like I was saying, originally, in the United States, we had these state governments, the 13th, were really their own countries enlarged in the election. So the United States those what happened is those 13. The concept is called federalism. But the federal government doesn’t have doesn’t have all the power in the United States. And I think this is common in the Anglophone world. These these subsidiary government, governments provinces is done. I don’t know what term is used in the United Kingdom. But that’s another term I think, in Canada, they use the word province Anyways, these provincial governments or state governments actually have a lot of power. So United States, they have the police power, they have the education power. So you know, there’s local laws that they can enforce that the federal government actually can’t election law, for example, it’s a state law is the state prerogative in the United States. So the states got their own power, which was separate from the federal government. And that was intended to sort of like make sure that the federal government didn’t get too big. And then the third thing was the civil society. And this was a sort of a softer, more tacit thing. But it was absolutely critical to how the founders looked at the world, which was, we don’t want government to be the problem solver for every social problem. Like that idea, which is endemic now. Yeah, is would is totally foreign to them. Right. You know, Benjamin Franklin, you know, started the first public library, quote, public, it was a private library, right formed by the citizens of Philadelphia didn’t need the government managing it. Same thing with fire departments. Same thing with toll roads, in the United States, all of this stuff was done, sometimes locally, with the citizens working amongst themselves, sometimes by the local or state governments. So that was the third one was they assumed that and that’s where the indigent like help for the poor. You know, we we’ve had that in our country since the 1600s. But the federal government hasn’t didn’t get involved until the 1960s in the United States. And that was exactly how the Founders intended it was that we wanted these local organisations to take responsibility for lots of stuff. There’s lots of important things that the central government shouldn’t be doing, because not competent to do it. So these are insights that they had, that we clearly have lost. And so you know, that’s part of the book is trying to refresh people’s memory and help them rediscover them. And then talk about how we might apply those those ideas and concepts to our current situation.

Gene Tunny  17:35

So what I liked about your, your book, you talk about the economic vision that they had, they had a vision of a particular type of economy and people within that economy, you talked about self reliance, but it’s broader than that, isn’t it? I mean, in the concepts that you were talking about in their book, we could you could you explain what the economic vision, the economic vision of the founders was pleased, John.

John Nantz  18:03

Yeah. And I know that’s, that’s of interest to you. And a lot of your listeners, this is this is this is this economics perspective. So, you know, to give a sense of how important this was to them. A lot of people don’t know this, but actually, in the Constitution, there’s a fair amount of language around intellectual property rights, which is kind of fascinating. You’re like, wow, I mean, it’s not a very long document. But they actually took the time to articulate rules around or guidelines in terms of, okay, if you create something, how long can you patent it? Can you have rights to that, etc. That is a huge tell about how they expected things to play out how they wanted them to play out. So the founders were sort of setting up this system, that they their vision was they would have, you know, independent, free, you know, individuals making largely free choices, working together. To, at least in those times, many people were working on their farms, so obviously run their farms independently, but they had manufacturing firms, traders, all these people doing, all these folks will be working independently, to build wealth to create income for themselves and their families. They’ll be working together collaboratively, sometimes in the economic realm, sometimes in the social realm to sort of solve social problems, but they will be doing this sort of in these voluntary civic society. This is what Tocqueville who visit United States, this was the most remarkable thing he thought he found about the United States was all these civil associations that were solving various problems. So that yeah, I don’t know if that answers your question. But, you know, obviously, the Constitution is a political document. It’s kind of how things should be working politically. But embedded in that is this vision. It’s a political system that was intended to support and for Oster, a very largely free market. I mean, we didn’t have regulations in this country. I think the first regulation, I could get this wrong, but it was there, there was like a little bit of federal regulation in the 1820s. Regarding like smallpox, but you didn’t even really see the first thing, the concept of a federal regulation, even the concept, federal even existed until the 1850s 1960s, the federal government ran for 80 years, that tells you how not involved they expected the federal government to be. They didn’t even think it was something they didn’t have the idea of doing it, that they assumed all of this would be done, either at the individual level or the state level. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  20:43

How did the Founding Fathers reconcile this? The belief in, in limited government or in or in freedom in rights? How do I reconcile with the slavery that existed in the southern states?

John Nantz  20:59

It’s great question. It’s a very fraught question. It’s very interesting. And obviously, there’s, there’s a lot of this is kind of a hot topic in the United States. There were basically what, here’s how I would characterise and of course, each person had their own perspective. Right? So I’m characterising a group. But obviously, each person has their own view on it. But I’m broadly This is I think, correct. He looked at the people who were there at 1787. In the room, the broad consensus was, this is not the future. This is not in line with our values. So there was a pretty clear, I mean, you couldn’t have gone through the Revolutionary War with, you know, no taxation without representation, right. And you think, Well, how does that apply to slavery. And by the way, if you, you know, you can read books on this, Bernard Bailyn has some, the ideological origins of the American Revolution is Pulitzer Prize winner and fantastic. It was not lost on these people, that the ideology of the revolution did not support the philosophical underpinnings of slavery, that was not lost that intelligent people. So you have that you also have the reality of slavery, which is that you have the majority of southern wealth in slaves, you have, I think, at that point, almost a million slaves. So which is a good portion of the country back to a bigger portion of the country at that time, then then now and a bigger portion of the country then then, actually, during the Civil War, because the Civil War, the North actually grew more? So you had this practical consideration? You had this this IDI, you know, idea. And so what they did is they tried to come up with some compromises. So So one thing is the word slavery is not in the Constitution, which is a very important thing, they knew the word could have been the reversions of the Constitution, drafts that included it, and they took it out, because they didn’t want the word in the documents. And I think that’s a huge important tell. They had this compromise on the three fifths compromise. You can argue that both ways, but I think again, you kind of see them struggling with how do we deal with this. Very importantly, black people don’t know this. The Constitution actually included a provision allowing the elimination of slave imports in the 1800s, early 1800s, I think of 1805 1806, I might be getting that wrong, but it’s during Thomas Jefferson’s presidency. So the Constitution actually predicted we’re going to ban the import of slaves, which they actually did. So the second that day came around the United States embargo, the slave trade in the early 1800s. So we didn’t actually import slaves. So you can kind of see where all this is going. Everyone is sort of like, and then here’s the other interesting thing is that that time, a lot of people thought that slavery would just sort of go away, that it would sort of not be, it wouldn’t be economically efficient, right? That actually slaves would be more of a burden than a boon. And that this is actually what they believed. And there was some good evidence for that at the time that it actually wasn’t that productive to pay for and feed slaves relative to what they could produce. The cotton gin and all that stuff. What really changed the dynamic is an early 1800s, Eli Whitney came up with a cotton gin, which allowed the very efficient This is an economic point, by the way that a lot of political historians don’t understand. But it’s fundamental to what actually happened. Eli Whitney creates the content, I forget when I think it’s in the early 1800s, which massively increases the productivity of cotton production, meaning you can kind of go out and get all the stuff that’s in these cotton balls out using just running it through a machine as opposed to doing it by hand. So we’re not talking about 20%. We’re talking about multiples more efficient. At the same time, cotton demand is skyrocketing. And no one wants to go outside and if you’ve been to Mississippi, but like you’d have to pay someone a lot of money to do that. That created a massive demand for slaves and that’s where you see the price of slaves United States starts to skyrocket. As they can produce cotton, which then can be sold into the, into the global market. That is what made slavery last. And that’s I think what led to the war, because 10% of African Americans or I should say blacks in the South were free. By the beginning of the Civil War, people don’t know this, but Manumission was actually not uncommon. And there are some parts of Virginia 15 20% Were already freed before the Civil War. So the founders thought this was kind of going to go away, it was a little bit naive. But that was their belief. They didn’t think it was. They didn’t think it was moral. They weren’t proud of it, they wouldn’t have they won’t even say the word. And just it technological and historical things intervened, and it took a civil war to figure that out wrong.

Gene Tunny  25:43

And what was the three fifths compromise? Is this? I mean, it sounds ghastly, is this actually counting a slave as three fifths of a, of a person for the purposes of, of some calculation? What what’s the what’s it about there? John, please? Yeah, it’s

John Nantz  26:01

no, it’s a good, good. Yeah, good question. So. So obviously, slaves can’t vote. So it’s very interesting, because it’s the southern slave people. Let me actually, I hope you don’t mind. Let me go back really quickly to the Constitution. In the debates, there were some people from some of the southern states, particularly South Carolina, I think your guys made Pickney, who basically said, if we are not allowed to have slavery, we are out. So I want to be really clear about that. It was not. And it kind of makes sense. When you look at their economy, it makes sense why those people would not support that. And so basically, hope you don’t mind. But let’s just quickly go back, I wanted to wrestle this one down, which is that the South would have would not want to join the Constitution is there is a very simple, so if you’re from the north of Europe, in New York, or Pennsylvania, or whatever, where they didn’t have a lot of slaves, they didn’t support slavery, the South would have just started their own country. So we would have had the Civil War, but 80 years before, so the compromise was required to get all 13 States in. Okay, so let me just, that’s a nice segue into the three fifths compromise, you had to have a compromise, or the states would have just left, I mean, you know, that it said South Carolina was not going to be in for that. So the three fifths compromise was basically, slaves largely couldn’t vote. But the South was still like, Yeah, but they’re people, we feel like they should get some representation. So the compromise was three fifths. So when we’re deciding how to allocate in our country, the House of Representatives, which is by population, a slave would count as three fifths of a person. So if I have 10 slaves, that would count that would be worth six white voters. And that’s how we decide how many representatives a certain state would get. Now, each state also gets two senators. There’s a very, you know, you can argue this both ways, like some people say, Oh, that’s, you know, some people who they say, hey, well, you’re kind of acknowledging they’re a person. That’s good, right? So some people say there’s an abolitionist, anti slavery part of the three fifths because you’re kind of conceding their person. And then of course, other people say the opposite of, yeah, but you know, you’re giving slavery more political power, and you know, etc. So you can argue both ways.

Gene Tunny  28:21

Yeah. Okay. I was just interested in what that what that was. Exactly.

John Nantz  28:25

Yeah. So it gave the slave states more political representation. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  28:29

Okay. Yeah. Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  28:38

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  29:07

Now back to the show. Okay, so, you would argue in favour of rediscovering the rediscovering republicanism, the original vision, the values of the founding fathers? How would you apply this today? I mean, look, you’ve got them in the we’re in a different economy, aren’t we? We’ve got an industrialised society, more people living in urban areas. We don’t have the same I mean, there’s organised religions just fallen off a cliff. I mean, more so in Australia than in the United States. We’ve got a massive welfare state we’ve got money in events intervention everywhere. How would you go about it or what are you I suppose what do you see as the the worst areas or where would you apply this vision for as to how do you how would you see this applaud today, John?

John Nantz  30:04

Yeah, no? Great, great, great question. So what I would say is, you know, even at the founding period, the the federal government, the central, our central government had a lot to do. They were completely in charge of military National Defence, they were completely in charge of Foreign Affairs. They were completely in charge of intellectual property law. They were completely in charge of any legal disputes across state lines. This is the founding, by the way, this isn’t reason this is like at the beginning. So when we say, and I think it was an important insight, which is the founders didn’t say we shouldn’t have any central political power the the federal government constitution, the whole reason it exists is to stand up a federal power. A lot of people in United States don’t understand that. Okay. So it’s not about whether it should exist or not, it’s about what it should do. And I think that’s where we were, we got off, at least in our country, and I think a lot of countries across the developed world, particularly in the Anglophone world, we all we all actually have pretty similar traditions, we may think we’re really different. But, you know, compare yourself to China, right? Compare yourself to Russia, and I think we can realise, okay, there’s a lot of commonality among the English speaking peoples of the world. I think what we did in the United States is we just really index on on central power. You know, it depends on what country you’re talking about. But for us, it was really the Great Depression, we have would be called the New Deal in the United States, which just led to this massive profusion of federal power. We, the federal government get into the economy in a really big way. We had the creation of Social Security. We had Works Progress Administration, which employed millions of people to like do various projects across the country, regulatory state, social welfare. So the federal government, at least in our country, and I think in a lot across the world, took on responsibility for helping the the indigent among us, the people who are economically, in challenging circumstances. Wow. Right. That’s a massive amount. And they’re still doing national defence, and they’re still doing Foreign Affairs. And I would argue we’re not doing it that well. At least I’m just gonna say the United States in the last 50 years, I don’t think is a high is not a high point of American governance, right, you can look at, you know, the wars we fought in, I’m not sure those were the smartest wars, or poverty rate, really, isn’t that great. We have a massive homelessness problem, our education really hasn’t gotten better. So, you know, we we made this change. It sounded good. And then, of course, in my book, I talk about the evidence, I say, look, I think if you look at the evidence, it’s hard to say that this was a positive experiment, right, we ran an experiment, and things really didn’t get a tonne better in a lot of areas. So in the book, what I’m saying is, let’s rediscover some of those insights and apply them. And so we go back to those three things, the individual rights, the federalism or subsidiary of like using more local governments, and then civil society. So I quickly tick through through each if you like, individual rights. I think the most salient example there is, is retirement. We’ve got Social Security, we’ve got Medicare. In our country, I’m sure you all have similar programmes in Australia, if not even

Gene Tunny  33:14

more comprehensive, and more expansive. Yeah. Yeah. So

John Nantz  33:18

you guys have more expansive. We’ve had conversations in the United States about, you know, setting up individual accounts, you know, we’ve completely socialised your retirement income and healthcare, meaning you pay in some payroll taxes, and then the government promises to give you some money and to take your healthcare when you’re older. Which is one way to do it, I think a more American way to do it would be to give people individual accounts. So when they save money, it goes into an account with their name on it, that they get to have some influence and control over with a backstop. So if you run out of money, right, or if you are too low, or you need help topping off your healthcare premiums, the government’s there for you. But let’s at least give people an opportunity to kind of manage their own affairs. It’s a much more American way to do it. Right. I’m not saying it’s how every country should do it. The United States, I mean, people here like to take care of their own stuff. So this having a big social insurance model, which we kind of got stuck on, and it’s quite the narcotic. We’ve been on this since the 1930s. It’s hard to get off. But in my book, I think we should I argue we should. And I think there’s really good reasons to do that. And I think that would be a huge step towards getting back to a citizen first approach to life in the in the united states. States. The federal government, United States got into education, they’ve gone to social welfare. It’s gotten into a tonne of stuff. It’s kind of crazy. The idea that these people could manage all of this stuff simultaneously. It’s just horses completely far completely far fetched. So in the book, I basically argue some of these, some of these powers should go back to the state governments, we have 15. United States, I don’t know how many you guys have in Australia. But, you know, like homelessness, we’re not gonna figure it out in Washington DC, we’re just not, we may not figure it out, we may not figure it out anywhere. But I would prefer we have 50 Different states trying things. And to see what works, and some states are going to be more conservative, some states are gonna be more liberal, some states are going to have more law and order, some people are gonna be more permissive, fine, run all the experiments. It’s just like science 150 experiments get results you can learn from each other. Right? The centralised model is very, it’s actually not always nonscientific. It’s like, let’s just have some smart people come up with an idea. And that’s how it’s gonna be one way. That’s not science. Right? That’s philosopher Kane. That’s like, that’s like Plato, the, you know, going back to that way of looking at the world. So with these types of complex things, I just think we’re gonna get better results. If we let 50 different experiments. And let’s add Australia, let’s add Canada. I mean, we can learn from you guys. You can learn from us, these are global issues, and figure out what works and decentralise that. So that’s kind of like saying the book is let’s get the federal government out of some of these social issues, these kind of social welfare, domestic issues, and let the state governments take the lead.

Gene Tunny  36:21

Yeah, yeah. So you’ve got this vision of competitive federalism. And look, I? Yeah, I think there’s a there’s a good point there. There’s some good points there. Particularly, you see a state like California where it’s, I don’t know if you’d call it a failed state, but that it obviously is not the power that it once was. It said, it’s got some problems, and you’ve got people leaving California and going to places like Florida or Texas. So yeah, I am

John Nantz  36:51

one of those people. I lived in San Francisco and I moved to Austin, seven years ago. You’re looking at one of those refugees. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  36:58

yeah. Yeah, absolutely. Okay. And that’s why

John Nantz  37:02

I love federalism, right? Because, you know, at least at least on some issues, I get to choose the regime I live under, you know, and I don’t mind that California does it that way. And they, if they want a top tax rate of 14%, and they want very lacks homeless rules, and they want all this stuff. There’s an argument for that. And there’s also an argument for no income tax, which we have in Texas, and law and order, you know, like, you can’t sleep and set up tents on the sidewalks in this state. We got we have we have places for you. We have camps, but it’s not downtown. Yeah. And, you know, and that’s just, that’s just how we do it. So, you know, I think it’s good. And we can learn from each other.

Gene Tunny  37:48

I’m wondering, John, with your, your idea of having the federal government get out of some of these areas? And I mean, I’m just thinking, I mean, what else needs? Have you thought about what else needs to happen? I mean, if I look at it, I think I mean, you talk about civil society. Now, you’d have to have a big increase or a big boost in civil society or in, you know, welfare philanthropy from, from the private sector to be able to fill that gap, because it’s going to be huge, was presumably when Lyndon Johnson introduced the Great Society. I mean, that was one of the periods where you had like FDR, but then you also had Johnson, who brought in a lot of the new welfare programmes, and then that’s right. Presumably, he was mean, I think, was he concerned about poor, the poor living in the Appalachians? Or there was some, you know, really remote areas of the states where people were living in really poor conditions. So it’s generally concerned about poverty. I’m just wondering, have you thought about, you know, how would this, how would this work? What else needs to happen? If you if the federal government suddenly I mean, what are you talking about? You’re talking about cutting the welfare programmes? I mean, how, what happens in that circumstance? You know,

John Nantz  39:10

I so it’s a great, it’s a good question. So I’m on welfare. I actually think just I think sending it to the States. I think there probably is a state role there. states in the United States had been had been involved in indigent programmes since the 1800s. So state governments have had a role here for a long time. What’s new is the federal government getting involved. That’s what’s relatively new. And it’s funny now, West Virginia is one of those conservative states in the country, which you were talking about women and Johnson referring to Appalachia, and they’re still quite poor. And the reason is, if you if you visit, is that they’ve seen the impacts of these programmes that for decades and you create dependency and you create a lack of work and you you know, federal government has a really hard time, right monitoring anything And so, yeah, it’s, that’s a whole thing we could go down. But there are a lot of things that are not helpful for people in the long run that that I think federal programmes are really not very good at determining like, are you an addict? Like if you’re an addict, there is a very big difference between someone who lost a job at a steel plant or a car plant and someone who is addicted to alcohol or opioids or whatever. And if you’re sitting both of them the check, right, which is what the federal government basically does, right? That’s kind of what they’re in the check distribution business in this country. That’s great for the person who’s down on their down on their luck, right? It’s really not good for the person, you’re you’re now literally paying someone to stay in the addiction cycle. And this is happening to millions people. I mean, you know, so there’s a finesse required. Poverty is so funny, because it’s conceptually really simple. It’s like, oh, here’s this person, they haven’t they don’t have enough money. Easy definition. The solution is really complicated. And it’s heterogeneous. It completely depends on the person, right. And people who in as part of my book, I cite people who spent decades working on this issue, and the one thing that’s consistent when you listen and learn and spend time with people who’ve worked with poor people, is able to tell you how complex it is. So and that is one thing that federal government is really bad at. And laws are really bad at because laws are, by definition, treating multiple cases the same way. That’s what law is about. That’s what they are trying to get at in my book is I think there’s something in that I think, I hope my book is making a contribution to this conversation, because what I’m arguing the book is, there’s something inherent, right? It’s not that we have bad people or that people are not competent. It’s the idea that somehow you’re going to pass laws that are going to create these formal bureaucratic programmes that are going to successfully tackle complex problems, like poverty is inherently a very questionable assumption. Yeah, right. Yeah. So that’s why I’m saying poverty, you push down to the states. They can work with social sector institutions, they can be much more innovative. And there’s a lot of evidence to support that. Yeah. Yeah. I think that’s I don’t think we get government completely out. I don’t. Yeah, I don’t personally support that. But I do. I think the state governments, I’d love to see them play a much bigger role, I think they’re gonna be a lot smarter, I think they’re gonna be a lot more creative. I think they’re gonna be able to handle diversity of cars a lot better. You know, that sorry, we’re having as a country, and I think we might get there. I gotta be honest. I’m actually, next 50 years, I think it’s possible that that some of the things I’ve talked about this book will will happen. Okay.

Gene Tunny  42:46

Finally, I’d like to ask you about healthcare, John. So I mean, one of the things like, from an Australian perspective, we look at the US and, and a lot of a lot of us over here would probably think, oh, we’d actually rather live in Australia with with the single payer or the socialised medicine, or whatever you want to call it, then in the US, because I mean, we we looks like we get better outcomes in terms of life expectancy. Now, I mean, this is not to necessarily be negative about what’s what’s happened in the States. But how do you see the role of government in in healthcare and you had the Obamacare now that didn’t really replicate what we’ve got here in Australia or the UK, but it moved to your way from where you were? And how do you see the role the federal government in in health care, given that if you look at other countries, it looks like there might be public support for that, or that looks like something that may be beneficial? How do you how do you think about health care in your framework?

John Nantz  43:53

Yeah, that’s a good it’s a good question. So yeah, I mean, look, the United States is a bit of an outlier in terms of how we do this with with a private market, really playing playing a leading role. What I would say on healthcare that I think might be interesting to your listeners is, there’s the way that I think about and this I think, helps kind of understand what’s going on the United States. You can there’s the consumption and provision of medical care and you can socialise or privatise either. So almost imagine a little bit of Punnett square. So I’ve got the provision, which is like supplying it, I can have private practices and all this stuff or I can have a nationalised socialised system, which you have in the UK, you sounds like you guys have in Australia. And then the consumption can actually also be privatised, or socialised meaning, the amount that’s provided to the to the citizen can be controlled or it could just be like, hey, the government’s gonna provide it but you can consume as much as you want. So you can privatise demand. In India, in a lot of developing countries, we have private supply and pry I have it consumption, meaning we have it. That’s true. That’s right. The government doesn’t have much involvement there. They do among among all people, and he have some insurance companies but they actually have a lot of self pay. So it’s almost like a it’s like an actual market. Would you see there is typical market dynamics is actually relatively low cost, actually decently high quality. Then you have you guys UK, socialised consumption, socialised provision, the doctors are paid by the government. And and there’s waitlists meaning Yeah, hey, this is how many surgeries we’re going to do. And you just get in line and you wait until your spot opens up. So it’s socialised consumption. We have a very weird thing where we socialised the consumption. But we privatised the provision. So we socialised a lot of people’s consumption. So they’re gonna buy a lot of it. But then we actually privatise the doctors are still for profit companies. Yeah, well, that’s gonna get you guess what that’s gonna get you that’s gonna get you really expensive. You’re gonna spend a tonne of money because I still have a bottom line as a hospital or a physician group. But my consumers don’t care. Well, that’s where you get the United States where we have 8090 $20,000 per capita. And like you said, accurately, we don’t have better life expectancy. We just don’t. That’s the evidence. So I don’t get a tonne of I don’t get into this a tonne in the book. But I think to the extent that we can, if we’re going to privatise the provision, if we can do something to incentivize, we probably I think that’s not a stable equilibrium. I’ll be honest with you, I don’t think it’s stable. You’re either gonna go socialise or you’re gonna go privatise, you can’t have the middle because in the middle, it gets super, super expensive, which is what we have. You either have market forces, controlling demand, like you have in India and China, and some other developing countries, which actually has some benefits to it, or you go full social. That actually does make sense. There’s an argument for that. So I think we’re in a bit of an unstable equilibrium. Switzerland has a model similar to this where they have private insurance companies, and then they basically help people pay for their insurance. That’s probably where America is going to land. Honestly, this is in the Obamacare in the ACA like world, where we base is you take take Medicare, for example, with the United States, it’s our programme for old age 65. And up. The portion of the party that’s growing the most is Medicare Advantage, which is private insurance companies getting people’s premiums and supplying them as opposed to Medicare, which is the government programme. And Medicare Advantage is almost up to 50%. So what we’re finding is American seniors are choosing the for profit insurance company, just apply their care. And it’s completely voluntary. Ron? Yeah. So look, healthcare is super complicated. I work at it from a business perspective. I wish I could tell you where it’s going. I can’t. But yeah, I don’t think what we have now is sustainable.

Gene Tunny  48:05

Yeah. Yeah, I agree. I mean, I don’t have the answers, either. I just, I’m just interested in how, in how you do things over there. And yeah, well, I mean, I mean, there’s like one point that john cochran made, or John was at a, an event, he came over to Australia for a reserve bank conference, and I interviewed him at an event in Sydney recently, and the point that he made was that if you want to, you know, the US still has the best treatment of the world. I mean, you have to be able to if you’ve got the insurance, and you can get the best cancer treatment, best treatment for anything in the world. So there are some great things about the American system and, and you don’t have to wait as you might do if you go have to go to a public hospital here in Australia. That’s one of the issues of the cueing. So yeah, look, there are some the pros and cons with each system. So yeah, just thought I’d better clarify that this has been great.

John Nantz  48:57

I love Yeah, well, and I love the question. And I would just say Do you mind if I can I know you’re trying to get your heads up? I was just gonna say that. It is really interesting. Because one way to look at this and this is an economics perspective is the US when you look at profit pools. So when you look at where our drug companies and medical device and technology companies making money, the US is I think two thirds of the profit pool not revenue profit pool, right? Yeah. Two thirds. So here’s what’s interesting is if we did socialise and the political will go down massively because the government would buy everything, you would absolutely see a reduction. i There’s no i I don’t know. I’d love to see this argue the other way. But I’m I’m pretty confident. Yeah. Just based on basic economics, that the province will drop that much, you would see a substantial reduction in drug development medical device, because what’s happening now is the United States mark is basically subsidising r&d. Yeah. What’s the what’s the developed world globally? People in Australia are benefiting from if we socialised and our market shrunk and was more competitive. We took our cost per capita from 18 to 12, which we could absolutely do. Right? There’d be a lot less money and all those things. And so knee replacements, you know, weight loss, drugs, diabetes, drugs, all the stuff that we all love with the pace that it would slow. So there’s a huge benefit globally. So the way that we’re doing it, I’m just not sure we’re seeing the benefit.

Gene Tunny  50:26

Yeah, personally, I think that’s a good point. And that’s the point that Russ Roberts has made, if I recall correctly on econ talk, so very, very good point. Yeah. Okay. I just might clarify a couple of things, John, because just so I don’t give you the wrong impression of what we do over here in Australia. So yeah, we do have, we’ve got a Medicare system, which covers a lot of, you know, the whole population, which means you can go to the doctor and get a lot of that, that primary care paid for. We’ve got state hos state hospital systems are a public public hospitals, which will, you know, provide the free health care for people, but we also have a private system, you can get private insurance, and then you can go to a private hospital if you want to. But, I mean, there’s a heavy reliance on the the public healthcare system in Australia, and Medicare does pay for a lot of basic services. So health care, primary health care, and also, you know, AI tests and things like that for, for the whole population. So, you know, we definitely do things different. The other thing is retirement. We’ve got, we do have those individual accounts, like you’re talking about, but we still have the back, we’ve got a backstop of the pensions, the age pension system, but the fact is that most people can arrange their affairs so that they get either the full pension or part pension, right, you need to accumulate a lot in your individual retirement account not to actually get access to the pension. So we introduced individual retirement accounts, compulsory, super, but we haven’t actually, we haven’t really tried to avoid the problem that they were trying to, to avoid.

John Nantz  52:05

Yeah, bit of what you guys are ahead of us there. You guys are ahead of us there. Yeah. It’s so funny, because I’m like, sometimes I’m like, Yeah, I feel like we’re really, the United States is really behind the ball in a lot of ways. It’s like, you guys are doing it. Sweden is doing it. The United Kingdom is doing it. I mean, I would argue more left wing countries in general, right. But when you look at the actual policy, it’s like not really, right. I mean, you guys have these, we don’t have that. We have 401k, as you all know, stuff. But yeah, we don’t have it in our government system. And the thing is, Gene two is like this stuff is going to take decades to play out, you know, so it’s like, you guys got it set up. But you have to get this really high threshold. You know, very few people are there. You know, but let’s, you know, give it 2030 4050 years, you know, saying And and I think it’ll start to work.

Gene Tunny  52:51

Yeah. All right. John. Nance, thanks so much for the conversation on your book rediscovering republicanism, I really found that really enlightening. And I really like how you’ve thought a lot about these issues and the, the, you know, the founding vision and the values and how that could be applied in the modern context. I think that’s, that’s terrific. And I really enjoyed the conversation. So thanks so much, John. Thanks,

John Nantz  53:17

Jen. Really appreciate it. Thank you for the time.

Gene Tunny  53:19

Thank you. rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

54:09

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this where to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian dash productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

The Future of Coffee: Climate Change & Rising Prices w/ Raihaan Esat, International Coffee Traders  – EP217

Quality coffee will be much more expensive in the future, partly due to climate change, according to International Coffee Traders’ Raihaan Esat. Show host Gene Tunny and co-host Tim Hughes are joined by Raihaan in this episode. They delve into the global coffee market, discussing how Raihaan sources coffee beans from various countries and the factors that affect coffee prices. They also explore the impact of climate change on the coffee market. Take advantage of this deep dive into the fascinating world of coffee.

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcasts and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP217

  • [00:01:51] The impacts of climate change on the coffee market.
  • [00:06:52] Sourcing coffee from farms.
  • [00:07:31] Commercialized coffee farming.
  • [00:12:51] Farming practices and coffee flavor.
  • [00:18:34] Cafe Feminino and empowerment.
  • [00:19:23] Coffee cooperative communities.
  • [00:26:05] Quality differences in coffee sourcing.
  • [00:27:58] Specialty coffee.
  • [00:31:28] Antioxidants and coffee benefits.
  • [00:35:15] Coffee and sustainability.
  • [00:42:03] Coffee production and pricing.
  • [00:42:23] Coffee supply chain logistics and financing.
  • [00:45:21] Shelf life of green coffee.
  • [00:47:13] Coffee demand and market trends worldwide. 
  • [00:49:45] Emerging coffee markets.
  • [00:51:33] Climate change and coffee production.
  • [00:56:03] The future of coffee.
  • [01:00:07] Exploring coffee variations.

Takeaways

  • The biggest problem for coffee roasters is controlling costs and accessing good quality green coffee: the right coffee at the right price.  [00:05:57
  • Supply and demand determine the price of coffee at the end of the day. [00:36:42
  • High-quality coffee is going to get more expensive as supply is affected by climate change [00:53:26
  • You should spend some time learning how to craft a nice cup of coffee just like you would learn how to make great pasta or a steak or a dessert. [00:58:59]

Links relevant to the conversation

Coffee Commune and International Coffee Traders:

https://www.coffeecommune.com.au/

https://www.coffeecommune.com.au/international-coffee-traders/

Tim’s new coffee brand Lumo Coffee, “Seriously Healthy Organic Coffee”:

https://lumocoffee.com/

Cafe Feminino:

https://www.cafefemenino.com/

Aquiares estate in Costa Rica:

https://www.aquiares.com/

https://www.instagram.com/aquiarescoffee/?hl=en

Arturo’s Adept Economics website article on coffee:

https://adepteconomics.com.au/coffees-economic-contribution-in-australia/

Transcript: The Future of Coffee: Climate Change & Rising Prices w/ Raihaan Esat, International Coffee Traders  – EP217

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It was then checked over by a human, Tim Hughes from Adept Economics, to clear up any confusion left behind by an otter in a rush. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Raihaan Esat  0:03  

We see countries that never used to produce coffee starting to produce coffee, or traditionally weren’t coffee growing countries, because the climate now is starting to move in a range that is suitable for coffee production. So maybe they were too cold or too high in altitude to be sustainable for coffee production. But as the climate is generally warming up suddenly that, that geography of that area now is suitable for coffee production.

Gene Tunny  0:36  

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory, evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show.

Hello, and welcome to the show. This episode is all about the coffee market. My occasional co host Tim Hughes and I are joined by coffee guru, Raihaan Esat, from International Coffee Traders which is based at Phillip Di Bella’s Coffee Commune here in Brisbane. Over the last 15 years, Rai has gone from starting as a part-time Barista to winning Australia’s most prestigious coffee industry award. The Hall of Fame Award at this year’s Golden Bean Australasia competition. Stay tuned for a deep dive into the coffee market thanks to Rai. We explore how Rai sources coffee beans from farms in Brazil, Peru, Ethiopia and other countries. And we talk about demand and supply factors that affect coffee prices. Rai gives us some deep insights into the impacts of climate change on the coffee market. He explains why he thinks high quality coffee is going to become much more expensive in the future. Let me know if you have any feedback on this episode. Are there any aspects of the global coffee market you’d like us to explore more deeply in a future episode? Please let me know. My contact details are in the show notes. Righto, I hope you enjoy our conversation with Rai from International Coffee Traders.

Raihaan Esat from International Coffee Traders, welcome to the programme.

Raihaan Esat  2:25  

It’s fantastic to be here. I’m really excited.

Gene Tunny  2:28  

Excellent Rai, we’ve got Tim as well. Tim, good to be with you again on another Economics Explored podcast episode.

Tim Hughes  2:36  

Yeah, always a pleasure, Gene. Good to be here.

Gene Tunny  2:38  

Yes. So we’re at the Coffee Commune which is this amazing venue in Brisbane. It’s on Abbotsford Road at Bowen Hills. And actually Rai, would you be able to explain what is the Coffee Commune and you know, what’s your role here, please?

Raihaan Esat  2:54  

Sure thing, from a high standpoint, I guess the Coffee Commune is like a village. It’s a village of many businesses all working together collaboratively, to help advance each other to accelerate each other’s potential. The Coffee Commune provides a lot of services around that. But it basically provides just the resources and access that, and educational opportunities that allows these businesses to really thrive. So it’s all based around coffee, coffee production, hospitality, and education.

Gene Tunny  3:26  

Gotcha. So when I come in here, I mean, our first introduction to Coffee Commune, well, I was, I gave a talk here last year I think, I was on a panel. And that was in the area, there’s a cafe restaurant or you know, an area where you have functions. And but you’ve also got, you actually do roasting here, don’t you? There’s a roasting part of the operation. You’ve got these big German, are they German machines?

Raihaan Esat  3:47 

They’re Italian.

Gene Tunny 3:51

They’re Italian okay. Yeah, for some reason I thought they were German.

Raihaan Esat  3:57  

There’s a lot of German bits and pieces in them, but they’re mostly Italian.

Gene Tunny  4:04  

Gotcha. And you’ve also got these silos full of raw coffee beans, green coffee beans.

Raihaan Esat  4:09  

Yeah, see, it would take me two hours to tell you everything that the Coffee Commune does. But in a nutshell, it’s solving the three biggest problems that are facing people in the coffee industry at the moment. And that’s access to resources, knowledge and education, and standing out from a crowd. So you know, within the scope of that, the Coffee Commune provides services and support to help people accelerate their business. If I can give you a very quick example, if you want to start a coffee brand, you generally need education, support and resources. Instead of buying your own and setting up your own facility to do that. You can come in and use the resources here. It’s like We Work for coffee.

Gene Tunny  4:50  

Yeah, and this is what Tim’s done. I mean, Tim, we can chat about your brand later, but you’ve set up Lumo Coffee using the resources here at the Coffee Commune which is pretty amazing. So we can talk about that.

Tim Hughes  5:00  

Uh, yeah, that’s right. I mean without these guys, Lumo Coffee wouldn’t be a thing. So, yeah, I’m uh I guess one of the graduates of this village.

Raihaan Esat  5:12  

Tim is one of the startups. Yeah, we have 75 Coffee Roasters all producing coffee here at the Commune. About 20 of them are startups, including Tim as one of them. And within that scope, I have two functions. Mine, first of all, is to import green coffee from farms directly and bring it into Australia and sell to coffee roasters. The second part is to introduce people to the commune, and grow the family.

Gene Tunny  5:38  

Gotcha. So is that what you’re the business you’re part of? International Coffee Traders, can you tell us a bit about that please Rai?

Raihaan Esat  5:45  

Yeah, so if I go deeper into International Coffee Traders, it’s, it’s a resource and for the for the coffee industry, for the coffee roasters in particular. The biggest problem for coffee roasters is controlling costs, accessing good quality green coffee, the right coffee at the right price. You have to start with a raw product, then roast it and then turn it into coffee drinks. That’s what coffee roasters do. So the raw product is what I specialise in. Sourcing that from farms, overseas countries like Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ethiopia, all the classic coffee growing regions. I source coffee from there, depending on what my clients want.

Gene Tunny  6:28  

Okay, so what does this sourcing look like? Are you hopping on a plane? Or have you got agents over there who help you out? How do you? How do you identify the right farms? Or how does it all work? That’s what’s that’s what’s fascinating me, are there, are the wholesalers? I mean I imagine there are wholesalers like how do you how does it all work? How does it get from the farm to Abbotsford Road in Brisbane, Australia? And, you know, farms in Peru or Brazil or wherever?

Raihaan Esat  6:55  

Yeah the coffee world is huge. And it’s so diverse. Country to country is very different. Each country has their own models of how you can buy from them. For example, in Ethiopia, up until very recently, you had to buy from something called the ECX, the Ethiopian Commodities Exchange, you couldn’t actually go to a coffee farmer directly and say, I want to buy your coffee. The coffee farmer had to sell their coffee to the ECX and the ECX then on sells to people like me. That’s Ethiopia is an example. Compare that with Brazil, which is highly commercialised, very, very well established and has huge, huge farms that are the size of small countries sometimes. You, there’s there’s one farm that Phil visited a few years ago, they have an airport landing strip on their farm. They have a dairy on their farm, you know, they’re massive. And you can go directly to the farm and say, Mr. Coffee farmer, I want to buy your coffee, and they will sell it to you directly. And then there’s infinite shades of grey in between. So in terms of contacting traditionally, yes, you had to go over there and visit the farms to make contact. But this is now 2023 borderline 2024. Everyone is on WhatsApp. Everyone’s on email. Everyone’s on Instagram. So it’s easy to connect with a coffee farmer literally on Facebook now and say, Hey, looks like you’re doing interesting stuff, can we, can we connect? Send me some samples? Let’s talk give me a guided tour of your farm on online basically.

Gene Tunny  8:32  

Yep and what criteria do you use to choose the suppliers? The farmers?

Raihaan Esat  8:38  

Yeah, so I’m really led by my clients. So for example, if a client of mine comes to me and says, I want a coffee with an organic certification, or Rainforest Alliance certification, which protects native rainforest as well, and it must taste sweet, fruity and vibrant. Those are my criteria to then go hunting. Traditionally, the client may have been using Colombian coffee. And roasters tend to play it safe, they tend to like, I was buying Colombian coffee so I was, I want to stick with Colombian coffee. But my job is to kind of challenge that a little bit and go, Hey, there’s also great options in Ecuador, or in Peru or in Guatemala, which may taste very similar for better value or better, better on the seasonal scale of freshness. They might be in season compared to the coffee that you’re using is out of season. So there’s a lot of, it’s a global perspective we have to take to try to find the right coffee at the right price.

Tim Hughes  9:43  

Yeah, it’s interesting because with so I remember seeing somewhere that coffee was the second most traded commodity in the world. Is that right?

Raihaan Esat  9:51  

Yeah, that gets floated around quite a lot. A lot of people sort of throw that stat out and say I’d say it’s the second most traded commodity in the world after oil. So coffee is traded on an exchange on a commodities exchange. And you can literally buy and sell futures on coffee, if you wanted to, you could jump on one of these trading platforms and buy and sell coffee. The difference between say coffee and foreign currency or any of the other others is that someone actually has to take delivery of coffee. It’s a physical product, it’s an agricultural product. So while it’s traded, there’s a lot of paper being pushed around. And then eventually, that coffee has to land up in someone’s warehouse. But it is very, very, very heavily traded. Especially because it seems sometimes as a bit of a safe haven when currencies are moving around a bit or interest rates are moving around a little bit. You know, how speculators work? Sometimes they’ll move investments from gold to foreign currency, depending on what seems to be the safer option at the time. Coffee is one of them.

Gene Tunny  10:56  

Yeah, so you’ll have speculators who they won’t ever actually want to take delivery of the coffee. Right. But they’re jumping into the market to try and pick up some plays.

Raihaan Esat  11:05  

Some plays on the movements.

Gene Tunny  11:09  

Yeah, yeah, gotcha. And what’s happening? I’m interested in the different countries, are there different flavour profiles for different countries? Or does it depend on the farm I mean I imagine it depends on climatic conditions on the soils, etc.

Raihaan Esat  11:24  

So I’m gonna make the wine analogy here, coffee is a bit like wine, where you have these broad characterizations based on country, you know, roughly New Zealand wine tastes a certain way, and French wine tastes a certain way. Similarly, with coffee, there are broad categorizations. But then within each category, within each country, there’s infinite amount of variables and agricultural practices that can then modify the flavour. So a practical example of Brazilian coffee generally, at a commodity level, tastes quite nutty. It’s, it’s mild, it’s mellow. It’s quite nutty. It’s coffee that tastes like coffee. And then you go to Ethiopia and the standard coffee that comes out of Ethiopia generally is quite vibrant, and lively, and sometimes has some fruit notes to it. So those are the broad categorizations. And every country has its own rough, sort of flavour profile. And that is somewhat dependent on the terrain, the variety, the commercial varieties that are grown there, and then the general farming practices. So I think the geography and the farming practices and the genetics are fairly self explanatory. But the farming practices can have such a huge impact on the flavour of the coffee as well. For example, in countries like Rwanda and Burundi, these sort of central African countries, up until very late recently, it was completely illegal to process your coffee using the what’s called a dry process. All the coffee had to be washed. And there’s a lot of stuff online, you can look up if you want to go deeper into that, what washed coffee is and what dry coffee is, but it was mandated by the government, that your coffee if you produced it had to be washed. Whereas you go to a country like Yemen, which is in the middle of the desert, but produces coffee, they have no water, so they cannot do washed coffee, they have to do all of their coffee as dry coffee. And that’s that’s a post harvest practice that has a massive influence on the flavour of the coffee. That’s that comes out at the end.

Gene Tunny  13:44  

Gotcha, but one other thing. What’s the difference? There are Arabica beans, and there are Robusta beans. Is that right? There’s a difference?

Raihaan Esat  13:54  

Yeah, I guess. They they both taste like coffee to some degree. But they’re like two different species. It’s like comparing an apple and a pear. They are slightly different species. And there’s a number of these sort of genetic families or species that exist within coffee. Arabica is very well known because of the marketing machine always says, drink Arabica. 100% Arabica, it is better than Robusta. Robusta generally is a little bit harsher, a little bit more bitter, has a lot more caffeine in it, and grows at a different altitude. But having said that, I’ve tasted some Arabicas that are so poorly processed, or so poorly created at the farm, I guess, that they taste worse than Robustas so quality of post production at the farm level does have a massive impact on the quality of flavour as well.

Tim Hughes  14:50  

Actually on that note, because I know there are three processes in having a great cup of coffee so the farming and the sourcing is one like how that part of the the process is done, and then the roasting is obviously really significant as to how it’s roasted and the temperatures and the time, and then how it’s made at the final stage. So if only one of those three stages isn’t done well, then the whole thing can be, well sort of fall apart a little bit.

Raihaan Esat  15:20  

Yeah, it’s like, the best analogy I can make is like, like a professional chef. Sourcing Green Coffee is like sourcing a great steak, or a great piece of ingredients that you’re gonna then transform into a delicious dish. That’s the roasting component of coffee. That’s where the chef takes a really amazing ingredient, turns it into something delicious. And then service at the end in the cafe is like the plating the final touch. They all matter, you can have the best chef make the best dish. If they don’t present it well. It just lacks something. So at any step in the process, whether it’s farming, whether it’s roasting, or whether it’s production in the cafe, it can all fall over and be butchered. So each each step in the chain is equally important. And each one is a craft. It’s a skill. It’s something that adds value to the coffee as it progresses along the chain.

Gene Tunny  16:16  

Yeah. You mentioned was it Rainforest Alliance Certification?

Raihaan Esat  16:22  

Yeah, so there’s a few different certifications that exist in the coffee industry for different reasons. Some are on sustainability, some are on farming practices, some are ethical standards. Rainforest Alliance, for example, mandates that a coffee farm should allocate a certain proportion of their farm to regenerating rainforest. For example, in Costa Rica, some of the coffee farms, the coffee farm that we deal with is a amazing coffee farm and community called Aquiares Estate. They are a community, people live on the farm, and they dedicate a lot of time to, to looking after the native rainforest. That is part of the ecosystem of their farm. It’s really, really an amazing community and encourage everyone to go and look up Aquiares Estate. They’re on Instagram there, they put up a lot of pictures of what they do. Their coffee is stunning.

Gene Tunny  17:19  

I’ll put a link in the show notes here for sure. Yeah, that sounds sounds sounds great. And I know that Tim your coffee is coming from, is your coffee coming from a community of women in Peru somewhere.

Tim Hughes  17:31  

The decaf is. So we’ve got the three coffees. Two of them are actually the same bean but a different roast. So that’s, and they all happen to be from Peru so that the caffeinated bean Luma Sol, as we’ve called it, we have a dark roast and a lighter roast. And so that is from a different place to the decaf. So the decaf, the one you’re mentioning, is the Cafe Femenino Decaf. And so I mean, Rai you’ve got more information on that, I know. But basically, it’s a co op of female farmers who, a lot of the profits go back into the community and libraries and schools. And it’s a fascinating, it’s a really, yeah, same Cafe Femenino. If we put it in the show notes, and if people could check it out, because it’s just one of those things, there seems to be in coffee, a lot of intent and purpose to do the right thing. And and Cafe Femenino was a really good example of that. Have you got anything to add to that, Rai?

Raihaan Esat  18:34  

Yeah. So this is an example of how some countries have structures in coffee that are not as simple as you might think. It’s not as easy as just going to a farmer and saying, I want to buy your coffee, for example, some of these farms at Cafe Femenino in Peru, they’re very small. They don’t actually have the resources to process their own coffee. So they grow coffee on the land that they have in their backyard, for example, or they may have a couple of acres of land and they’re producing coffee. But what they do is all the women producers in that area, then collect their coffee together and take it to a central processing plant where the fruit is removed from the seed, the coffee gets dried out and it all gets graded, the defects are removed. So they’re working together as a community. And they’re sharing a resource. It’s kind of a bit like the Coffee Commune here in Brisbane, where we have one resource and it’s being shared in the community. That’s how Cafe Femenino are working. And there’s a number of other countries that have similar styles of cooperative coffee production, so to speak, and they put so much back into their own communities from what they make.

Gene Tunny  19:49  

Yeah, with the grading. Is there an international standard for grading and who does the grading are there professional graders?

Raihaan Esat  19:57  

Yeah, that’s a great question. There, there is an in International Standard, it’s run by an organisation called the Specialty Coffee Association. They used to be an American Association, they’re European they have since merged. And they’ve basically set the global standard that is accepted everywhere. We have a lab here at the Coffee Commune in Brisbane, that is the only lab of its kind in Queensland, there’s a few around the country. But basically, we can look at a sample of green coffee, grade it, and then compare our results with labs all around the world. So hypothetically, if a coffee roaster looks at their green coffee and goes, I’m worried about this, I think it’s got a few defects in it, which you know, I wasn’t expecting, can you grade it for me, they don’t have to send the coffee back to the farm, to get checked, they can just send it to the lab here in Brisbane, we will check it and produce a report, which is, anyone around the world can read it as long as they are running the same the same systems as us which they are generally.

Gene Tunny  21:03  

And what’s being graded. Is it being graded for bitterness or I mean what’s…?

Raihaan Esat  21:09  

Yeah, there are two parts. There’s green grading, and then what we call cupping. So green grading is where you look at the green product that’s arrived. And if you think about it, green coffee is the seed of the coffee fruit. So it’s an it’s not a uniform thing. Every single seed is an individual. And there are many things that can go wrong in the process of producing that coffee. So if you imagine 1000 coffee plants all producing seeds that get harvested, some of those are going to be picked when they’re underripe. Some are going to be overripe. Some are gonna have insect damage on them. When they, after they get hulled and pulped. Some of them will get chipped or broken. Sometimes there’ll be mould that grows on the coffee. Sometimes they will be what we call sours or, and floaters, those are just immature coffees. So the the best quality coffee is what you imagine is the perfect coffee bean. It’s round, it’s shiny, it’s green, it’s got no additional defects to it. It’s got no mould growing on it. It’s not blackened or overripe. It was the fruit picked at its optimum ripeness, and then processed correctly and all the defects removed. Having said that defect-free coffee generally doesn’t exist. Right? There will always be to some degree some defects. So we categorise primary defects and secondary defects. So we couldn’t ask, for example, part of my job, a lot of my clients will say, I want this coffee and I want no primary defects in it. Primary defects are serious defects in the coffee. So for example, in the sample, if you take a sample of the green coffee, which is 350 grammes, and you look through it and you sort through it, you might find one which is completely encased in fungus.

Gene Tunny  23:10  

Haha, right? Yeah,

Raihaan Esat  23:12  

That would be a primary defect that that now eliminates that coffee as an option for that client. If we find no primary defects, there’s a whole guide book on this that explains every defect in coffee. There’s a number of them. We then look into secondary defects. Yeah, they might be like a little insect that has bored a hole into the coffee. One little hole on that seed might be a partial defect, but it’s not that serious compared to a full mouldy bean.

Tim Hughes  23:45  

And what’s the sample size of that Rai?

Raihaan Esat  23:47  

350 grammes

Tim Hughes  23:49  

350 grams sorry Yeah. Yeah, cool.

Raihaan Esat  23:52  

The next step is to do what we call cupping, which is to roast the sample of that coffee and then taste it. So there’s a sensory evaluation that has to happen. And the sensory evaluation is then scored out of 10. Well, sorry, it’s it’s out of 100. The, to qualify as specialty coffee, it has to score 80 or above. So for example, on the score sheet, we’re looking for things like flavour, acidity, balance, aftertaste, body, we’re looking for consistency across multiple cups. The score sheet is quite intimidating when you first look at it. But once you use it a few times, it’s actually quite straightforward.

Gene Tunny  24:36  

Yeah. So you’re looking at specialty coffees and you’re often going to what small or medium sized coffee farms is that right? Are there, I’m just wondering like, how is the market segmented because like, what about one of these, you know, what about Nestle? Or, or what’s the big, is it Dutch or the company that owns Moccona? I can never remember, I don’t know how to pronounce their name.

Raihaan Esat  25:03  

Douwe Egberts, JDE

Gene Tunny  25:07  

JDE, Gotcha. And like they must buy huge quantities of coffee. So they’re massive, do they just have massive coffee farms that are contracted to them to supply, are you dealing with the same ones?

Raihaan Esat  25:18  

Pretty much, pretty much so you can buy coffee on forward contracts. For example, JDE might say say, we project that we’re going to need 500 tonnes, 500 containers of coffee, each container being 20 tonnes next year. They can approach their producers and contract that coffee ahead of time and say this is the quality spec we expect. And we’re going to buy 500 containers from you over the next year. Now not every farm can fulfil that. So they may go alright, that farm can fulfill 20 containers, we have to now find other suppliers for the remaining balance of our requirements. So they do what I do, but on a much larger scale.

Gene Tunny  26:03  

Gotcha. But with what you do, does that mean you can get, like that they’ll have to go for something more, like are they basically going for something that is more mass market? And maybe they accept more defects than then you would? I mean, are there differences in in the quality of the coffee sourced? The the flavours, that sort of thing? I mean, you’re you’re producing specialty coffees, aren’t you? So you can go really niche? Is that right?

Raihaan Esat  26:30  

Well, I’ll, I’ll use Starbucks as a bit of an example for this because this is probably a better a better case study for your question. Starbucks buys very good quality coffee, what tends to happen is sometimes it goes wrong in the roasting or in the extraction phase, where if people tend to go “ah Starbucks is crap”, or they don’t like, they don’t like what they get from there. Starbucks has never promoted that they sell the best coffee in the world, but they’re very good at what they do. And they do buy very good coffee. And it’s all about setting up the requirements for quality before they go to market, just like you would in any procurement business. You set up what you need, what your requirements and projections are, and then you go to market and you try and find it or as close to it as possible.

Gene Tunny  27:19  

Gotcha. Would you be buying from similar farms to what Starbucks or JDE would be buying from?

Raihaan Esat  27:28  

Yeah. To some degree. So every every farm produces all levels of quality. A farm can produce absolute garbage, middle of the range coffee and super high quality coffee, because it’s an agricultural product, it then gets sorted, right? And so you get these different quality grades coming out of every farm on the planet. So it’s just about setting up the parameters of what you want. So we would buy, we buy everything from commercial grades of coffee, what we call commodity coffee, to specialty coffee, to super fancy boutique coffees, like experimental things, which haven’t hit the market yet. You know, we’re we’re funding where we’ve partnered with a producer in Colombia. And he wants to do some experiments. And we’re helping him set up the lab and the resources that he needs to do interesting fermentations using yeasts and bacterias to produce interesting and crazy flavours in coffee.

Tim Hughes  28:31  

That does sound interesting.

Gene Tunny  28:33  

And what’s Tim, is Tim, are you a specialty coffee Tim?

Raihaan Esat  28:37

Tim’s a specialty coffee yes.

Gene Tunny  28:39  

Right? Tim, you set some parameters for Rai didn’t you, how did that interaction work?

Tim Hughes  28:43  

Yeah, that was it was funny, actually, because it started when we came over last year when you were on that panel and got introduced to the Coffee Commune and seeing what you guys did here Rai was really interesting. And it was the right time with a lot of the work that I was doing, you know, my background in the health industry and listening to all the research on the health properties of coffee. Because it’s had a chequered past people, you know, that caffeine obviously sometimes isn’t great for everybody and overconsumption, you know, can be a problem. But the health benefits, the antioxidants, the polyphenols, chlorogenic acids, these properties are where the health aspects of coffee often comes in. So it was really interesting, and I had a chat with Rai about it. And I think at that time, no one had actually mentioned..

Raihaan Esat  29:31  

Tim’s request was one of the more unusual requests that I’ve ever seen in my life, but er…

Tim Hughes  29:36 

Thank you very much.

Raihaan Esat  29:38  

Normally people come to me and they go, Oh, look, I want coffee that tastes like this, or I want coffee that tastes like that, or it’s got to be at this price point. Those are 99.9% of the parameters that we work in. And then Tim comes along and he goes I want coffee that’s healthy for you. I went okay, we don’t have a measurement system for that. How do we measure that? He said I have, I’ve got a solution for that, we can do lab testing and figure out what the antioxidant levels are in coffee. And we want to do some testing and find out which one is the healthiest coffee that we can get. So, you know, that started the journey with, with Tim.

Gene Tunny  30:19  

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  30:24  

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  30:53  

Now back to the show.

Tim just a question for you. Why do we care about antioxidants?

Tim Hughes  31:03  

Good question. I mean, basically, from health terms, antioxidants are what would be the chemicals or properties that combat free radicals in our body. So the oxygenation process in our body where cancers can thrive and the ageing process and all of these things they are basically free radicals running around our our system, antioxidants are known to combat those. So antioxidants in our systems generally work well for us, they slow down the anti ageing process. They’ve been shown, this is where new studies are coming through all the time, they’ve been shown that they can help prevent heart disease. They’ve got, you know, improved cognitive function. There’s so many different areas where they’ve been shown to be beneficial for us. And coffee is a good way of getting those antioxidants into your system. They’re also a good source of fibre, which was a new thing to me, that was a fairly recent thing I heard from, Dr. Tim Spector is somebody who does a lot of work with the microbiome. And he was he was stating that coffee is definitely a health food because he’d had different, a lot of people have changed their minds on coffee. And he’s one person who had changed his mind on coffee. He said, Yeah, it’s definitely a health food. It’s good for the microbiome, you get about three grammes of fibre from a cup. You know, if you have three cups of coffee a day that can supply 25% of your regular daily allowance of fibre, which, you know, for a lot of people, there’s not enough fibre in their diet. So it’s not just the antioxidants, it’s all these other areas.

Raihaan Esat  32:40  

Yeah what really stood out to me when we did the testing was what the variability was from one coffee to another. So you know, there’s a lot of good research out there that says coffee has antioxidants, that it has these health benefits for you. But choosing the right coffee can really accelerate that. And you can get very different results, depending on what coffee you choose. And it seemed like just, you know, just off the small sample set of data that we had, that the high grown organic coffees tended to perform better than the lower grown coffees that were not organic. So that was really, really revealing to me, and I found that super interesting.

Tim Hughes  33:22  

And it’s that thing of like, you know, you could you could get a coffee with even higher antioxidant levels than than the ones we have, but it has to taste great as well, you know, so these compromises that you do, you can’t do everything, purely for the antioxidants. It’s, it’s a bit of a balance. And I’m really happy with where we got ours to but we’re constantly on the search like we’ve got other beans that we’re checking out from different regions at the moment. So it’ll be an ongoing thing we’ll add either add or or move out coffees as we go along. Because that actually, that leads into something I was, we were going to talk about anyway. So that maybe this is a good time, Rai to talk about the supply and demand for coffee. Because it’s a living growing thing. It must be hard to secure coffee sufficient to demand all the time. So there’s a few prongs to this question. One is, is the overall supply or sorry, the overall demand of coffee, is that growing or is it plateaued? And the supply of coffee, is that because it appears from different, different people that I hear from that it’s getting more challenging to grow the coffee because it’s quite a sensitive plant with the altitude and the conditions and with the changing climate that that can be affecting the future of coffee growth. So with that, have we plateaued with the supply? Are we good with the with the demand, etc?

Raihaan Esat  34:47  

Okay, so, short answer good news. We’re not going to run out of coffee.

Tim Hughes  34:51

That’s good news.

Raihaan Esat  34:53  

But there’s a couple of key factors and it’s a very big full bodied “but” that I have to put in here. There’s agricultural factors. There’s economic factors. And then there’s demographic factors that are really interplaying in interesting ways right now within the coffee industry globally. So we read, read the global food and beverage report for 2023. And that showed demographics wise, who’s drinking coffee? And where are they drinking coffee? So generally speaking, you’ve got sort of your professionals, slightly older generation tend to be drinking more coffee than the younger generation right now. So across the demographics, you’ve got one population drinking the same or more coffee daily, but you’ve got one generation that’s slightly in decline. So that will transfer later to probably a slightly declining requirement for coffee. But it’s not declining at the same rate as production is at the moment, there is a problem with agriculture. Coffee is not sustainable generally speaking, for a lot of producers, the variability in the markets, the climate change, the difficulties of producing coffee consistently, because it’s an agricultural and seasonal product. The demands of producing coffee to the level that we are demanding it as consumers is so difficult, and it’s actually forcing a lot of producers off their farms, or forcing producers to change to other crops, like avocados, which are more profitable for them. So it’s supply and demand at the end of the day, and we’ve actually seen coffee prices jump very, very drastically in the last 12 to 18 months, coffee prices on green coffee have gone up probably close to double what they were. And you know, how much does it how much have you seen that flow through into the cafes? It has started to happen, you’re starting to see cafes charging a bit more and more for their coffee, because everything has to flow through. So you’ve got economic effects, you’ve got the supply and demand, everything comes down to supply and demand, you have a shortage on supply, demand goes up comparatively to that. And then you’ve got all the demographic interplays that go on with it, we have further problems that are driving the price of coffee up at the moment, things like interest rates, every time our interest rates goes goes up, we have to finance coffee, to get it into the coffee, into the country, right? When you buy huge amounts of coffee it’s all under finance. Interest rates play a big part in what we have to factor into the price then, and you know, a half a percent or a quarter percent interest rate rise is quite significant across 20 tonnes of coffee. So generally, the price of green coffee at the farm level is going up, supply is slightly restricted and so that’s further pushing the price up. And then you have, let me call it political issues, as well that sort of come into play. For example, in Ethiopia, there was a like a civil war last year, what didn’t get a lot of news coverage, but basically, there was a civil war that was affecting transport networks and that made it difficult to get coffee out of Ethiopia. Now Ethiopia is one of the largest producers of coffee in the world. As soon as that becomes difficult to get coffee from one of your biggest producers. It puts a lot of strain on the other producers so anyone with a even a basic economics background can kind of see what’s happening here it’s it’s a difficult place, marketplace to do business that’s constantly evolving.

Gene Tunny  38:54  

Yeah I’ve got a couple of follows on from that. Broadly, what is the what range is the coffee price in and so is it is it in tonnes? Is it US dollars per tonne what is it?

Raihaan Esat  39:05  

USD per pound. Generally gets quoted in US dollars per pound on the market on the coffee market. It’s called the C market. And right now the level is sitting at if I’m not mistaken at about one $1. $1.70 USD per pound.

Gene Tunny  39:24  

Okay and so that obviously means like just thinking about what it costs to buy coffee in the shops after it’s been roasted and, or ground or whatever. There’s obviously a lot of value add from in the roasting and then the distribution and…

Raihaan Esat  39:42  

Yeah, so, 1.70 USD per pound is your baseline benchmark for just bog standard commodity grade coffee. Okay, as soon as you go up in quality into specialty, for example, Tim’s coffee wasn’t $1.70 US per pound. It was much more than that. because we added the organic certification, we added the quality of it, it’s at least an 83 point coffee, if I’m not mistaken. So we’ve now got a quality level that we have to compensate for, then when you get to roasting, so that coffee would have cost us quite a bit more, factor in the exchange rate, Australian dollar’s not performing that well against the US dollar at the moment. So as soon as we have to pay in US dollars, the underperformance of our currency means that we have to factor that and our coffee costs a little bit more. Come to roasting, here’s the bit that is quite a tragedy. If I put one kilo of coffee into the roaster, I don’t get one kilo out, you have about 10 to 12% moisture in the green coffee that just evaporates, basically, plus you have a little bit of carbonization, basically, you lose close to 20% of the weight of the coffee, just through the chimney of the coffee roaster. So you’re adding 20% on top of the cost of the coffee just at the roasting stage. Then there’s all the labour, operational costs that go into packing coffee, transporting coffee around the world, out to cafes, and then it has to be made into a drink, and coffee these days, I mean, if you go and just just stand in line at a coffee shop and listen to everyone’s orders, not everyone orders the same thing. I guarantee you seven out of 10 people will have a very different order from each other, one will be on an almond alternative dairy, one will have a syrup in it, one will be double strength, one will have chocolate powder on top. A cup of coffee is now a cocktail made by a bartender effectively. It’s, it’s not a simple product to produce at any stage. It’s crafted by hand and by skilled people all the way through the chain. And so if I can be honest, 5 or $6 for a cup of coffee? It’s too cheap.

Gene Tunny  42:10  

Hmm, interesting. I mean, Australian households struggling with interest rates may not agree, but I know, I know where you’re coming from. I’m just, I’m just joking. Yeah, that’s some really good points there Rai, and can you tell us about the the finance, you mentioned you had to borrow money, so you have to settle the contracts in US dollars is that right? Like what’s going on there?

Raihaan Esat  42:35  

Usually yes. So practical example, we are now buying coffee for next season, we’re in contact with our producers in Brazil. And we’re going right, we need to, we need probably six to 10 containers next year of coffee. They’ll say right, we can, we can settle six containers at, I’ll put a hypothetical number on it, five US dollars per kilo. Contract gets written as soon as the coffee ships from the port in Brazil, we get a bill to settle the contract. So the contract is in place. But it only gets paid when the coffee gets shipped. Now there’s lots of different Incoterms here and different contracts, setups and scenarios, you could pay at the farm directly when the coffee leaves the farm, you could pay when the coffee reaches, reaches the destination. But we generally work on as soon as the coffee ships, we pay the bill immediately. And that’s in US dollars. Most of the time.

Gene Tunny  43:41  

Yeah. And so where’s the where’s that? Where’s Why do you have to borrow the money, I mean, rather than going to the, okay, I’m just trying to think how this works.

Raihaan Esat  43:54  

Ok so think about it this way. It’s a cash flow problem, right? For us to produce coffee and supply to cafes. If Tim wants to supply coffee, if he were to buy coffee from the farm, he would have to pay for the coffee before he sold it.

Gene Tunny  44:13 

Gotcha. Yeah, that makes sense.

Raihaan Esat  44:15

All right. So the coffee has got to come and land in the warehouse so that it can be roasted so that he can sell it. And then Tim can collect the money from the sale and and then pay back the loan that he took to buy the coffee in the first place.

Gene Tunny  44:30

Yeah, yeah so it’s for your cash flow. So yeah…

Raihaan Esat  44:35

It’s a timing thing. Sometimes we land coffee here, three months in advance of when we need to actually roast it. And that’s because of seasonal variations. If the coffee is ready to harvest now, I might not need it for six months. But I’ve got to buy it now because it’s on the trees. It’s being harvested, it’s an agricultural product. And I think people take that for granted sometimes that coffee has to be grown on a tree, harvested by people and then there’s an interim period where there’s no coffee on the trees.

Gene Tunny  45:08  

Yeah. And how long would you typically have the beans, the green beans here in storage or in stock in your inventory?

Raihaan Esat  45:16  

Look, green coffee has a shelf life that’s a bit better than roasted coffee, roasted coffee tends to sort of lose its vibrancy and character after about 30 days after roasting, but green coffee, we can we can store it for sort of six to, six to 12 months, as long as the storage conditions are good, not not too much light, not too much heat, not too much humidity. If the storage conditions are good, we can store the coffee up to 12 months, and then it really starts to fade, in flavour, in in character. So it won’t be terrible after 12 months, it just does fade a little bit. So there is a quality drop if we store it for too long. So that’s the balancing act that we have to, we have to navigate trying to get coffee at its optimum, balance the agricultural cycle and the demand cycle from roasters.

Gene Tunny  46:08 

Gotcha.

Tim Hughes  46:10  

Now, it’s fascinating, I mean, and a good reason as to why I wouldn’t be able to do this on my own. You know, that’s why it’s such a great opportunity for what you guys offer here for, you know, the three stages of the coffee from the sourcing from the farm through ICT, the coffee alliance with the roasting and and then allows someone like me to, you know, benefit from all that experience and all those connections otherwise, yeah, yeah, so it’s from, from my perspective, it’s been great, very educational and very exciting. But yeah, it’s interesting seeing the dynamics behind the bigger operation, you know, and how far ahead you have to plan to get all this in place? I know, we talked about it with, with with my, you know, my business and the considerations that had to be made a long way ahead. And so yeah you have to secure those secure those, those coffee beans. It has all those different people? Yeah.

Gene Tunny  47:13  

Yeah, I found it interesting, you were saying, were you suggesting Rai that, I imagine coffee demand, it’s been growing has it, because the world economy is growing, population’s growing. But are you concerned that with these demographic shifts, I mean, I’ve found that extraordinary, but I guess that makes sense because the younger, the Gen Z’s in particular, they’re very health conscious. And maybe they, do they see coffee as not healthy, is that one of the concerns?

Raihaan Esat  47:43  

I just think that there’s a lot of, a lot of variety out there now, there’s a lot of choice. Let’s think back to say, you know, late 90s, early 2000s, anyone that wanted to look cool, carried around a cup of coffee with them. But now there’s so many alternatives. There’s bubble tea’s gone crazy. Right? So there’s an alternative for you. Tea shops in general have gone crazy. There’s an alternative for you. There’s so many other options for drink, hot and cold drinks. There’s yoghurt places, there’s milk bars, there’s so much different variety out there now. So I think there’s a lot of competition for choice. And that partially hurting the demand for coffee, even though the demand is still going up. It’s not going up at the same rates that it used to be.

Gene Tunny  48:34  

Yeah, I just wonder about some of the some of the bigger markets. I mean, I know in the States, they just all historically they’ve just drunk gallons of coffee and a lot of it in diners or wherever, just constantly pouring the filtered coffee.

Raihaan Esat  48:52  

People have changed where they drink their coffee as well. COVID was a big driver of this. When everyone started setting up home offices to work from home. What are the, what’s the first thing that they put in their home office? A coffee machine. Right? You, you could not buy coffee machines from white goods stores for six months, the demand for coffee machines went through the roof. So because everyone changed where they were drinking their coffee. So instead of say buying two or three coffees through the day, one coffee is now at home. And then the other two are out at work or from your local cafe. So the dynamics are changing a lot.

Gene Tunny  49:28  

Yeah, gotcha. But I’m just wondering, like, Are you starting, just like with the big markets, so say United States, China? Or is or is China a big market and India? I mean, maybe they’re not maybe it’s Europe, I don’t know what are the big markets for…

Raihaan Esat  49:44  

Yeah, China and India, Asia in general is, is an emerging market for coffee. They’re very traditional in, in tea. They’ve had long history of being tea drinking countries, and still are huge tea drinking countries, but what’s driving the growth in Coffee in those countries is this sort of middle, middle professional class, that’s growing like India has a huge middle class growing, that are professional people earning incomes really well. And they’ve got some disposable income. And so there’s time to spend on coffee because it’s the cool thing. Funny enough, though, in India, compared to Australia, Australia, coffee is a very morning thing. After two o’clock, it’s almost impossible to to get a coffee because all the cafes are closed, because no one’s really drinking coffee after two o’clock. In India, everyone goes out for coffee after work. Because they they have their day where after work, everyone goes out. So the coffee drinking culture is more evening time over there. Very, very interesting how the population uses the drink in a different way. For them, it’s more social. Whereas we’ve got a huge takeaway culture.

Gene Tunny  50:59  

Yeah, yeah, we do. I just realised that Arturo wrote a note on coffee and the market worldwide for my website for our website earlier this year. So I’ll put a link in the show notes. I think he might, we might have summarised the, where the demands coming from. But yeah, I found that fascinating that because of these demographic changes maybe here the growth will be moderated, or it won’t be as strong as it has been in the past. Or it could even mean demand could decline. Is that what you’re concerned about?

Raihaan Esat  51:33  

I’m more concerned about climate change, and the effects that it has on coffee production, because the demands for high quality coffee are so high right now, everyone wants the best of the best, or the best they can get for a given price. So the demand for high quality coffee is very high. But climate change is making it very difficult to produce coffee at a high level. For example, seasons are starting to change slightly. And there’s I’ll use a case study in Colombia, the farmer that we’re dealing with, never used to have a problem with what they call Broca. It’s the, it’s a beetle that bores holes into the coffee bean and basically eats it from the inside out. They are getting worse and worse and worse every year. And those beetles are actually very temperature sensitive. So they don’t like cold climates. As the temperature generally is increasing on average, these beetles are moving higher and higher up the mountain into the coffee plantations and destroying more and more crops. So to produce high quality coffee is becoming more difficult as a result of climate change. Weather patterns are changing as well. We’ve got rains happening when they shouldn’t be happening, triggering inconsistent flowerings in the coffee plants. And generally, it’s forcing producers to move higher up the mountain so to speak, right? The higher up the mountain you go, the colder it gets, the better it is for coffee, up to a certain level. But when you go up the mountain, there’s less mountain, there’s less land to produce coffee on. So I think there are some interesting pressures, especially on the climate change and geological side that are affecting coffee quite strongly. So finding high quality coffee is going to get more expensive, basically.

Gene Tunny  53:30  

Yeah I understand climate change. What do you mean by geological?

Raihaan Esat  53:33  

So we see countries that never used to produce coffee starting to produce coffee, or traditionally weren’t coffee growing countries, because the climate now is starting to move in a range that is suitable for coffee production. So maybe they were too cold or too high in altitude to be sustainable for coffee production. But as the climate’s generally warming up, suddenly that that geography of that area now is suitable for coffee production.

Gene Tunny  54:01  

Which countries are those?

Raihaan Esat  54:05 

So you’ve got countries like Nepal starting to produce some coffee. Some areas in Argentina are producing coffee as well. Cameroon. Those are probably the best examples. Ecuador’s producing a lot of coffee now as well.

Gene Tunny  54:23  

Gotcha. Right.

Tim Hughes  54:25  

That’s interesting.

Gene Tunny  54:27

Yeah. real example of climate change. Yeah, yeah extraordinary.

Tim Hughes  54:31  

Yeah, no, it’s that thing because I knew that those established countries were, yeah, having that problem of basically having a smaller, viable area to grow coffee, but um, yeah, it’s interesting, to, I hadn’t actually thought about it, but it’s clear that obviously those are the places that weren’t suitable and now becoming possible.

Raihaan Esat  54:50  

Yeah, yeah, look, another example is leaf, leaf rust. It’s a disease that affects the coffee leaves and it turns them from green into this rusty colour. And that also is seriously moving through coffee farms at a rate of knots and just literally destroying coffee plantations. So, you know, a lot of work is going by an organisation called World Coffee Research. We’re a supporter of them. And we actually sell little coffee trees that the Coffee Commune and all the proceeds go to World Coffee Research to find genetic varieties that are resistant to coffee leaf rust, for example.

Gene Tunny  55:28  

Yeah, good one. That’s great. Tim, what have we missed? Is there anything else we want to cover with Rai?

Tim Hughes  55:36  

No we’ve largely covered it. I mean, it’s so interesting. And I know that we could talk for a lot longer because it is it’s fascinating. Like, I’ve been immersed in this and been lucky to share a lot of time with Rai and use his expertise and ask him 100 questions. So this is a continuation of me asking in a broader sense, I guess, and learning more about the coffee industry as a whole. No, it’s been really good. I guess, what does the future of coffee look like would be the final point, I guess,

Raihaan Esat  56:03  

The future of coffee? Let me get my crystal ball. Where did I pack it, I must have left it in my other in my other bag. Hard to say at the moment, I think the coffee is at a bit of a point now where it can go one of two ways. Either, it’s going to get super expensive, because of all the pressures mounting up and and the result of that is we’re going to have to change the way that we drink coffee, which is only about probably 5, 10 years down the track from now. But if coffee gets to the point where it gets super expensive, let’s call it $10 a cup. I, we you’re going to be faced with the choice. Where are you going to drink your coffee? And what do you expect in terms of value for your cup of coffee? If you’re going to spend $10 on something, it had be, better be a damn good cup of coffee, and there needs to be a level of service that goes with it. I’ll use the burger analogy. I can go and get a $2 burger from a chain store. Or I can go to a fancy restaurant and pay $25 for a burger, right? Different level of experience that I received for my $25 compared to my $2, I think the same thing is going to happen with coffee, we’re going to see this widening spectrum of pricing, you’re going to still have the cheap coffees, and you’re going to have the more gourmet coffees, and there’s going to be a different level of experience that goes with them, the cafes, the organisations that nailed down that model correctly, will do well. And the ones that can’t keep up with it are unfortunately not going to do so well.

Tim Hughes  57:43  

That that’s actually really interesting. And just going briefly back to the point that you were saying about in COVID, all those coffee machines going out of stock, you know, as so many things did, of course, but I guess that’s one of the areas with with rising coffee prices. That third part, that last part of the stage of producing a great coffee, if it’s come from a great farm and grown well, if it’s been roasted well, that last part, which ultimately if you do coffee, you know have coffee at home, you have that responsibility yourself and there’s a massive growth opportunity for education as to how people can do that. Because it’s not easy making a great cup of coffee consistently. Like I’ve had some training. And it’s still hard, you know, to do something absolutely bang on each time as you do when you make a coffee. And I’m so impressed with the little designs you put in there as well, you know, just to top it off with but it really is an art form. But that’s I guess when it can become more affordable for a lot of people is if they have the capability to make good coffee at home. And it can be done reasonably inexpensively. But then it allows people yeah to, to save some money.

Raihaan Esat  58:56  

Everyone should have a good cup of coffee at home, definitely you should spend some time learning how to craft a nice cup of coffee, just the way that you would spend time learning how to make great pasta or a steak or a dessert. It’s, it’s part of a, it’s a ritualistic part of the process. It’s something that will enrich your life and gives you a lot of appreciation for what goes on in cafes as well. Because effectively when you go to a cafe, you’re paying someone to take your order to, you know, make and craft the coffee for you. Whereas you could do it yourself. So that’s probably where there’s there is a lot of scope for people to start exploring.

Gene Tunny  59:38  

I’ve got to ask you about that Rai in terms of you know, everyone can have a great cup of coffee. One of my favourite YouTube channels is the Whisky Tribal, or Whisky Vault I think they’re these guys in Austin, Texas, and they’re huge into their whisky. And they say the best whisky, because there are a lot of debates about whisky and whether you have single malt etc. The best whisky is the whisky you like to drink the way you like to drink it. Is that the same with coffee?

Raihaan Esat  1:00:07  

Very much so. And I think there’s a lot of room for exploration. Everyone is, generally speaking, how many times do you walk into a cafe and order the same thing, every single time. The coffee menu is generally quite large, there’s a lot of variation in drinks. So firstly, I’d encourage exploration, you know, explore the coffee menu and try different drinks, and then find the one that really does suit you. But the one that you like, might not be the same one every time. I drink a different coffee almost every day. Sometimes it’ll be espresso, sometimes it will be filtered coffee, sometimes it will be a milky coffee, depending on how I’m feeling on the day. And I’m sure the same thing goes for the whisky drinkers or for wine drinkers, if you just drank the same, the same beer every single day or the same wine every single day. Like, don’t you want to try something different? But some, but I understand some part of that is ritual as well. I want to, need to have some stability in my life. And coffee needs to be the stable thing in my morning. So I understand both sides of the equation, but I encourage explore exploration.

Gene Tunny  1:01:15  

Absolutely and given your own Economics Explored, and we’re all very much for exploration. I think that’s a good point to end on.

Raihaan Esat  1:01:23  

That was fun. Thank you guys.

Gene Tunny  1:01:24 

Very good.

Tim Hughes  1:01:25  

That was great. Thank you.

Gene Tunny  1:01:26  

Thanks Tim, thanks Rai, I really enjoyed it.

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

Speaker 1  1:02:18  

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Digital Money Demystified w/ Prof. Tonya Evans – EP216

Professor Tonya Evans is the author of the new book “Digital Money Demystified: Go from Cash to Crypto Safely, Legally, and Confidently.” She discusses the topic of cryptocurrency with show host Gene Tunny. Professor Evans argues there are many myths surrounding digital assets, including their association with criminal activity and extreme volatility. She aims to dispel these myths and provide readers with a more accurate understanding of cryptocurrencies. Professor Evans is distinguished professor at Penn State Dickinson Law and a leading expert in intellectual property and new technologies. Please note this episode is for general information only and does not constitute financial or investment advice.

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcasts and Spotify.

About Professor Tonya M. Evans

Dr. Tonya M. Evans is a distinguished professor at Penn State Dickinson Law and a leading expert in intellectual property and new technologies. With a prestigious 2023 EDGE in Tech Athena Award, she is highly sought-after as a keynote speaker and consultant. Her expertise spans blockchain, entrepreneurship, entertainment law, and more.

As a member of international boards and committees, including the World Economic Forum/Wharton DAO Project Series, Dr. Evans remains at the forefront of cutting-edge research. She recently testified before the House Financial Services Committee and the Copyright Office and USPTO to advise on the intellectual property law issues related to NFTs and blockchain technology.

What’s covered in EP216

  • [00:05:31] Prudent crypto investing according to Prof. Evans.
  • [00:09:18] Crypto scams.
  • [00:13:18] Peer-to-peer technology.
  • [00:17:34] Taxing crypto assets.
  • [00:22:45] Central bank digital currencies.
  • [00:29:13] Exchanging value without government support.
  • [00:38:17] The currency of outer space.
  • [00:41:10] Self-custody and centralized exchanges.
  • [00:47:48] “Not your keys, not your crypto.”
  • [00:49:17] Underrepresentation in the crypto ecosystem.
  • [00:54:07] Learning the language of crypto.
  • [00:59:47] Tracking Bitcoin transactions.
  • [01:01:57] The speed of prosecuting crypto fraud.

Links relevant to the conversation

Amazon page for Digital Money Demystified:

https://www.amazon.com.au/Digital-Money-Demystified-Crypto%C2%AE-Confidently-ebook/dp/B0BVP8GPF8

Regarding a spot Bitcoin ETF, Yahoo Finance reported on 28 November 23 that “Crypto investors are awaiting Security & Exchange Commission (SEC) approval for a spot bitcoin ETF, which could unlock a surge of capital investment in the crypto space.”

https://finance.yahoo.com/video/bitcoin-may-reach-57k-over-175421720.html

Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen on Binance:https://home.treasury.gov/news/press-releases/jy1926

Transcript: Digital Money Demystified w/ Prof. Tonya Evans – EP216

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. We then used a human application, Tim Hughes from Adept Economics, to exercise his primitive brain and see if he could successfully hunt down mondegreens. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording

Tonya Evans  00:03

Now we have web three where not only are we exchanging messages of information, packets of information. Now those packets are about value. It gets at the heart of even why governments tax, particularly in times of war, etc, and to protect borders that are now being threatened by a borderless currency.

Gene Tunny  00:32

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory, evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show.

Hello, and welcome to the show. In this episode, I talked about cryptocurrency with the author of a new book on the topic. The book is “Digital Money Demystified” and the author is Professor Tonya Evans from Dickinson Law at Pennsylvania State University. Among her many achievements, Professor Evans was a 2021 Forbes over 50 listee in the investment category. She’s on the board of directors of Digital Currency Group and she’s testified before a congressional committee on digital assets. In other words, she knows what she’s talking about on crypto. This episode was recorded in mid November 2023. Please check out the show notes for any important developments since then, particularly for any news about spot Bitcoin ETFs that may have happened. I should note that one big thing that’s happened since the interview is Binance and its CEO pleading guilty to criminal charges for anti money laundering and US sanctions violations. US Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen has said “it’s willful failures allowed money to flow to terrorists, cyber criminals and child abusers through its platform.” As always, if you have thoughts on this episode, or other episodes or ideas for future episodes, please get in touch. I’d love to hear your thoughts on crypto, positive or negative. What do you think about Professor Evans defence of crypto against the major criticisms that it faces? Has she changed your mind on crypto? What about the recent news about Binance or SBF before that? Please let me know what you think after listening to the episode. Let’s get into it. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Professor Tonya Evans on crypto.

Professor Tonya Evans, welcome to the programme.

Tonya Evans  02:42

Thank you, Gene. Thank you so much. I’ve been looking forward to this. So I’m happy to, happy to chat about my favourite topic.

Gene Tunny  02:49

Oh very good yes. You’re certainly passionate about it, I’ve been reading your book over, well the last two nights. It’s, it’s an easy to read book. And I got through it in in two sittings on my Kindle. So well done on that. So yes, your book is Digital Money Demystified from go from cash to crypto safely, legally and confidently. To start off with, what do you think needs to be demystified about digital money? Or in other words, what motivated you to write this book?

Tonya Evans  03:26

Yeah, this it’s interesting because I do so many speaking engagements, obviously, as a not only as a law professor, which is kind of a different exercise in exploring things. I know, we’ll get into some regulatory stuff later. But at a higher level, there’s so much misinformation about the nature of the assets, why they even exist, what types there are, how they’re different. Some of the most common myths that I constantly explore and help people to right size include the level of crypto involvement in criminal activity, which is actually quite low. The nature of volatility, and the the existence of volatility is not the myth. This is a nascent asset class. And so, obviously, it’s very volatile. So when I compare crypto as a nascent asset class to earlier developments of assets like the stock exchange, for example, we go back to the 30s and Buttonwood and the volatility that was involved, so many things going on behind the scenes that people weren’t aware of. And that was very problematic when you think about the asymmetry of information which is often extremely problematic in the finance lane. You really need to have the transparency and accessibility for an open market. Otherwise you don’t have an open market and people are left to their own devices. People are investing in things when they don’t have all of the information. And so that’s what made it really interesting for me to 1) start to study the area, but 2) to make sure that people understood the existing system, how crypto assets and blockchain technology actually changed that. And kind of where we go from here. As you can tell, the book is not an argument. For someone to absolutely buy crypto, I still leave that up to the person, but I want them to have a more informed body of information to draw from so that they can actually make good choices. One of the ways that I like to explain it is to say, you can actually be a prudent crypto investor, which sounds like an oxymoron. It’s like prudent and crypto investing, how do those things go together, but people are afraid of what they don’t understand. And the reality is, and we will continue to talk about this in our conversation. This technology is here, not just as a matter of Bitcoin and Etherium, and some of the other coins, but every major, not major, but every country is looking at its own version of digital currency in the form of central bank digital currencies. We have FedNow which is not in and of itself a cryptocurrency. But it’s kind of like the the framework or the platform for digital assets that I believe, my personal opinion, the government would not have this official statement today. But three to five years from now, we’ll look back on this moment in time, where FedNow, the rails, the frameworks to enable digital asset transmission, I believe will be the precursor to a central bank digital currency in the United States. And finally, when I think about the various investment products that will become available, probably, I’m pretty conservative so I would say at the beginning of 2024, we will see an exchange traded fund specifically for Bitcoin, probably 12 to 18 months after that, for Etherium. This will be an investment product that is available to investors, and also the professionals, the financial advisors that have to make sense of this, the CPAs the lawyers. So for all of these reasons, at least demystifying the space so that people don’t fall victim to the clickbait and the sensational headlines, some of which are horrible. I, there is no place for criminal activity, Sam Bankman-Fried is going to enjoy a lot of time in jail. I’m absolutely for that. But you know, that is one small part of a larger ecosystem where the great majority is used for legitimate not nefarious purposes. So for all those reasons, I just think it’s important that people level up their, their understanding, you see from the book, The glossary of terms, just helping to demystify and understand so that people will lean into the education piece to decide then if this is something that they want to add to their profession, or their portfolio.

Gene Tunny  08:04

Yeah, yeah, absolutely. So you mentioned the glossary of terms just then I think that’s one of the standout features of the book. So yeah good work on that. Professor Evans, could you just explain the difference between some of these scams until, I read your your book, I didn’t appreciate the difference between an exit scam and a rug pull. So I hear about rug pulls all the time on Coffeezilla’s channel on YouTube, could, are you able to go over what those different crypto scams are and what to watch out for? Please?

Tonya Evans  08:40

Yeah they’re quite close, right. So it’s the difference of having a team that from the beginning, knows that they are going to turn the lights off at some point, they’re gonna, you know, pump up the price, get a lot of enthusiasm. And their goal from the beginning is to scam people out of their money, right, and to set the market conditions in order to get the highest price possible to leave others downstream holding the bag. Right, as opposed to someone that at least in the beginning, has some good intention and realises at some point in time, it’s not going well. And that people who have invested fall into what we talked about earlier about not having all the information. So you have a key some key decision makers that still have an influence on a project. Oftentimes, it’s not built yet. So they have grand plans, they have a roadmap, they might have a white paper, but at a certain point they run out of gas and they disappear with everyone’s money and all of a sudden you can’t find them anymore, closely aligned but so it’s more of the intentionality from the beginning. But the end result is a lot of people get caught holding the bag.

Gene Tunny  09:51

Right so the exit scam is where there’s that intentionality at the beginning is that right and the rug pull is yeah, we stuffed up let’s just try and get out of it. And yeah well…

Tonya Evans  10:01

That’s right, that’s right.

Gene Tunny  10:05

Bad luck investors. Okay. Righto, so you’re a Gen X law professor right? So I think I read that in the book. So you’re same generation is me and I often feel I’m probably, if I was five years younger, I probably would have got massively into crypto, but I was probably, at the start of it, I was a bit sceptical of it. How did you become like, as a lawyer, as a law professor, how did you become interested in crypto in the first place?

Tonya Evans  10:34

I had a friend who was getting an advanced degree in the future of media and kind of the intersection of media and new technologies. And to take a step back, I actually am primarily an intellectual property lawyer, and law professor, I just actually celebrated my 25th reunion from Howard University School of Law. So I’ve been around for a minute, I practiced law for 10 years before I even started teaching. And now as a recovering practitioner, also known as a law professor. And I get to lean in to things normatively, how they should be rather than day to day kind of practically what they are, right? That’s really the transition from representing clients to informing law as it’s being developed. And so I was very interested in the work that she was doing at the intersection of media and blockchain. I had heard of Bitcoin at the time, this was in 2017. Bitcoin was first launched in January of 2009. So it had been around for some time, but was really relegated to the fringes of cypher, the cypherpunk movement, mostly those kind of tech men, mostly with a technology, technology background, and also in finance, and kind of like this microcosm of two microcosms is the area of cryptocurrency. So mainstream adoption or even awareness just wasn’t a thing at that time. And also, as you mentioned, I’m a lawyer. I’m licenced to practice law in four states, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and DC, I am highly revered. In my profession, I have no intention of losing my licence. And so trying to make sense of this magic internet money was not something that, that I was at all interested in at the time. But what I was interested in is her discussions around the underlying technology that was organising financial data, the transactions and the balances in a very novel way, using existing technologies. But again, organised in a novel way. So what were the technologies, are the technologies? Cryptography, which is the encrypted messaging that has been around in some form or fashion, quite frankly, for millennia, obviously, it’s digital now. But the idea of going from point A to point B, or sending a message, often in times of war and other areas, the ability to send to encrypt and decrypt messaging was critically important. But that’s been around for forever, then we have peer to peer technology. So as an IP lawyer, I’m also interested in this part, because when I first learned about peer to peer technology, it was gonna, you know, upend the media, ecosystem, and that entire industry was going to fall because you and I could be in completely different places but I could send you a perfect digital copy of a media file, and then go on the internet and send it to 1000 of my not-so-closest friends without exhausting the original. So I guess that was great if you wanted to share music, not so great for the music industry, but for everybody else. But obviously, if you are doing that with money that runs into the double spend problem, where, you know, I can say I have $100 in the bank to send it to you and also to Susan, and the first person to cash that check is the one who wins that is that’s not going to work for money. So the novel way of using cryptography, peer to peer technology, the internet, and then a novel way of coming to agreement, we would call it we call this the consensus mechanism of coming to agreement where I don’t have to trust you, but I trust a software that is pre-coded with the rules of engagement. It’s open source software, which is also lends itself to copyright, to patent areas of interest as an intellectual property attorney, where I was like, Well, I have to figure that out. I have to let my students know that this is something that is changing the nature of intellectual property. And it doesn’t, it didn’t seem at the time that I needed to also fundamentally understand cryptographically secure digital assets. But I fell down the rabbit hole, it was quickly apparent that understanding the technology I need needed to understand the nature of the assets that were being validated, verified and secured. In this type of news decentralised database, I didn’t have any appreciation for all that language at the time. But being drawn in, in my existing area of expertise, I think was the best way for me to be intellectually curious, and to really learn more.

Gene Tunny  15:31

Gotcha. And are there many legal cases? Is there much litigation regarding crypto?

Tonya Evans  15:38

What we’re seeing now involves, the short answer is yes. Now, but mostly at the federal and state levels against federal or state regulators and various parties or, or stakeholders, participants in crypto. I don’t know if you have a lot of them in terms of the actual number but the import of of actions with the SEC, the Security Exchange, Securities Exchange Commission against some of the big ones we have coinbase, we have the ripple case with ripple is a network that has a native token called XRP. That has been tied up for a long time until recently, when a federal court said that the SEC led by Gary Gensler had really overstepped the boundaries of their regulatory power. The way that reg, regulatory bodies in the executive actually get their power is it’s delegated from Congress. So an agency can only do as much as they are empowered to do by their enabling legislation. And the federal court said that the SEC overstepped its bounds actually making it the, clearing the pathway I should say, for those spot, Bitcoin exchange traded funds or ETFs, that are likely to be approved begrudgingly by the SEC, in my humble opinion. But as soon as November 17, perhaps in the first quarter of 2024, that is one of the most exciting and also pressing legal issues that people will start to learn more about. There’s other things going on with Treasury, trying to make sense of how to properly tax crypto, it was always a nightmare when I first started buying and exchanging crypto in like 2018, where you literally had to have a spreadsheet because crypto, all crypto assets are taxed in the United States as a capital asset. So imagine that every time I am going from cash to crypto, as I say, from, you know, $1 to some portion of Bitcoin is a taxable event, even if I’m using the dollar to get bitcoin and then within the same day, or maybe the same week, then exchanging Bitcoin for ETH. And then using that to get a stablecoin every single time there’s a an exchange, that is considered a taxable event, even if it’s negligible. So the argument before the before treasury, in general and IRS in particular is there should be some de minimis amount. In right now, the number that’s floated is about the equivalent of $600, where we, I mean, it gets to be completely impractical to have to account for every single transaction under that amount, because you’re not worried about money laundering, you’re, you know, you’re not worried about significant fraud or anything like that at that level. And so that’s a really interesting thing to watch. And then finally, there’s a lot of, I don’t think it’s going to happen in 2024, because we’re in a presidential cycle, but a lot of support for various types of legislation to give greater certainty as a matter of regulation. But greater clarity of what agency is actually primarily empowered, if at all, will there be a primary or lead regulator as between this SEC and the CFTC? That’s major. The CFTC is responsible for futures and for commodities. But there doesn’t seem to be agreement between the head of the CFTC and the SEC about the taxonomy, the characterization of various assets. And it’s problematic because most of them are programmable. They actually can change the nature of their character, they might start out as a security. I argue that Ethereum actually did start out as a security. It was, the project was not yet built, they did an initial coin offering inviting people to invest and get a return on their investment. That is, and it was not registered. That would be a classic unregistered security. But years later when it was fully decentralised there’s no central foundation or entity responsible, I argue, and the head of the CFTC would agree that that ETH is a commodity. But the SEC is the head. Gary Gensler does not agree. So I say all that to say, there’s a lot of uncertainty that is driving business away from the United States, to other jurisdictions where it may not be easier, but at least it’s clear. And that’s one of the greatest dangers in the United States is that we would not lead in this area. So those are some of the things to really look for in the headlines that have a direct impact on mass adoption.

Gene Tunny  20:54

And what jurisdictions would they be Professor Evans that the activity could be driven to?

Tonya Evans  21:01

So we see a lot of offshore stuff in and by off, sometimes, when people hear offshore, they immediately think illegal, this is literally off of the shores of the United States. So it makes me think of the Bahamas that has its own central bank currency, the sand dollar, it makes me think of Bermuda. I’m a former member of their advisory board, their financial Technology Advisory Board. They were quite forward thinking. Bermuda is particularly interesting, because it’s a jurisdiction that has a long history of well regulated very clear insurance. And so that’s an interesting place. Zug Switzerland is known as you know, like the Crypto Valley, in the same way that we might think of Silicon Valley here in the United States, quite forward thinking. Singapore is ahead of the curve. Absolutely. It’s the UAE. Despite all that is going on in that area of the world. The UAE, in general, makes me think of Dubai in particular, and Abu Dhabi. A couple of years ago, I was one of the first of Forbes 50, over 50 listees and we celebrated in Abu Dhabi, for example. And I was amazed not only how opulent and beautiful, but how progressive in terms of forward thinking with with crypto. And finally, and this is not a leader that we want to follow, but it’s a caution… not, well, I’ll say it a cautionary tale regarding central bank digital currencies, is China. China was the first country to launch a central bank digital currency, which raises in me all sorts of alarm bells, not not for central bank digital currencies in and of themselves. But the huge issues around financial privacy that people need to get up to speed on if in fact, the United States would start to publicly explore CBDC here, that you want to have the same financial privacy that you do with cash, but have the convenience and things that are better, faster, cheaper, with respect to digital assets. So there’s a lot going on in this space and a lot of activity. In fairness to the United States, there’s some countries and I’ve mentioned a few where you have just one regulator. They don’t have the alphabet soup of the FCC and the CFTC and the partridge in a pear tree right in, in the executive. They don’t have the committees and the subcommittee’s wrangling for jurisdiction and oversight authority in the legislature. However, you know, it’s more simplistic. And so it used to kind of not be a great thing, but it is when you need to be nimble and move quickly because our system is not intended to move quickly. It’s actually built this way to slow things down and be more methodical, but that doesn’t work with this type of technology.

Gene Tunny  24:16

Hmmm, yeah, yeah, absolutely. I imagine that our regulators, I’m in Australia, so I imagine they’re looking closely at what’s happening in the States to see where things land. And you Yeah, it’s fascinating about this Bitcoin ETF. And I know that there was a group in Congress that’s looking at the regulations of how they changed the regulations around the SEC yet or is that something still to do? Do they need to give SEC more powers?

Tonya Evans  24:47

They’re exploring it. The short answer to your question is yes. Because the rulemaking authority that is delegated to an agency comes from Congress and so, we call those enabling or enabling acts, there’s another term as well, but enabling act. So basically, Congress says, here’s the framework, you’re the subject matter expert executive agency. So you all kind of you’re the mortar to these bricks. And it’s the executive branch in general agencies in particular that, that put into play the actual rules and regulations and actually run the thing you think of it like as you have a CEO, the President, and then you have all of these smaller bodies that take care of the day to day functioning, based upon, okay, we have this delegated authority from the legislative body, but it’s ultimately up to Congress to say you’ve over stepped, what we asked you to do, we empowered you to do X, Y, but now you’re doing Z, or also to say, hey, when we created this enabling legislation to empower this agency, we did not have this in mind. We did not have this in mind, right. And so we’re gonna need to go back to the drawing board on this. And I am encouraged that there is in many important, for many important issues, there seems to be a bipartisan effort. I don’t think this is beholden to one party or the other, although it is certainly playing itself out that way. When I think of President Biden’s executive order to order all of the agencies to look into the space and to come up with their rules, a report outs, etc. That happened back in 2022, in March of 2022. So a year later, we have some of those reports. The concern has been, and it’s been a bipartisan concern, that and what I what I testified about in March was about what appears to be a Choke Point 2.0. Choke Point 1.0 was an actual policy under the Obama administration that was cutting off banking access to certain industries deemed to be harmful at the time. So it was like the payday lenders and things like that. Ultimately, it was overturned. But you could at least intellectually understand why that might be. But it ended up not passing muster. We don’t have something on the books, but in effect, it has been very difficult for people operating in the crypto industry to actually be banked. They said, You know, it’s basically like, well, if you want it to be off, you know, off the grid and have your own little money, then you won’t use our banks to do it. And what we’re seeing is that and that has happened in the marijuana industry as well, it’s like if this is if something is otherwise legal, and lawful, that we shouldn’t have a government operating against it to thwart its progress and kind of kill it in its infancy, which what it appears to be. And so you will see this discussion around banking and and being able to onboard meaning going from cash to crypto, and off boarding, settling out, selling in the way that you would sell stocks, and then recoup in in Fiat. So we’ll see that playing itself out too. But that’s another major issue.

Gene Tunny  28:20

Right so is that really difficult at the moment so does the government make it difficult to do that?

Tonya Evans  28:24

It has been very difficult even for someone like me, in addition to teaching at Penn State, Dickinson Law School, I have my own onboarding platform. It’s a online business, I do not sell tokens, I do not invest for other people. And I have either been debanked or had an application denied just because I am a crypto educator, which makes no sense in the world. And it was too difficult because what banks were also hearing is, the government doesn’t like it, even though banks are private, they are in general, they are inextricably linked with the government, as we always see in terms of bailouts, etc, etc. And so when you hear from on high, that this is something that the government at this point in time does not fully support, in my humble opinion, because it is a customer service issue. When you start exchanging value that isn’t beholden to a government. That’s a big deal. You know, it’s we’re basically looking at a time where you have internet 3.0 web 3.0 is what people refer to it as, in the web 2.0 version. There was great support around the globe for the global exchange of information. Yeah, we had to use the internet, you had to protect the internet. Katie Couric and Bryant Gumbel had to figure out what the hell email was because we were all going to use it. Right. And that was great. And we wanted to support innovation, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. Now we have web three where not only are we exchanging messages of information packets of information. Now those packets are about value. It gets at the heart of even why governments tax, particularly in times of war, etc, and to protect borders that are now being threatened by a borderless currency. That’s a BFD. And so that changes the conversation even though the technology is the same. And so we have a customer service issue. And until governments can figure it out, I don’t think they’re always going to be very excited, particularly in the United States where we have the globe currently. Let’s talk about it in 10 years, but currently the global reserve.

Gene Tunny  30:42

Yeah, yeah. In your books title, you talk about going from cash to crypto. And that’s a you’ve got a registered trademark sign there, is that your platform is it Professor Evans can you explain what cash to crypto is about please?

Tonya Evans  30:56

Yeah, that’s my signature course. So I when I launched Advantage Evans Academy, my primary course and it’s still up and very popular today. It’s an on demand, evergreen version, I’m constantly updating actually, because things change every year. And it takes you in five modules from introducing folks to fundamentals or even the purpose. We start with mindset of even trusting ourselves, managing our own money, because as a Gen Xer I grew up, the minute that you had any money, you’re gonna put it in the bank. And it’s interesting to learn more, as I’ve learned more about the crypto space to really fundamentally start to unpack savings and loans, it’s like, Alright, so let me get this straight, I’m going to put a whole bunch of money into the bank, maybe you used to be able to walk down to the bank, I don’t know if people can do that anymore. And I’m gonna put my money in and it’s gonna be safe there and up to $100,000. I’ll get it back. If we all want our money, even though I plan to have way more than $100,000 stored for another day, right? But let’s say I just have 100,000, it’s FDIC insured, and I’m going to earn a pittance, if anything in interest. And then that same bank is going to loan me back my money for cars for homes, and they’re going to keep the spread. I don’t like that. I don’t like that system. I didn’t know that was a system where I was taught not to trust myself. And not to worry my pretty little head about it. Well, I’ve learned so much in the last six, going on seven years than I had, and I went to Northwestern and went to all the best schools I graduated with honours that from law school. My dad’s a doc, my mom’s a lawyer. I knew nothing about money before I really started to lean in and see how disconnected I was even from the process. Even from understanding when people ask me, what is bitcoin backed by, like what is the dollar backed by? And I don’t hate dollars, I love dollars. But we haven’t been on the global, excuse me the gold system standard for decades. Based on the full faith and credit of the government, we keep coming up against the threat of government shutdown, we’ve had two downgrades in our credit rating, because people aren’t trusting us as much as they used to. Because it’s our full faith and credit. Our word is supposed to be our bond, and it’s scaring the rest of the world. So this is an also, an alternative, alternative to that, that people need to get aware of. Not necessarily replacement in toto today. But you definitely want options in this world.

Gene Tunny  33:33

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  33:38

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  34:07

Now back to the show.

This is something I’ve covered on the show quite a bit because it’s obviously a huge issue in economics. And I mean the way that I think about it and that economists think about it’s well Milton Friedman in Monetary History of the United States, even you know, he acknowledged look, money is a fiction. But what will, what the question is which, which fiction is the most powerful do most believe and the fact is that with dollars, you can settle existing contracts, all the prices are in dollar terms. And you can pay your taxes to the inland ra…, internal revenue or to the Australian Taxation Office in the local currency. So that’s what gives the dollar power or means that that fiction is strongest. And I think that’s, that’s why many economists are concerned about that. And why there is that concern about well, maybe, I mean, is this volatility going to ever settle down? I don’t know. I mean, I think I take your points in your book, I think you make the best possible case for, for Bitcoin and for crypto. But yeah, I think that would be the concern of, of economists. Do you have any thoughts on that at all Professor Evans?

Tonya Evans  35:29

I think it’s important, it’s an important metric. I don’t even know if it’s a success or not, but just to understand what position crypto should have, if any, in an overall portfolio. And obviously, there is I mean, Bitcoin, for example, is up almost 70% this year. And it is one of the quickest ways over its lifecycle to get a significant return on investment as it goes through it’s bull and bear cycles in the same way that the stock market goes through bear, bullish and bearish cycles, the manipulation and I don’t use that pejoratively, but the way that monetary policy is set with inflation, we’re tweaking it’s kind of like we’re calibrating, right. And so there’s a natural energy lifecycle to assets. And as long as you are strategic, you could have something that is very, very safe and secure and predictable, offset with something that isn’t, with great risk comes greater reward, and then it’s an overall balance a balanced portfolio that I think is most important, I would not recommend, although I know some you know, Bitcoin maximalists will cash out their 401 K and put it all into Bitcoin and let it roll. They I think there’s a privilege in being able to do that, because I believe that if past is prologue, we are we will be entering a bull market soon. I think with more positive news. We’re getting past the crypto contagion, we have endured a two and a half, almost three year down cycle. And historically speaking, things have ticked upward. Bitcoin is generally the the rising tide that lifts all boats around. So even really crappy coins start to do modestly better. When bitcoin is doing better, that’s one of the many dangers I see in the space. But you know, whether or not this becomes this entire ecosystem becomes more stabilised. I believe that is possible. I just don’t know if I can read the tea leaves yet of when. But I do believe it’s not a matter of if but when giving, given the import of this technology that is just so pervasive across industry, and sector, it also makes me think of what will be the monetary standard. And this is not too far fetched to stay in space, in outer space, and we don’t have all of the sophisticated borders and things of that nature, but you’re gonna have to have a common currency that becomes more than any one government or, or country’s currency. What currency will that be? It’s probably going to be a digital asset. Which one I don’t know. It may not be Bitcoin, but it’s going to be some type of digital coin. And so preparing for that now and having a first mover advantage depending upon your risk tolerance is something that I’m willing personally to do. And I believe the first step to that is for folks to lean into education, from cash to crypto programme is great for fundamentals. Obviously, the book is a quick read that just level sets, facts so that people have a better idea of what questions to even ask, as they start to kind of become cautiously optimistic in the space, not fall victim to fear uncertainty and doubt or FUD and definitely not to fall victim to FOMO when people start talking about it and and celebrities are back in and NFT’s are all the rage and the next DOW comes out like you cannot be emotional about strategically investing for the long term. And so that’s what I want to educate and empower people to do through through my work through my courses. And certainly through the book.

Gene Tunny  39:22

Gotcha. You raise an interesting question about effectively what’s going to be the currency of the Galactic Empire. I’m gonna have to think more about that and see if any science fiction writers have thought about that. That’s quite a quite an important question. I like it. Right! With the, one thing I’m wondering is do you know how, how extensive is Bitcoin or crypto being used for actual transactions? Are contracts being written in do you see any of that going on?

Tonya Evans  39:53

That’s a great question. I’ve not quantified that yet. I love that question. You’ll have to have me back and we can uncover that. What I know for sure is that more and more legacy companies are creating opportunities for their existing customers to stay on platform and to have access, exposure or some of the the benefits of crypto and the underlying technology. So MasterCard and Visa have products now that will allow you to either earn crypto back, or to pay for things in crypto and you don’t really have to ever touch Bitcoin or whatever crypto is connected to it, because that happens behind the scenes. But you can say I offer this product, right? There’s still I don’t think they’re set their real time settlement is to the blockchain, right? They still have their legacy infrastructure, but they want to not lose customers, as people become more curious and have more opportunities. So Visa, MasterCard, PayPal, they will, PayPal first entered into the space, they would allow you to purchase Bitcoin, I don’t think it was other coins at the time, but you couldn’t take it off platform. So for me and for cypherpunks, or others, like the whole thing is your own personal self custody of your assets. So I don’t leave things on a centralised exchange, even if I trust it. Look what happened to you know, those who had left their property on FTX’s, centralised exchange or BlockFi. We saw a lot of lenders, you know, go out of business and file bankruptcy and your coins go with it. So self custody is a really important thing. But most people are not going to do that now. And PayPal knows that. So giving people the ability, they realised they weren’t going to get a lot of traction if they didn’t allow for people to take their Bitcoin off platform. And eventually they developed a product to do that. And in addition, they recently, I don’t know how to pronounce it, but they have their own coin. It’s like PY something. But it’s a PayPal, stablecoin so that they can do real time settlement within their own PayPal ecosystem, which is really really powerful Cash App, you have been able to buy bitcoin off of Cash App forever, and then transfer it off into your own self custody wallet. We have, in full transparency I am a member of the Board of Digital Currency Group, which owns Grayscale as in CoinDesk, it owns Genesis as well as well, probably 200 different projects and companies in its portfolio. And one of those is Grayscale, Grayscale has GBTC. So the Grayscale Trust, I’m sure a number of people have seen their commercials and Grayscale has petitioned or applied to exchange or change the character of GBTC into a spot Bitcoin ETF. And so there are so many companies BlackRock, one of the most prudent, traditional historical companies in the in the investment space has applied for an ETF as well. So Deutsche Bank, it just the gamut. So most of that exposure has been for high net worth individuals, but the crypto really is a democratic, inspiring currency. And that’s not a particular political party. It’s this the democratic with a little D that democratises access to, to money and not just money. Because we, it’s a bit of a misnomer to say cryptocurrencies. I feel like if we had to do all over again, we’d call it what I say as crypto asset, because some function well as currencies as we’ve talked about, but it also here in the States and around the world. In in Australia, for sure. We, it is a capital asset. So it’s not just currency. It has additional powers and properties, which is why many people right now, lending to its volatility. This idea of holding on we hoddle or huddle, you’ll see. So used to the proper word was hold and then it was misspelt and now it’s folklore to say huddle, instead of hold that holding for the long term, which makes Bitcoin in particular more valuable because it has a hard cap. Unlike many of the other coins and currencies that are more susceptible to inflation in the same way we see government issued currencies. So so so there’s a lot there to to focus on. You mentioned volatility is one thing I wanted to tie up with that as well, because it lends itself to what we’re talking about now. As more entrants come in to the space, as liquidity continues to rise, as clarity in the laws and regulations start to settle, historically speaking, the volatility of pricing starts to diminish. And the interesting question will be, how long will that take in this space? It just feels like everything is moving more quickly. I don’t know if it’s because I’m getting older or the world is moving faster or both. But what used to take decades and decades, I don’t know that it takes as long anymore, but time will tell.

Gene Tunny  45:36

Yeah, yeah. You mentioned GBT, was it GBTC? Could you? What does that mean? Sorry, I missed that before GB…

Tonya Evans  45:46

Grayscale has a Trust Company and it sells shares of its trust, and the trust holds Bitcoin and other assets. And what and so that was permissible, but it was set up as a trust, not offered as an exchange traded fund for Bitcoin specifically, and so Grayscale submitted a proposal, an application that is sitting before the SEC currently to be approved for a spot Bitcoin ETF. So it has an existing infrastructure. GBTC is available and traded, but based upon trust interests, not as a spot ETF, and that’s what we’re waiting to see. There are 12 different applications before the SEC, an important date for approval is the first one would be November 17. So there’s been a lot of speculation, will the SEC approve one, a few, all 12? So as not to be kind of like the kingmaker to say this is the first one we will approve, maybe that would unfairly, you know, nod to one particular company over another where I believe the SEC hates them all. My opinion, not the opinion of this show. But the federal court said what it said, so we’re gonna, you know, not a matter of if but when but will it be all of them? Will it just be the one from Grayscale? Will it be the first one that they receive? But there’s some date certains that are built into the application process and that’s what the SEC is coming up against now.

Gene Tunny  47:25

Right! Okay. Yeah, definitely. Look out for that. Right I’ve just got two more questions. If you have time Professor Evans this is fascinating. Really, really interesting. And I like the point you made about how you got to make sure you actually own the the assets, the crypto, there’s a phrase you use, I can’t remember off the top of my head but something about you if you don’t own the keys, you don’t own the crypto is that it? Something like that?

Tonya Evans  47:48

Yeah, not your keys, not your crypto not your keys, not your coins, not your keys, not your cheese, whatever you fancy.

Gene Tunny  47:54

Gotcha. Yeah, the other term I learned that is the Lamb bro. So for the Lamborghini bros. And so if we do have that, the bull market in in crypto, we’ll see a few more Lamborghinis out on the street. So it’s a bit of a…

Tonya Evans  48:10

We might, and I will have to say that those who, particularly cypherpunks, hate, hate, hate this moniker, they hate it, hate it, hate it, and I get it. I will tell you, as a woman who has gone to a number of conferences, it’s rough out there sometimes. I think there are men who have the privilege of not seeing how male dominated it, certain ecosystems can be, I mean, certain conferences can be and how intimidating it can be when people are drunk and things are going on and was very flashy. I think that is a misrepresentation in general of my experience, and I’m a black woman. As long as you know, I talk the talk and walk the walk I have, generally speaking, been received well, I have to say. That being said, the Lamborghinis, the parties, the strippers like that’s a lot. So when it makes me but, you know, you think of the idea that we have the finance world, and we have the tech world. And then they come together into this microcosm. The Crypto ecosystem is a microcosm of those two spaces where women are underrepresented significantly, even though it continues to improve people of colour, etc. And so there is no impediment other than one’s own education and knowledge and awareness of the space, which is encouraging. And I think for those who have been in the space for a long time, or maybe from the Cypherpunk movement would say, we’re not keeping anybody out. Right. Many are libertarians, they were like, equal …. is good. Get yours. I’m gonna get mine. I’m not going to keep you from yours. Don’t keep me from my, and I get that I respect that. I think there are other forces that work that make me want to be more intentional. To know how much personally and professionally I have benefited from the knowledge and awareness, the professional pivot I did as a lawyer, as a professor, as an educator, that now I believe, for anyone in the world, it is the best opportunity in countries like mine, and countries like yours, to get ahead to kind of level the playing field to get get caught up as a matter of generational wealth at any other time, in certainly my history, but I would argue the history of the world, because things are digitised, we’re starting to remove like redlining and gatekeepers, things that would maintain the status quo to have the best for just a few. And then the rest left for everybody else. This is one of those pivotal inflection points in life. And I don’t think it’s hyperbole to say, because I know personally, and for those who I’ve helped educate who are like me, that this was that makes it more exciting to. And so I, it was really important for me to put that chapter in the book, because I wanted to not only say, the crypto bro thing it has existed, but it hopefully is the exception and not the rule for people who are very serious in the space. But also it misrepresents all of those who are curious and well positioned to take advantage of the space too, because the only thing that is keeping people out presently is a lack of awareness, education, and some protection as they enter an untested space in many ways.

Gene Tunny  51:46

Gotcha. And that is one of the themes of your book, you were referencing it before. It’s the idea that you see this as it can level the playing field or can provide opportunities to people from minority groups. And I know you’re not saying definitely invest in crypto, but yeah, how do you think about it? Because I see risks in crypto. And I mean, is this the right thing for someone starting out or some someone with not a lot of resources to invest in first thing? How do you think about that?

Tonya Evans  52:17

I would like to see kind of a both and approach particularly with respect to Bitcoin. When I first started in the space I, for a number of reasons, one as a professional and thinking a lot of my profession and not wanting to misguide people, knowing people would trust my voice if they heard it from me. And so I didn’t want to be in the habit of saying buy Bitcoin, buy ETH, buy this, buy that, I’ve changed my approach because Bitcoin is quite special as are stablecoins, I actually think stablecoins are the best way for people to get in. They’re not going to get wrecked by volatility. There’s some really strong ones, USDC from Circle, I have great respect for that team doing exceptional job. I know some of those folks, personally, I love USDC. We also have Tether. I don’t know who the people are. But I know Tether is very important to the Etherium ecosystem. It’s kind of like the oil that keeps things going there. When people want to jump out of the volatility of the market, but not out of crypto, they often move in the stables. And there are ways that you can earn interest and yield and blah, blah, blah. And so, I believe the short answer to your question is that this is a space where you want to start buying, you do, the best days right now are when most people aren’t there. The best times to make a sizable return if it’s to be had at all, is when most people are scared. Right? Warren Buffett says be greedy when people are fearful and fearful when people are greedy. When people start to get greedy, that’s when you know you’re probably getting to the top of a cycle and it’s time to like stabilise move things around, rebalance, reposition. And to really understand that with all of those, you know, 1000s and 1000s of tokens and coins. I hope you’re not gonna buy them all. Probably not gonna buy the overwhelming majority but they’re the you know, the top five, top, top 10 have a proven track record. That doesn’t mean they’re always going to win. But if you start now, you start learning the language. It’s what I’ve even done with stocks when I started swing trading, not day trading, but swing trading sometimes I had to start to learn how to read charts and candles and wicks and bar graphs right to start understanding. If this is the way this particular assets move, once it hits this particular range, maybe that’s a great time to buy. Maybe I’m wrong, but at least I’m using some type of disciplined, non emo…, separate, disciplined approach like separate from emotion. And that’s really important. Some of those same strategies can be used in the crypto space, but the major caveat, not only as a matter of volatility, but also this is 24/7 365. There are no national holidays. There’s oftentimes no customer service. I mean, if you’re buying and holding on an exchange, you have some additional layers of protection. But you have some risks even being on exchanges. This is the time to learn about this. Stable coins, literally are pegged to a particular asset, in most cases, the dollar or some equivalent of that as well. So you don’t have to go up and down with the market, but you can learn about the market. And then finally, back to my original point about Bitcoin because it has a hard cap of 21 million coins that will ever be in circulation, and actually 19 million are already in circulation. But it’ll be a long time after my life. And yours when the final bitcoin is actually issued for some technical reasons we can talk about next time, but it’s special. It’s special. And actually, I don’t think and I think many people would agree with me, Bitcoin doesn’t really function well as a peer to peer cash for more stable economies in Australia, in the United States, in Canada, in very various places in Europe, because it’s a nice to have for most people, not a need to have. But then you go to other nations, you go to Central and South America, you go to countries on the continent of Africa, and you start to see places, Ecuador and El Salvador, where there’s complete destabilisation, there’s confiscation, it is critically important that people have access to something that will hold its value better than the national currency, that is more trustworthy and non-confiscatable in the same way that their local currency is. And when you when you start to learn about that, like people need to travel and understand different cultures and people to really get a handle on why this even if it’s not important, and like a nice investment to have, for some it’s life or death for others. And eventually, every one of us will be touched by some catastrophe at some point that will have a direct impact on our finances, be it natural disaster, something going on, God forbid, with the government and everything in between, like, we have to pay attention to what’s going on in the world. And to, there’s 99.9% of things we can’t control, control the controllables. And one of those is your own level of education in a space that’s transformative, but has the potential to be empowering and to protect you down the road. By the time you need to figure it out. It’s oftentimes too late. So now’s really the time, the market is kind of quiet, the bad actors are starting to get routed out. This is the time when you don’t have the FOMO and FUD pressure, and you can proactively start to take some significant steps in the right direction.

Gene Tunny  58:03

Righto, okay. Final question. You mentioned about criminal activity and as a proportion of all crypto activity, the criminal activities, very small proportion, okay, accept that, but has crypto, is there any evidence on whether crypto has enabled criminal activity? So it’s expanded the amount of criminal activity out there in, so does it make it easier to traffic arms or just you know, awful things like human trafficking, etc? Do we know in drugs? Do we know anything about that?

Tonya Evans  58:37

It’s just a small, small part. There are some significant bad actors who deal precisely in the things that you’ve mentioned. But and the Wall Street Journal here. Maybe within the last, well had to be within the last month, they ran this completely error-ridden report about Hamas, raising millions and millions in Bitcoin. And there was this huge rush by Senator Warren and some other folks signing off on letters saying that needs to be immediate action taken. And it was just completely wrong. And it was scary that our legislators would rely on something that was so faulty, and with not insignificant pushback and fact checking, mostly coming from the crypto community. The Wall Street Journal had to issue a retraction and the senators had to stand down. What was said to be millions and millions that Hamas, Hamas was like, please don’t send us any more money they can track it. Thank you. Send us dollars. Send us dollars do not, send send us dollars and oil. Do not send us Bitcoin because of the nature of the tracking. You can literally go to any bitcoin tracker and see in real time. Now it’s pseudonymous, not anonymous at but with Chainalysis and some other companies use what’sapp’s called blockchain forensics. And it’s really like following the money. It’s a paper trail. But only it’s not using paper and every single transaction all the way back to the original transaction in Bitcoin issued by Satoshi Nakamoto, him or herself, is on chain visible, and you can see from wallet to wallet to wallet to wallet, and you start aggregating pieces of data. This is the way the Department of Justice here in the United States starts to root that out, and it’s just a terrible place for activity. Now, the one point is, it might be easier to get it up front. But it’s not a matter of if but when, with the right resources behind behind it, some of that stuff is going to get found and people will be routed out and they will come to justice. So this is a terrible thing for for for criminal activity. That doesn’t mean criminals won’t try. They’re very lazy. And maybe they don’t know a lot about it either. But that’s why there’s a relatively insignificant amount because, you know, it’s easy to hide physical cash. Right? It’s not easy to hide something that’s there in plain sight. So it’s tough to combat that point because of the pervasiveness of, like the sensationalised headlines, and again not to diminish what’s going on we use Sam Bankman-Fried for example, as an you know, kind of the poster boy, but it took less time because he was apprehended in the Bahamas on November 7, in like basically almost a year to the date. He’s a convicted felon, and we’re just waiting for his sentence. It took way more time to find out who was involved in the the housing crisis, way more time to take down Bernie Madoff. It’s all garden variety fraud, but it happened far more quickly in the crypto space and I don’t think that the crypto space gets enough credit for that.

Gene Tunny  1:02:00

Yeah, good point. Very good point. Okay, Professor Tonya Evans, this has been amazing. I really value your insights and your your deep knowledge of this sector. This is this is really terrific. And I got a lot out of this. And yeah, I’d love to do a round two sometime in the future. But yep, Digital Money Demystified. I’ve got it on Kindle. I think it comes out in paperback. Next year, early next year. So yep, I think

Tonya Evans  1:02:28

It’s here now, yeah now here now go to your favourite place and buy buy buy, you can go to digitalmoneydemystified.com. But it came out on October 24. So it’s available wherever books around the world are sold.

Gene Tunny  1:02:42

Okay, ah very good. I must have misread that. That’s, that’s terrific. Well, Professor Tonya Evans, thanks so much for your time. I really value the conversation.

Tonya Evans  1:02:50

Appreciate you Gene. Thank you.

Gene Tunny  1:02:53

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

1:03:40

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this, or to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Iceland’s Secret: The Untold Story of the World’s Biggest Con w/ Jared Bibler – EP215

Show host Gene Tunny interviews Jared Bibler, author of the book “Iceland’s Secret: The Untold Story of the World’s Biggest Con.” Jared discusses his firsthand experience during the brutal 2008 financial crisis in Iceland, where he worked at a collapsed bank and later at the financial markets regulator. He sheds light on the dodgy behavior of bankers leading up to the crisis and the severe consequences that followed. Stay tuned to the end of the episode for Gene’s interpretation of Iceland’s secret and its relevance to economies worldwide.

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcasts and Spotify.

About Jared Bibler

Jared started his career as a consultant for a Wall Street giant in Boston and New York until moving to Iceland to support the Icelandic pension funds’ foreign investments. He resigned from his job at a leading Icelandic bank a weekend before the 2008 Icelandic financial crisis.

He was subsequently hired to lead a special investigation team, which referred more than 30 criminal cases to the Special Prosecutor of Iceland, including the largest stock market manipulation cases to be prosecuted globally.

Jared’s insider knowledge and unwavering persistence helped Iceland to famously become the only country to jail its bank CEOs. But the real story, deeply complex and sinister, has direct relevance today as banks once again begin to tumble.

What’s covered in EP215

  • 00:02:56 Iceland’s financial crisis was fueled by the growth of banks that became Enron-sized and collapsed, causing significant damage to the economy.
  • 00:05:49 Financial industry corruption and collapse.
  • 00:11:30 Iceland’s banking system collapsed.
  • 00:19:33 Icelandic banks manipulated stock prices.
  • 00:27:26 The financial system is vulnerable.
  • 00:34:58 Banking fraud and economic collapse.
  • 00:35:58 Currency crisis in Iceland.
  • 00:47:19 Iceland faced economic crisis and unemployment.
  • 00:50:54 Iceland’s recovery transformed into something ugly.
  • 00:57:38 Lessons from Iceland’s banking collapse.
  • 01:00:16 Incentives and regulation in finance.

Links relevant to the conversation

Amazon page for Iceland’s Secret:

https://www.amazon.com.au/Icelands-Secret-Untold-Worlds-Biggest/dp/0857198998

Transcript: Iceland’s Secret: The Untold Story of the World’s Biggest Con w/ Jared Bibler – EP215

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Jared Bibler  00:04

What meagre foreign currency reserves we had at the Central Bank, were being depleted. That’s another piece of the book. You probably didn’t get to but the central bank gave away most of its FX reserves. After the first two banks collapsed, central bank gave 500 million euros to prop up the Third Bank. That money disappeared in one day and then the third bank also collapsed. And they, they have never got that money back. That was that was a substantial chunk of Iceland’s FX.

Gene Tunny  00:40

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, and welcome to the show. This episode is about Iceland’s secret, the untold story of the world’s biggest con. That’s the title of a book by my guest, Jared nibbler. Jared witnessed the brutal 2008 financial crisis in Iceland firsthand, he worked at one of the banks that eventually collapsed, and later on he worked at the financial markets regulator. His work contributed to the prosecution and conviction of several bank executives. In his book, Jared highlights the dodgy behaviour of bankers leading up to the financial crisis in Iceland and just how bad things got stay tuned until the end of the episode to hear my interpretation of Iceland’s secret, which is relevant to economies worldwide. Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy it. Jared Biblia Welcome to the programme. Hey,

Jared Bibler  02:03

thanks so much for having me, Gene. It’s a pleasure to be here. Oh, of course,

Gene Tunny  02:07

Jared. So yep. I’ve been reading your book with much interest, Iceland’s secret The Untold Story of the world’s biggest con. Now, I was in the treasury here in Australia during the financial crisis. And so we had our own challenges here. And I mean, not as much as other places, but that I remember seeing the news about Iceland that I just didn’t realise just how crazy things that got in, in Iceland, and it was great. Your book, really set it all out and had all your personal stories and recollections in it too. So it’s terrific. So to kick off with, could you just give us a flavour please? What was Iceland secret?

Jared Bibler  02:54

Well, I think you have to read the book to see the secret. But the the secret of the of the crash, I think was that we had these banks, which had been very sleepy institutions catering to a population of just around the time at that time in the 90s, about 250,000 people, very sleepy small savings banks, one was called the agriculture bank. One banks really financed the fisheries, and so on. But these are very small institutions. And they were able to grow a Ponzi like doubling in size every year during the during the first decade of the century, for several years, and so they they grew to each become the size of an Enron. And at that time, when they crashed, the population was still only 300. Little over 300,000 people. So we had these, we had these huge Enron sized collapses in one week, in a country with, you know, one 1000 for the size of the US. When Enron collapsed, it was a it was a big story, you know, and it was, there was a task force of 600 federal investigators, I believe, looking into Enron, and there were movies, there were five or six books, there was an Enron musical, I don’t know if you remember. And I was talking to a reader the other day, and he said, Look, this Iceland story was just so much bigger. And what why is why is your book deal now there are a few other books about it. There’s a lot of books in Icelandic about it. But there’s not that much talking about it. I didn’t really want to write this book. But I felt like after a few years, I have to tell this story. And I actually really struggled to tell the story. But first because I was trying to tell the story as an outside, outside, you know, so third person just here’s what happened in Iceland. And a very good friend of mine who helped me with the book. She said, No, you have to tell it through your own, you know, your own walk through the crisis. So that’s, that’s what we ended up doing. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  04:52

because you had experience in a bank, one of the big banks in Iceland prior to the crash, and then you ended up as a regulator, didn’t you investigating what went wrong? Could you tell us? I mean, how did that transition go? How did you go from being the banker and then leaving just before the crash and then to the, to the regulatory agency? Well,

Jared Bibler  05:16

my wife who the book is dedicated to, she had a dream. And, and a prophetic dream, as I think you see in the book, and she told me just to get out of the bank, and I had been in an asset management role, we had been managing money for mainly the pension funds in Iceland. So we had we had funds of private equity funds and hedge fund to funds was my main product. But I was really unhappy with the things I was seeing around me in the asset management department. You know, it’s the standard asset management stuff that people do, you know, if you want a big client to come in you, you price things in a way that all the existing people in the fun pay for that person that come in, and they never know it, right. So there’s a lot of that stuff. And I guess that’s pretty endemic, still in that industry. But that really bothered me. I mean, I was really, I was studying for the CFA, I was signing these ethics statements, and I was saying, so my wife knew that how upset I was, she told me to quit. So I just quit, I didn’t have a job to go to. And that was a Friday that it was my last day the all the banks collapsed, the next two of them collapsed on Monday, and one of them collapsed on Thursday of the next week. Right? Then we were just really, almost penniless. Because at the time, I mean, the crash, how it felt to live through that cannot be overstated. It was it was a horrendous experience. Because we didn’t it at some points, we couldn’t even access the money in our bank accounts. And almost everything that we had was frozen and later hair cut and discounted, we ended up losing our house in the end. And a lot of our friends did as well. So I mean, it was it was a horrendous time, the British had invoked terrorist legislation against the whole country of Iceland, declaring Iceland a terrorist organisation. And, you know, and this is what was barely reported, you know, we were sitting there being called terrorists by Gordon Brown. And that meant that all the payments into the country and foreign currencies were frozen for weeks or months. So that was a very dark winter, people were out on the streets. And the winter in Iceland is not that cold, but it’s dark. You know, it’s in Reykjavik, it’s about zero degrees, most of the time in the winter, but it’s dark. And people would be out on the street in the dark banging pots and pans and in front of the parliament building. And so I finally I didn’t have a job for the for all these months, my wife had a new job. And so we were trying to live on what she was making. And in Iceland, your mortgage payment goes up every month. So the principal balance is recalculated with the inflation of the preceding month, and then the the monthly payment is recalculated each month. So our payments went up something like 40% 50% in a very short time. So then I got very luckily, hired by the regulator, they said they wanted to hire one investigator to help them untangle the mess of the collapsed, you know, the three Enron collapses that we’d had ended up hiring to others, they hired me, another guy who had been in the banks and a woman who was a lawyer. And they just said to us, you know, go investigate the crisis. And so that was about six months after. I eventually, as you see in the book, I eventually got more people. But it took, I think it took 12 months to get my first person to add add to my team. And then eventually, we got we got a nice team together to do these investigations. So yeah,

Gene Tunny  08:48

so I’ve got sort of halfway in the book. So I apologise I haven’t read it all. And I’m still learn Iceland secret. I thought I’d died. Yeah, yeah. What What I found fascinating about the book is just because you’re American, aren’t you? You’re You’re you’ve studied in the States, and you end up in, in Iceland, and the, the culture is different. And yeah, I thought some of those recollections were terrific. And you’re talking about, you know, working with your, your fellow team members, so that that was great. So it’s worth reading for that. So yes. Can I just fix it in time? So we’re talking, we’re talking about October 2008. Is that right? That’s right. Yeah. Yeah. And Lehman Brothers had collapsed a couple of weeks before so you weren’t worried about that?

Jared Bibler  09:40

Oh, everybody was ever Yeah. So for? Well, to put a timeline on the whole on the whole episode, from 1998 was the beginning. I believe of the banks being privatised in Iceland. So the banks had been government owned, more or less. And they were still Hold off in pieces, but not in a, in a way that’s still being criticised today, and in Iceland and still hasn’t really been fully investigated today. Because basically, the powerful politicians gave bank a lot of banks out to people affiliated with those political parties. And so there wasn’t a lot of transparency, there was no, there was apparently foreign interest for lunch bunkie which was the oldest bank, but then the guest that bid was never even really considered. They just wanted to keep it in the family. Keep it keep it national, you know, Icelandic owned. And so that was 98 203 was a sort of beginning of the privatisation wave. And then in oath 203, they floated the ISK on global currency markets. So it was an exchangeable currency. And when that happened, it just things just took off. Yeah, so So the boom years was really I moved there in oh four, which was maybe one year in one, two years into the boom. And the whole thing lasted only a couple of years, really. Because by oh five, according to one, former executive, I believe oh five, he said, a quick thing, bank was already insolvent. And so the only you know, they, they weren’t doing great banking, at any, in my opinion, in any of these years, the banks were not the only way to escape the bad decisions of the year before was to double the bank in size, the next year, and they had a they had big foreign lenders just pumping money into these banks, so that it for a few years, they could borrow as much as they wanted. From European and later American lenders, there was already a mini crisis in 2006, where the currency crash stock market crashed and everything was a bit a bit, you know, up in the air, what would happen. And at that point, the banks actually started open retail savings accounts for retail customers in Europe, in order to collect the funding that they needed. And they were able to then keep the party going. So then I started in LHINs. Bucky in the Asset Management Department in early oh seven. And the subprime in the trade press, people were talking about subprime already, January Oh, seven, I was started to follow it. And things got more and more. At first, we thought this isn’t gonna, this isn’t going to touch us. Now, Icelandic banks barely invested in subprime. They weren’t doing much, they were just making bad loans to their friends, more or less. But though eight was when things were getting more and more dicey in the bank. And by the end by, I think, looking back when Lehman collapsed, the credit markets between banks in the world really froze. And those weeks and the Icelandic banks were on writing on just fumes anyway. And so that was the final straw, but they were not healthy. Now, this is not the story that I’ll tell you today. By the way, my book is not so popular in Iceland. Because Because the story now is that we had a great banking system, even though it was 11 times bigger than our GDP, but we had a great banking system. And and Lehman killed it. When otherwise it would have been fantastic. But yeah, it was Yeah. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  13:26

What I was asking was because you you quit in a period where I mean, did you? Did you ever you had a parent or your wife or her or your partner had a premonition that the bank was just going to go down and you wanted to get out? You should get out as soon as possible is that is that she

Jared Bibler  13:45

actually said? And she never talked like this. She said, Don’t let those eight holes fire you. You need to get out of there. She said, she had a dream that I was being fired and something bad had happened. And she said you need to be the one to quit to get out of there first. So as soon as she said that, I I I went, you know, I think I quit within a couple of days. So yeah.

Gene Tunny  14:09

So it’s interesting you talking about the rock the fact that Iceland floated, visit the kroner the corona, was that in early 2000s, that late in I think it was oh two, I think oh two, right. And so probably liberalised capital flows. And, yes, so you’ve got all of these, all of this lending, what to have any idea what was in the minds of the lenders? I mean, what were they seen in Iceland? What is the story they’re telling themselves? I

Jared Bibler  14:44

have a thought experiment for you imagine if a small Caribbean nation with 300,000 people went to Deutsche Bank just to pick on them because Deutsche lay a lot of money and lost a lot on the Icelandic banks. Majan if a 300,000 person Island went to Deutsche Bank He said our main exports are fisheries and tourism. Yeah. And we’d like to have a great banking system. But they would have laughed, right? They would not have probably went into that. But because it’s this, especially in German because now we live in Switzerland, especially in the German speaking imagination, Iceland is really to lay Iceland is really the, the mythical land of of, well, well, it is. It is the mythical land of the Sagas and Vikings and so on. And so the they were happy to, to to lend into this. They said, Oh, we’re liberalising our banking system were developed Western economy. The interesting thing about No, I, I am an Icelander. So I have, you know, I have the passport. And, you know, we we have probably socially one of the very most developed countries in the world. Certainly for women’s rights, gay rights, it’s it’s, it’s, it’s, it’s leading edge. But the economy is not developed to match that. So the economy in those days was a lot of fishing, fish exports, and heavy power exports. And today, we’ve added huge and disgusting levels of tourism onto on top of that, so the cup before the pandemic, I think there were 10 tourists per year for every man, woman and child and in Iceland. And so that has become the, that has become the biggest export, I believe. Gotcha.

Gene Tunny  16:30

And can I ask you about? Yeah, that all of this lending, and where was it going? Was this going into your, into the property market in Iceland? Or what was what was being done with all the money that the banks were borrowing?

Jared Bibler  16:45

Yeah, the first thing they did is, is inflate all the bubbles they could domestically. So property bubble, they had a they had a little mini private equity boom in Iceland, maybe in? Oh, 304 I think where they, you know, did sale and lease backs of, I think who says Smithian, which is the it’s a home improvement chain in Iceland, but like a chain and Iceland maybe has only five, five locations or 10. You know, there’s really only one city in Iceland, which is Reykjavik. Yeah, most people live there. And so, so they did a sale and leaseback of these five or 10 properties, and you know, they did things like that. But then by Oh 405 They were increasingly looking to do investments abroad. And so there was a there were private equity style investment groups in Iceland that went and bought up things like European airlines. They bought a lot of high street shops in the UK, for example, they bought famously based on the really based on the historic relationship between the two countries. This was a big, this was a big win for Iceland. We bought Denmark’s Copenhagen’s most prestigious department store became Iceland owned, which was kind of a big, big faced, because Denmark had been the colonial masters for 700 years and just treat it still today that Danish tend to come to Iceland and bark orders at people on the street and so on. So to buy their department store was just seen as you know, the crown jewels, so they did a lot of very expensive deals in those years. You know, we had pretty low interest rates in those years, and there was a lot of a lot of these deals going on. But a lot of them ended up not being not being great. And so, yeah, so it was it was kind of a family family game where bankers made made loans to their colleagues in this in this connected private equity world of Iceland and they, you know, they went and did deals. The banks, the banks also bought other banks. So, they expanded hugely into Scandinavia. They bought some of the oldest London banks, singer and Friedlander inheritable and you know, they were by the time I think in oh eight, my bank lens bunkie had even opened a branch in Hong Kong, I believe, or Singapore. I mean, they were really they want it to be these globe straddling behemoths.

Gene Tunny  19:13

But a Yeah, yeah, but what happened? I mean, they, they borrowed too much from abroad. They learned domestically and in the, their, their data is they just, they couldn’t pay it back. And then the banks crash, they ran out of cash or liquidity. I mean, well, so what actually happened?

Jared Bibler  19:32

The first thing that I discovered as an investigator, which is which is how the book opens, is I get this letter from the stock exchange. Yeah. And the Stock Exchange says saying, hey, look, on the three days before these banks collapsed, they each seemed to be buying their own shares up on the exchange, and they seem to be doing it with with bank money. And I thought that’s a little bit crazy because they hadn’t announced any Any share buybacks, right. And the volumes on the last three days were huge. It was effectively, they bought the whole market. Every trade that came across the exchange was the bank’s cash on the buying side, keeping the price up. And I thought this is crazy, right. So as you saw in the book, I tried to figure out when that behaviour had begun. So I went back to the Lehman and went back a few weeks to cover Lehman because I thought, okay, probably after Lehman, they got really nervous, and they started trying to manipulate their own stock price, you know, I just wanted to put a book end on the activity, before I wrote up, you know, a criminal case to send to the prosecutor. And I had to keep going back and back and back. I went back to first I thought I was being very bold when I when I covered a six month period. And then it turned out that the activity was the same for the whole for basically the whole six months of April, oh, eight to the to the crash, more or less, they were in the market every day. And many days, they were buying more than 75% of the market for their own shares. And so I went back, we ended up going back to 2004, which is coincidentally when I had moved to Iceland, so for five years, they had been doing this behaviour. Later, when I was closing the research for the book, I came across some court documents where and we had seen indications of this. But there’s court documents where some of the traders openly talk about this behaviour going back to 1998. So from the first days of the banks being privatised by the government, they were already intervening in the market to to and so with my perspective, and of course, I’m biassed because I was the investigator who developed those cases, my perspective is without that share price manipulation, the banks could never have grown the way they did. Because they had such healthy performance on the equity market. One of them was dual listed in Stockholm and and Reykjavik. And so whenever they went to lenders, they could say, look at how great our results we will look. The markets love us, you know, look at our stock is up another 20% another 30% this year, or 100%. I mean, the markets, the Icelandic stock market in those boom years, it was going up 60% A year the whole market only Wow. Right. And, and the bat and that was that that lasted for several years, that was the broad market was 50 to 60% a year. And the banks, but the banks grew so fast, that they ended up becoming seven year 80 or 90% of the market cap because they crowded out everything else. And so when they collapsed, of course, the stock market lost 93%. In 2008, it was basically closed for equity trading after the bank collapse. And so all of our, for example, if you talk about damage to the people of Iceland, all of our pension funds had to be in the equity market. Right. And so, and basically that meant they had to be in the, in the banks. When when I was investigating the the manipulation that the banks did was looking at lists of buyers of the shares. And there were some periods in Oh 708, where the only legitimate buyers of the banking of the bank shares were the Icelandic pension funds. And all the rests were, you know, because, yeah, they were accumulating so many of their own shares each quarter that, you know, and that they were going to be in they had, you know, the big four auditors were, were their auditors. I mean, all this is all big names. You know, the Stock Exchange was called NASDAQ, oh, MX, Iceland, you have KPMG you have EY you don’t have the the big four auditors are in Iceland, they knew that when their books were audited, they couldn’t be sitting on, you know, $200 million worth of their own shares, which they had just bought on the exchange. So they did these complex and runs style machinations at the end of the quarter to offload the, the, the shares. And so they would create, I would find a shell company that British Virgin Islands that had just bought 100 million worth of shares. And so to answer your what one of your questions a few questions ago, what were they making loans to well, by the by Oh 607 their loan book was almost entirely to these bogus companies that they had just created to buy the shares from them. Yeah, so So you know, it doesn’t make any sense at all, but it was uh, I think fake wanted to keep that, that that. I call it shear laundering. I think they wanted to keep that scheme going as long as they could. Yeah. Now

Gene Tunny  24:59

is that all Iceland secret or is Iceland secret something far worse that I’ve yet to discover?

Jared Bibler  25:04

I think I’ll tell you that secret, if you want. I’ll do a spoiler alert. I don’t know. This. That is the secret is the share is certainly a big secret. Because you know, that that was never really reported. This is one of the reasons I wrote that was like, I have to tell this story. I mean, yeah, they basically deceived the whole country. And all the investing world, I mean, London, all the big markets knew about these Icelandic banks that were lending to them, they were doing business with them. And the whole time they had created, you know, an illusion of success based on this market manipulation that they were doing daily behind the scenes, you know, the guys who were doing the manipulation had to do it so much that if if there’s a famous phone call, and one of the court documents where the guy’s late for work in the summer, and the price in Sweden has already dropped a couple of percent, and his boss is calling him saying, Get in here, man, we’re losing, like, you know, if they had to be in there on every trade, to keep up this illusion, and they did this free for for a decade. So I think that’s, that’s, that’s one of the secrets of the book. Well,

Gene Tunny  26:14

I can we can leave it under wraps. Okay, because I don’t I don’t want to ruin any potential sales of your book. And I don’t want to spoil that for myself, too. But I was just wondering, because when I when I saw the title, and then I started radio, then I that must be the seagull you’re talking about. But if there’s something far worse that that really gets me interested,

Jared Bibler  26:35

there is something far worse. Okay. And I would, you know, go ahead. Well, I just want to make the point that a lot of people say, Who cares about Iceland, and I, of course, I love Iceland. So I care about it a lot. But, for example, when people here in Switzerland, read the book, or hear me talk about it, I get a lot, there’s a lot of scared faces in the crowd. Because a lot of a lot of the world’s financial markets are are subject to the same forces and incentives as we had in Iceland, which led to this incredible collapse, which devastated the country. And I think it’s really the story again, I’m biassed, of course, but I think this is really kind of the story of what we may be all facing in the next couple of decades. Because we, we haven’t managed yet. And that and I also people get offended when I say this, but in two or 300 years, I think people will look back on us and the way we structured our financial systems and laugh at the way we laugh at Dutch tulip mania, or, you know, because we have kind of no put in no incentives, or no structures to keep an Iceland from happening elsewhere. Now it’s going to be maybe the nice thing about Iceland is it’s such a small place. It’s such a small population that the scam is very easy to for me to describe to you. I think in a bigger market, it’s going to be more it’s gonna be more subtle. But But still, all the incentives are on the side of of cheating, and building in, in sustainability to our markets. And nobody is really paid good money to, to stop these things can mean you have some window dressing like you have comply. I mean, they stopped some things. But in my experience, when senior management of a bank wants a big deal to go through, that deal is gonna go through nobody’s sitting, nobody’s gonna get paid have a 5 million franc bonus to stop to stop to stop something. This is not how it works.

Gene Tunny  28:41

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  28:47

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  29:16

Now back to the show. One of the interesting stories in the book is where you’re having to clear or run a transaction, aren’t you or make a transaction or deposit two was at a bank in Europe and trying to remember exactly yeah, it was trying to remember the details but in your manager, he initially said I Yep. Sounds fine to me. Just let it go through then. Later on. Oh, that must be it’s Jarrettsville. Sir, could you tell us about that?

Jared Bibler  29:49

Oh, yeah. So I tried to sprinkle in actually, my dream is to rereleased Iceland secrets sometime in the future with with more of the stories in there but my publishers said, you know, you’re a first time author, you only get 300 pages. Sorry, Jared, but, but I had more of more of those things have I tried to sprinkle in stories in the beginning, which are representative of the culture within the bank? And when actually when other bankers and other countries read this state, none of them says, They all say, oh, geez, yeah, that’s exactly how it is where I work, you know, none of them says, oh, Jared, this, this only happens in Iceland, they all say, Oh, yeah. So the story you’re referring to is we had a, some guys who call themselves a hedge fund. And they wanted our bank. To be basically we were the administrators of the fund, and the custodians of the funds, assets, but they were going to trade. And they had, they had got the investors, and they had, I think 120 million euros come into the fund. And they, as far as I could see, they weren’t hedging anything. They were just buying long positions and in equity, and very few companies. And I think they, I think they had some inside information, basically, on these few of these companies. But as the, as the saga went on, they did more and more crazy things. And one point they said, We’re, we’re investing in a shipping portfolio. I don’t even know what that means. And I was waiting for like the paperwork about because when you do an investment, you know, you know how it is. I mean, there’s there’s a contract, and there’s there’s there was nothing. They said just Just what please, they wrote me like, please help us wire 5 million euros to this account in Norway. Yeah. At at such and such bank, it was one of the biggest Norwegian or Scandinavian banks. So it was a reputable bank, but we didn’t count just had a person’s name. All I had was like an AI ban and a person’s name. And I went to my boss, and I said, I don’t think we should send 5 million customer money out of this fun to this account. We don’t have anything. He said, Why are you always making problems? You know, bring the solutions. And so I just decided, eventually I did it. I sent the money. I mean, I copied him on and and in an email to cover myself. And I said as as we discuss, you know, and as soon as I sent the 5 million, as soon as that went through they, they wanted another five. I mean, within within, as I remember it within a day. I mean, it was very quick. They ended up they ended up sending out 15 in cash. And the other weird thing about this was that it was such a, you know, when you’re looking for fraud, usually round numbers is a good flag, because most things don’t. There’s always a commission or you know, taxes or something, or exchange foreign exchange differences. Things never come out or rarely do they just come out to like 5,000,005. So yeah. So then the fund within a couple of weeks, got into trouble for some other things. Now, I had been trying to warn these guys about about the problems with this fund for more than a year. And they just said, you know, making problems just it’s going to be fine, you know, let it ride. And so you can see more of that in the book, but that they were going to scapegoat me then for this 15 million they went out. Because yeah, when his boss looked at it, and all the transactions that just jumped off the page, they were the biggest ones. And you know, all these zeros, they just jump off the page at you. He said, he said, What’s this? And my boss said, Oh, I don’t know, that looks like something that Jared did. That was that was the weekend. I think that happened on a Sunday. If I recall correctly that night was when my wife had the dream. And that Monday, she woke up and she said you have to get out of there. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  33:53

Was very smart. And that was a Friday. So yeah, there was the Friday that.

Jared Bibler  34:00

Well, I quit. So I put me so that was a Monday in Monday. Yeah, that. Well. That was right after Lehman. I have to go back. And look, it might have even been the Lehman weekend that that happened. It was in September, then I quit when you resign in Iceland, you you resign on the on a month end. Gotcha. So I put in my resignation for 31st of October. Sorry, 35th of September. So I probably put that in within a couple of days, effective 30. September, then I would have needed to work three more months, according to my contract. So So I should have been there October, November, December. But they was that stories in the book too. They basically let me go on the Friday October 3. And then the banks collapsed on the seventh eighth and the sixth, seventh and ninth of October.

Gene Tunny  34:58

So the banks collapsed. This is a day that was at the three biggest banks in Iceland collapsed. Yes. Right. Yeah. And you talked about the the hardship before. But so what did it mean, you know, one could get people weren’t able to get cash they the economy basically stalled? Yeah, it

Jared Bibler  35:18

was. So I’ll try to walk you through it. I mean, it was, it was frightening, because for months, the currency of the currency against the euro had been depreciating. So it’s through the, through the crisis week, the currency depreciated so much that it was it had lost half of its value, since maybe five, six months before that. So everything we were used to like flying to Europe and having vacations and things, everything was now double in price in a very short time. So that had already been going on. And the politicians were just saying, well, the currency will come back. There’s, there’s nothing on the other side, it’s never come back, of course, still today, and then what happened in the crisis is that it actually just, they just stopped trading. Nobody. So outside of Iceland, during the good years, it was 60 or 70 krona to the dollar. And then the offshore rate became something like two or three or 400 to the dollar raw. So anybody offshore who had ISK, they just wanted to dump it, they didn’t care what the rate was. So you had this offshore rate of two or three or 400, whatever it was. And then onshore, we had capital controls, which lasted a decade. So in Iceland, you could buy euros for, you know, for a predetermined rate set by the central bank. And they would basically give you the euros that they had against ISK. This lasted for a long time. And but you couldn’t get them you could only get them if you were travelling. Or if you hadn’t, if you had an invoice. That’s it. Yeah, there was no way to get dollars or euros or anything else for a long time. And of course, that that begat a huge new scam industry. All the bankers who had just been laid off from the banks, not all some of them started faking invoices from foreign companies. And you know, get if they had a relative in the UK, they have the relative send an invoice which said so and so’s consulting company 50,000 British pounds, they would get the, the onshore Icelandic rate, they’d wire the pounds out to the foreign account, the foreign guy would would take the British pounds and buy some Icelandic government bonds from a British guy who didn’t want them and would take the offshore rate. And they’d send the bonds back in in one in a one or two day round trip. They could double their money or triple their money in local currency terms. So that became a whole industry, which ran for about six. Yeah, to try to profit on the capital controls and but what it was really doing was depleting. The what meagre foreign currency reserves we had at the Central Bank, were being depleted. That’s another piece of the book. You probably didn’t get to. But the central bank gave away most of its FX reserves. After the first two banks collapse, central bank gave 500 million euros to prop up the Third Bank. That money disappeared in one day. And then the third bank also collapsed. And they they have never got that money back. That was that was a substantial chunk of Iceland’s FX. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  38:56

And you mentioned the the exchange rate and prior to the crisis, and you tell a story about how I mean teachers and people you would normally expect would be going they’ll be travelling overseas for shopping trips. Yeah.

Jared Bibler  39:10

Yeah. Because I just realised I didn’t really answer your question, the last one about how to live through it, but but to come to the teachers. Yeah, I mean, for those few years after the after the FX trading was free, you know, globally available. There was a huge demand for ISK assets among investors around the world because the yield was so high, you could get an eight or 10% and it was perceived to be a safe place to invest. And so a lot of money just flooded into the country. And that meant that the exchange rate went, the ISK got 20 3040 Maybe 50% stronger in a very short time. So people felt very rich and Um, but things in Iceland are still very expensive because you have almost no competition on retail and wholesale and, you know, maybe one wholesaler for anything you might buy. And so the currency was very strong. But that doesn’t mean that domestic prices are going to go down. They should, but they’re sticky. They don’t go down, right? Yeah, but that means you can go abroad and for and for the savings that you will have on buying, like, say, a laptop computer, you go to Boston to buy it would pay for the trip, the savings would pay for the trip. So that was a calculation that many of us made, people would just go to buy. I was in Boston once and someone had bought four big tires for his SUV in Iceland, and he was putting them on the plane they were putting them on, it’s just luggage with, you know, with a tag just wrapped around the tire and putting them on the belt, he probably saved enough on that to pay for a weekend in Boston. So as if it was a calculation a lot of us made. And so yeah, we felt super rare, we felt like the world was our oyster. And when we would go, also things seemed very cheap. So I went to Boston, and I took out my mom and dad, my brother and his wife for a meal. And even with a generous tip for a meal for the five of us, it cost only a little more than a meal for one person would have cost in Reykjavik at that time. So we just felt they felt like for me, it only lasted maybe 36 months or 24 months, but we felt like kings. Yeah. And then And then yeah, the the, the loss of that was that the times were very desperate in, in especially the autumn of Oh, eight, we had no idea what what the next week was going to bring. I mean, we had the terrorist thing from the UK, which really, that meant that all the companies in Iceland, let’s say that you had a fishing exporting fisheries company that was expecting to be paid for fish that they’d already exported to the UK or to the mate or mainland Europe. The payment would be just frozen in Swift, it would just have to be blocked somewhere in the UK and not allowed to go through because the whole country was considered a terrorist organisation. So

Gene Tunny  42:16

what was going on there? Jared? Was Was there any? Was that legit? I mean, what what’s going on? What were the banks? Did they have? Did they take deposits, so facilitate transactions for some shady people? What was actually going on?

Jared Bibler  42:31

That was just to punish Iceland? There’s many there’s different explanations? I’ve never heard a great one. I mean, Iceland, in England have a long standing tension are overfishing actually, there’s something called the cod wars in the 70s. Which Iceland one. But it meant that the fishing grounds that the English had been using, were no, we’re now claimed by Iceland. So some people say that this was retribution for the cod wars. Others say that, you know, it was retribution, because there was a lot of misunderstanding around savings accounts. And, and, and more generally bank products in the UK, that the Icelandic banks had offered. And so for example, there’s something called Icesave under under EU law, a bank in one country can open a branch in another country, and not be regulated by this by the new country. So so the Icelandic banks, when they were running out of money in oh six, they decided to use this to open online savings accounts in the UK. And take money from retail depositors in the UK, pay them higher interest rates to to lower them and take the British pounds, because they needed, they needed FX they needed foreign currency to keep to keep going. And so there was a there was a big misunderstanding between the two governments on the eve of the crisis, where famously the key was the finance minister, but he was a veterinarian, and he did not speak very good English, he should have had a interpreter. And he also should have had a UK cultural interpreter. Because as you as you know, you know, when, when an Englishman says I’m very concerned, that means like, you’re dead, you know. And so Alistair Darling was on this famous phone call. He says, I’m very concerned about the status of these deposits and so on, you know, I can’t remember the exact words, but the Icelandic guy just as well, well, we’re looking into that. And, you know, dollar darling is like, look, we’re going to talk tomorrow at eight in the morning, I’m going to call you but if this isn’t done, you know, we’re going to take we’re going to take measures, and I think I can’t remember the days how they played out but it was that day or the next that, because they had after 911, they had these new terrorist powers in the UK where they could put on her majesty’s treasury, they could put like al Qaeda on there, and that would just freeze all payments. Okay. So Gordon Brown just decided to put, so they put. So it was like al Qaeda, al Qaeda in Syria, I want to say or al Qaeda in Iraq, there was a whole bunch of terrorist names. And then it said republic of Iceland, Central Bank of Iceland. Financially, they even put the Financial Supervisory as a separate separately from the Republic as its own its own line item. But that just killed us, man, because that was in the middle of it. These countries are ostensibly NATO allies, right. And that just that just devastated us. And so yeah, so those months were just super dark we. Because they’re because of the freezing payments, there wasn’t like no food being imported. So we were eating more and more just locally, and we were anyway, for price reasons, eating only locally grown stuff. We just, I mean, we stopped driving the car. I mean, just I don’t want to sound like these are not complaints compared to what people have going through in Gaza right now, for example, but I mean, our lifestyle just was cut down to just the just getting through which we lived like that for years after, after that. Because the SAT and what is also sorry, the salaries were the same, but the buying power of the of the salary was half of what it had been in real terms. And then they they also raised taxes, the government raise taxes so that the income tax was almost 50%. In the years after the crisis, so I mean, I always tell Swiss people living in Iceland is like paying Zurich prices, but getting a Lisbon salary, you know, you have a quite low salary with high taxes, but then you have one of the most expensive cities in the world. So it’s all, even in the even in the good years. It was a struggle. Sometimes. Things are just unbelievably expensive. And even Swiss people today who go to Iceland as tourists, they say, Wow, it’s so expensive there. Then I say, Yeah, imagine living there and an Icelandic salary. It’s, you know, it’s not easy. Yeah. So

Gene Tunny  47:19

yeah. So during the crisis, you had a big increase in unemployment. Didn’t y’all have to look at what the stats are. But it was a huge economic shock. And it went

Jared Bibler  47:28

up four or 500% the unemployment rate. Right. Yeah, it was a huge shock, because the banks had employed the banks for so huge. I think they employ between them 10 or 12,000 people in a country of only at the time, 300,000 or so. And then you have all the you know, the follow on effects of such a big layoff. So, yeah, the unemployment rate was just just rocketed. And we just tried to Yeah, we just somehow got through it, everyone somehow got through it. But a lot of us lost our houses and, and all the pensions, pension savings that we had thought we had was was was decimated when the stock market dropped like that.

Gene Tunny  48:14

Right. So people are still feeling the effects of it. 15 years later, I would just I mean, people

Jared Bibler  48:20

don’t talk about it. Well, actually, they do. They do talk about it. Yeah, they are. Because they were they were projects like infrastructure projects. It’s almost like it’s, it’s almost though, like if so friend of mine was in Iceland, and said she was trying to talk to people about the crisis, and that nobody would talk about it still, like, people want to forget about it. Basically. There were infrastructure projects and ideas that we desperately need, like expansions to hospitals. There’s no rail infrastructure in the country at all. And the International Airport to Reykjavik is like a, it’s like an hour drive, it should have a train link. So there, there were things that the country needs that have just never been executed. And now they’re put on the back burner for 50 more years or something, who knows. So that’s definitely an effect and they actually closed some hospitals and some birthing centres, which forces people to drive over these, you know, really dangerous mountain passes and stuff in the winter to get medical care. So there were effects like that. And a lot of people lost their family businesses and, and so on. So the biggest effect is that when when the currency lost half of its value, Iceland suddenly became a tourist, you know, hotspot and, and Iceland marketed itself as such. And so that that that began the tourist wave, which continues today, but it’s like, it’s like what’s happened in other European cities but on steroids because the city of Reykjavik, the old towns centre is really only five or six streets. I mean, it’s a very small village. And now and that had very cosy things there like, like an old cafe with doily lace doilies, where the grandmothers drank coffee. And, you know, there was some classic things of old Reykjavik that were there. And almost all of that is gone now. Because it’s all just t shirts stores, or they’re selling like stuffed animal puffins, you know, and at the end, all the neighbourhoods around the old centre, including where I used to live, have become dominated by Airbnbs. So you can even walk around and not even hear the Icelandic language in the nation. And the, the old neighbourhoods are very giving because it’s just become tourists defied. And so that was the response. So people, often I face resistance, people say, Oh, Jared, come on Iceland recovered. And I’m like, well, first of all, nobody, nobody knocked on my door and said, Here, here’s the keys back to your house. But the other thing is that it all it only recovered by transforming into something pretty ugly for my from my eyes. Yeah, yeah.

Gene Tunny  51:19

Yeah, yeah. Yeah, it’s. Yeah, I mean, it really was a huge shock. And I mean, I didn’t appreciate like we we sort of sailed through it. Reasonably. Okay. Here in Australia, there was a little bit of a slowdown, but then we were insulated from a lot of it partly because of mining. Right? Yeah, it was extraordinary to see just how bad things were there. So I’d recommend the book on that count, for sure. Just a couple more things before we wrap up. What happened to the perpetrators? Were some of the people do jail time. Is that correct? That’s,

Jared Bibler  51:51

that’s part of the secret at the end. Yeah, they some of them actually did a few months here and there. We, because the headline of Iceland was it was the only country that prosecuted bankers after 2008. Yes, and that is true. And the cases that you read about in the book are the reason the main reason behind the big prosecutions, but in the end, so in many European, I’m not a lawyer, so this surprised me. But in many European legal codes, you can’t get charged for multiple counts of the same crime. So if you if you did market manipulation, but you did it every day, for 1000 days in a row, which is what they did, when I and the max penalty, if you read the way the law is written, which is a European legal code that Iceland imported. But clearly, the spirit of the law is for someone who did a manipulation, maybe for a day or two or a week or like a single event. And then in Iceland, its maximum of six years in prison for that. So I was naively thinking, Oh my God, these poor guys, like they did it every day for 1000 days. It was gonna be, yeah, up to 6000 years in prison. And people said, No, charity, don’t be silly. Like it’s market manipulation. That’s one thing. And so the sentences that the so we were able to show that a lot with emails and internal documents, we’re able to show that, of course, the knowledge of this multibillion dollar manipulation went all the way to the CEOs of the of the banks, and even higher into the boards, and the ownership. But we were able to show that that went up in the biggest bank to the executive chairman of the board that he was getting daily reports on the manipulation directly from the traders. So they were they were writing these things, and I’m paraphrasing here, but Hey, boss, you know, we bought another XYZ number of shares today, the price is up 1.2%. You know, so that was a daily update to the chairman.

Gene Tunny  54:10

And did they not just not appreciate what they were doing was? I mean, I presume this I mean, this is illegal in Yeah, it sounds it sounds healthy, go. Did they just not appreciate it or they?

Jared Bibler  54:23

That’s what I think the book is, of course, I’m biassed again, but I think the books super important because it gets into a little bit. And you see this now with Sam Backman freed and the FTX trial and so on. The behaviour of white collar scammers, part of their shtick is that they can’t even admit to themselves that they’re doing criminal things. They, even after they’re charged, convicted and they serve jail time. My experience with the Icelandic situation would would lead me to believe that Sambac been freed for example, will probably never have a moment of clarity He, where he says I did some bad stuff. I mean, he should because it would help his soul it would help him like karmically to, to release that right. But he, I hope he does, but he probably will not. Because So, for the very top people who are masterminding the scheme, their justification is always like, Well, we were doing great things with the bank. So whatever it took to keep the bank alive is good. And then the people lower down in the scheme are just following orders. You know, like, like the guards that Auschwitz or something, you know that, and, and many of them are naive. So, some of them knew it, but some of them in my experience actually didn’t even think about. Because Iceland can also sometimes be very hierarchical culture where if your boss tells you, hey, buy all the shares on the market today, you’ll do in, it’s like, oh, my boss told me, you know, I’ll do that. So I think this is kind of a good template story for how these frauds go on. And, and I don’t know if I say this in the book, but the entire business of the of these banks, by the end, was perpetuating, perpetuating the buying of shares in the hiding of shares offshore. And they involved every department. And so, a lot of those people, I think, just just were just doing their job.

Gene Tunny  56:34

That’s how they see it. And so this was an important or this was an essential part of making the banks look much better than they were, and attracting the letting them borrow more from overseas, and then they lend that onto their, their friends or cronies. Okay, that’s

Jared Bibler  56:52

right. That’s yeah.

Gene Tunny  56:55

Yeah. Yeah. So the untold story of the world’s biggest con so. Yeah, I mean, that’s a big call world’s biggest con, but you, you’re confident it is. So you think

Jared Bibler  57:05

maybe it’s maybe it’s been outpaced now by crypto or, you know, but but certainly in the sense of a con that takes down a whole country. I think that scale definitely is still the biggest.

Gene Tunny  57:18

Yeah, yeah. It’s pretty extraordinary. Yeah. Okay, so, Jared, this terrific. It’s really, this conversation has really motivated me to finish the book and make sure I understand all the details as best I can. I think it’s yeah, it’s just extraordinary. What happened, I guess, to end on what do you think the lessons are for the rest of the world? I mean, we talked about how the, you know, you mentioned there could be a certain type of person who’s a white collar criminal, and there’s the quite brazen, I guess, you’ve got to look out for those people. I don’t know how you do that. I mean, you obviously need some sort of regulation. It sounds like the regulator in in Islan, Mae, it probably wasn’t doing the job it should have been doing beforehand. I mean, you discovered that you could actually go and visit these banks and force them hand over documents, which are was very good. So yeah, what are the lessons for the rest of us? Now for the rest of the world?

Jared Bibler  58:15

I think we need to. So this pattern keeps repeating. And my point with the book is that if you let this thing get out of control, it can take down your whole country, because our financial system is not just a playground of of, you know, Sam Backman, freetds and billionaires. But it’s also how we pay for things. It’s also how we save money. And we rely on it to it’s, you know, we take it for granted. But it’s kind of like the air we breathe in our daily lives to get to get groceries to, you know, buy a car or house, whatever. And so those two things, unfortunately, are connected. And the incentives for for having a system that that works well, and is not subject to gaming and collapse, I think are not. We have we have plenty of we have too many regulations probably, you know, we have a lot of people who spend their days checking boxes and things like that, both at regulators and within these institutions. But we haven’t really yet thought about what structure do we want the market? The markets to have? Markets are always created by us, you know, they’re not we, you know, people say, oh, you know, that let the market sorted out. But markets always have rules. You know, I used to work at the Swiss stock market here you have an opening time and closing time you have a cloud closing auction, how that works. I mean, you have the whole thing is rules. And we need to think more about as citizens I think we need to think more about what do we want our banking system to do, what are the outcomes we want? And then how can we best get those incentives, incentivized and I think and again, I’m biassed, but And this is very controversial, but I would like to see someone try this, I would like to see what happens in a country where the country’s regulator regulators would be incentivized to bring in the biggest cases they could, or prosecutors, right? Imagine, imagine if the incentives that bankers get, because if you do a $10 million, or $100 million deal, you get a piece of that as a as a bank employee, if you bring in that business, if I bring in which in Iceland, I brought in three, I don’t know, you can measure the cases different ways. But let’s just say conservatively, three $4 billion frauds. Each of the banks, for example, if you just take the last year, each of them spent about a billion US dollars or more just buying up their own shares on this tiny Icelandic stock market that you’d never heard of. Right. So but my team doesn’t get any, we don’t get any team dinners or anything for that, we just get a salary. So there’s actually, it’s even worse in most regulators. If you are someone like me, who’s a bit of a maverick, who wants to go after things, you don’t last, you won’t have a job, because that’s not the personality that anybody is looking for in those in those institutions, unfortunately. So we need to incentivize that we need to have the same type of risk taking and so on, on the regulation side that we have on the banking side, because otherwise you have a and the same thing with salaries. I mean, if you’re a great regulator, you know, you can always walk across the street to a bank and double your salary. So, so what’s going to make you you know, go after people at that bank or or look too deeply into anything you don’t. So the whole system is kind of really tilted. One one way. I don’t have all the answers to this, but I would really like to have this be in the conversation. And I suspect that after the next financial crisis, which I think is coming, I think it I hope, my hope with writing the book was to get this out there so that we could start to have that conversation. Because since 2008, we haven’t changed enough to keep that from happening again.

Gene Tunny  1:02:10

Yeah, absolutely. Fully agree with you there. Have been talking about this on my show from time to time, so absolutely, fully agree there. Okay, Jared, is there another book coming out anytime soon? I

Jared Bibler  1:02:23

have one but I’m, I’m not sure what I’m gonna do with it. But I’m working on one.

Gene Tunny  1:02:26

Okay. Okay, so

Jared Bibler  1:02:28

you keep that under? Yeah, under under wraps. It’s another secret, it might have secret in the title.

Gene Tunny  1:02:35

If they’re sick if they’re if I still don’t know, Iceland’s secret, I’ll put a segment at the end of this episode just for those who want to know, but I’ll encourage people to read the book. Because I think it’s an enjoyable read. And I love the all the stories and just how you learned about the issues in Iceland’s before the time before you saw teachers going by on buying trips overseas, people were importing BMWs and Mercedes while you are importing your rav4. Stories. Thank you, Jared. That’s, that’s great. Right. Any any final thoughts for wrap up?

Jared Bibler  1:03:13

No, I just really appreciate the time to talk to you. And that was it was lovely to be on your show. Very

Gene Tunny  1:03:20

good. Thanks, Jared. Thanks. Okay, I hope you enjoyed my chat with Jared. Thanks got pretty messed up in Iceland didn’t that. According to Jared, things aren’t much better today. Jared left his job at the regulator in late 2011. After there was a reduction in the resources he had to investigate the misdeeds of the bankers. Unfortunately, the response to Iceland’s financial crisis ended up being inadequate. Several wrongdoers were punished, but they received relatively light sentences and many bankers got away with it. In Jarrods opinion, the regulator’s still don’t have enough power in Iceland. Politicians were unwilling to make tough decisions and apply the level of oversight and enforcement that is required in Jarrods view. That’s possibly because of the close relationships between politicians and bankers and business people in Iceland. Iceland is still experiencing financial scandals. For example, in October 2023 Bjarni Bennett Dixon, a former Iceland Prime Minister, he had to resign as finance minister, there was an irregularity with the privatisation of one of the banks that was taken over by the government during the financial crisis. It turns out is a company owned by his father was one of the purchasers of shares in the bank that was, that was privatised, so that raised a few eyebrows. Okay, Mr. Bennett Dixon, he has a reputation for being a Teflon politician. Though and only a few days after resigning he was appointed as Iceland’s foreign minister. That’s an impressive comeback for sure. From what I can tell what Jared thinks is Iceland’s big secret is this ongoing permissiveness regarding dubious financial dealings. It could be a big secret in in many other countries too. So for those of us in Australia, the US, UK and elsewhere, we need to be vigilant and watch for any signs of financial shenanigans in our countries. Finally, I’d encourage you to pick up a copy of Gerrard’s book, Iceland secret. There’s a lot of fascinating and intricate detail about the various financial shenanigans that occurred in the lead up to Iceland’s financial crisis. Jared did a great job with his book, and I’m very grateful to have had him on the show. Thanks for listening rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

1:06:43

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this how to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

John Cochrane on Free Markets & Economic Growth and the Fiscal Theory of the Price Level – EP214

Professor John Cochrane of the Hoover Institution discusses the importance of free markets for economic growth and highlights stagnating growth as the biggest economic issue of our time. John talks about what may be his next book, “Free to Grow,” which aims to update Milton and Rose Friedman’s “Free to Choose” for today’s world. After John speaks, show host Gene Tunny interviews him about his views on growth and his controversial Fiscal Theory of the Price Level. This is a recording of a live event at the Centre for Independent Studies in Sydney on 26 September 2023. 

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcasts and Spotify.

About Professor John Cochrane

John H. Cochrane is the Rose-Marie and Jack Anderson Senior Fellow at the Hoover Institution. He is also a research associate of the National Bureau of Economic Research and an adjunct scholar of the CATO Institute. 

Before joining Hoover, Cochrane was a Professor of Finance at the University of Chicago’s Booth School of Business, and earlier at its Economics Department. Cochrane earned a bachelor’s degree in physics at MIT and his PhD in economics at the University of California at Berkeley. He was a junior staff economist on the Council of Economic Advisers (1982–83).

For more on John, check out his bio here:

https://www.hoover.org/profiles/john-h-cochrane

What’s covered in EP214

  • 00:03:36 Importance of economic growth.
  • 00:16:06 Incentives drive productivity and growth.
  • 00:17:12 Regulation hinders economic growth.
  • 00:22:59 Fixing problems requires better solutions.
  • 00:28:53 Fixing social programs by embracing free markets.
  • 00:39:28 Regulatory state causing innovation slowdown.
  • 00:46:24 Free market healthcare benefits the poor in John’s view.
  • 00:48:47 Fiscal Theory of the Price Level: Inflation caused by government debt.
  • 00:53:56 Avoid old left-right division.
  • 01:05:21 Government debt may lead to a sovereign debt crisis.

Links relevant to the conversation

Video of the Free to Grow event on YouTube:

CIS web post about the Free to Grow event:

https://www.cis.org.au/event/free-to-grow-unlocking-economic-prosperity/

Transcript: John Cochrane on Free Markets & Economic Growth and the Fiscal Theory of the Price Level – EP214

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It was then looked at by a human, Tim Hughes from Adept Economics, who did his best to decipher some tricky dialogue that otters understandably missed. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:03

Yeah, John has written this immense book. It’s fascinating. I’ve picked it up but then I discovered I had to buy three more books to be able to, to interpret it. But it’s it is it’s, it’s terrific.

John Cochrane  00:17

Get past, past, just ignore the chapters to the equations and get to the fun stuff…

Gene Tunny  00:26

I’m getting through it!

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory, evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show.

Hello, thanks for tuning in to the show. In late September, renowned US economist Professor John Cochrane spoke at the Centre for Independent Studies in Sydney. I’m an adjunct Fellow at CIS and I was lucky enough to interview John after his talk, and I also moderated the Q&A session. John is usually based at the Hoover Institution at Stanford, but he was visiting Australia and New Zealand to attend conferences held by the central banks of both countries. The theme of the event that CIS held was “Free to Grow”. John emphasised the importance of free markets for economic growth, and how stagnating growth is the big issue of our time in his view. After his talk, which I’m replaying entirely because it’s so good, I asked John about his views on economic growth and about his controversial fiscal theory of the price level. So stay listening to hear what he says about that. If you’d like to watch the video version of the CIS event, it’s available on YouTube. And I’ll put a link to it in the show notes. I’ve edited the audio so it’s a bit shorter. But if you’d like to hear the whole thing, including a great introduction of John by the CEO of CIS Tom Switzer, then check out the video, I’d be interested in what you think about what either John or I have to say in this episode. So please get in touch. Contact details are in the show notes. Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy it.

John Cochrane  02:24

Thank you. Thanks, it truly is a pleasure to be here. You may ask why, why do I visit central banks rather than just coming to talk to you? The answer is because central banks pay business class, you know, you know who pay, who prints the money. So I want to tell you a little bit about a project that I’m on. I call it Free To Grow. I hope it’s the next book, you’ll notice the allusion to Free To Choose. But Free to Choose was nearly 50 years ago. And it’s time to update it for today’s world and today’s problems. And it really amounts to I’ve been blogging and writing op eds, and so forth for about 15 years now. It’s time to put all that together in one place, which I discovered is not as simple as copy paste. Because you copy paste and you get immense amounts, it means copy, paste and boil down. And that’s much much harder than I thought. So part of that process is to come to talk to people like you where I have to boil it down, because after half an hour, you’re gonna fall asleep. And we can’t go on and on too far. So thank you for coming. What is the most important economic issue of, you know, facing us or the globe or anyone else? Is it climate change, inequality, unemployment, recession? The answer is none of the above, long term growth, the one that nobody talks about now, to get you to think about growth, why it’s a problem and why we need to do something about it. Let me ask you another quiz question. When was the best economy ever? Now a lot of my left wing friends, they’ll point ah the 1950s were just wonderful because, you know, the economy was growing and middle class jobs and so forth. 1950 the average American income was $15,000 in real terms, today it is $60,000. 15 versus 60. Which do you want? It’s not even close. The absolute best economy ever, in all of human history is right now. by a long shot, unless you want 15 versus 60. Now gee, this is GDP per capita and it evokes yawns, but I want to get you excited about it. GDP per capita is not just about more stuff. It’s about first of all better stuff. That household in the 1950 at a tiny house badly insulated, terrible cars that rusted immediately. One maybe black and white TV, health care. You know, they they all smoke. But you know most things you know if you got cancer in 1950 well, they you know, it’s cheap and then they’ll send in the priest. GDP per capita is health, environment, education, culture, defence, social programmes or any hope of repaying government debt, GDP per capita, that people look down on it, but it correlates with everything else. I’m trying to appeal to the progressives in the audience, which might be a few, but we nonetheless, we have to listen. You want to eliminate extreme, you know, extreme poverty, health, child mortality, clean water, all of those things are just collapsing the number of people who live in extreme poverty around the globe is is fallen dramatically. Child mortality what our ancestors even 100 150 years ago, many of their children died. And as a father and grandfather, I cannot imagine that heartbreak that’s just practically unknown, that comes from GDP that comes from economic growth that comes from it’s all part of it. Even you know, things like parks and a clean environment that that all cool, you have to be able to avoid that stuff. One of the things I find most shocking is the new degrowth movement. A lot of the climate movement will admit that it’s really not about the climate, it’s about an excuse to stop growth, and go back to some idea of the farm. These people have never been on an actual farm, say in India, and had to go get the water by hand first thing every morning. It’s just and it’s also annoys me because how much how much does the world economy have to grow before everyone can enjoy the standard of living of say, a social justice activist who likes to fly private jets to Davos we got along great growth before that, for that can happen. GDP is actually a vast undercount. People say, Oh, it doesn’t include, you know, parks and so forth. But it’s a vast undercount of how much better off we are now than than in the past. Among other things, it’s you know, it’s at market prices, it doesn’t count willingness to pay. If you remember, your your economics, the willingness to pay is always much greater than the market price, we get Google Maps for free, that’s worth a lot GDP counts it as nothing, and no medicines, medicines may be expensive. But if you’re about to die, you’d be willing to pay a whole lot more than that $10,000 it costs. A lot of our progressive friends worry about, oh, you know, we’ll run we can’t keep growing forever. That’s wrong. GDP is not just more stuff. First of all, we keep forecasting the end of resources, and it keeps not happening. But where we’re going GDP is the value of things, it’s producing valuable things for your fellow citizens. You know, it’s it’s funny, they say, oh, it’s immoral to go make a profit, you should go do social justice, the most moral thing you can do is to get up in the morning work hard for your fellow citizens. And and and they pay you for it, which shows you how valuable it is to them. But what we are doing, you know, where we’re going is the services economy, the economy of the future, the GDP of the future, will be for example, health, it will be the ability to to live longer and to conquer diseases and to live happier that that doesn’t take a lot of materials. Now I emphasised across time 15,000 in … from like 1,000 in the 1800s 15,0oo in the 1950s, 60,000 today, this is just an enormous increase in prosperity. Let’s look across countries. What’s the economic problem for India? Should they worry about recession? Should they worry about inequality? Well, their income is 2000. Our income is 60,000. The number one question for India is how to be more like us. That’s just orders of magnitude more important. Even China’s only only 20,000. This swamps these kinds of numbers 15 to 60, 2,000 to 60,000, that swamps every other economic issue. A recession is maybe a fall of 2 to 5%. We’re talking orders of magnitude. Climate is as you know, in the news, let’s just take the IPCC reports that say this will cost us 5% of GDP in 100 years, 5% of GDP versus, you know, doubling tripling, quadrupling, the process of growth. India $2,000 plus or minus 5%, or $2,000 to $60,000. And this is just the swamps, that that kind of issue. Now the question is, will this continue? As long as we’re thinking climate change and the economy of 100 years from now, instead of 5%? better off, will growth continue at say 2% a year? Well, then it’s 200% better in 100 years or three times better than today? If it was 4%, we would be five times better than today. That’s Those are big numbers two times better than today four times better than today or just like today that the the end of growth. So the question I see for Western society is will that continue? And the danger is the creeping stagnation, but it may not continue. The US from 1950 to 2000 grew per capita three and a half percent a year. Since 2000. It’s been 2%. We’re cutting the growth rate nearly in half. And the US as much as I will bemoan it is doing better than everywhere else, except maybe Australia, you guys are catching up. But Italy, my favourite country to go visit stopped growing in in 20, in 2010, just a disaster, Europe, Europe is falling behind, the UK, mother country to us both the UK is half as well off as the US in GDP per capita. And it’s just it’s stagnating and going nowhere, you know, half again, I’m going to I’m going to pick on climate, not because climate isn’t important, but just to get a sense of proportionality of what’s important relative to other things, the crisis of climate change 5% of GDP in 100 years, relative to doubling the UK GDP per capita, if they could just be like the US, you know, so climate change is, you know, that UK versus us is 10 times worse than the damage of climate change, we should be paying attention to long term growth and that and that convergence. So for us, the issue is is stagnating growth, and if it keeps going whether our children and grandchildren will experience what we did relative to our grandparents, of course, for for India, for China, for Africa, the ability to live lives like we do in 100 years, rather than be stuck in grinding poverty forever. That is the most important issue. So where does growth come from? Productivity. In the end, it’s all about what can each person produce per hour. It’s about supply. It’s about efficiency. It’s not about stimulus demand, central banks sending money out. It’s not about it’s not about unions. So why are why are we all wealthy? Because our grant, say your grandfather likely worked in a mine. And it’s 1890 and kaboom with a pick? Did Did we get richer because unions made the profits of the mine go to the worker, and now he gets, you know, 50 cents an hour rather than 25 cents an hour at the pick? No, it’s because now the mine is run with some enormous machine. And everybody else moved to the city and got nice jobs like we have. It’s about productivity. In turn, it’s actually, something is really stuck in our in our policy discussion. It’s always 1933. It’s jobs. It’s stimulus. No, Keynes is dead. We’re stuck with the long run. And the long run is about growth and supply. Where does productivity come from? In the end ideas, ideas, not just products and inventions, the you know, the iPhone, we all we all understand that’s an idea. But the little ideas of how to run businesses better. My my favourites is I spent a lot of time Southwest Airlines if you ever travel in the US, they figured out how to board an aeroplane in 10 minutes, United still takes us 30 minutes because we’re all going there fighting for the overhead bins then you swim upstream to check your bags. That is productivity growth. 10 minutes to board a plane versus 30 minutes to board a plane. Every little thing, you know old fashioned businesses like steel, steel I just found out in the US is is cut by at least in half how many man hours it takes to make us a tonne of steel, the yields on boring things like wheat, are just boom, boom, boom up every year. That’s the slow improvements in how do we do things. So it’s ideas. And ideas are very tricky, economically the crucial event and I’m gonna say something that you probably won’t like. The crucial thing about an idea is that it’s what we call non rival, its intellectual property. iPhone property, real property if you use, take my iPhone, I can’t use it anymore. If you take my wonderful recipe for spaghetti alla Puttanesca I can still use it. It doesn’t hurt me at all for you as you use it. Now, why are we all upset about intellectual property? Intellectual property, Once created, should be used by everybody immediately and then we’re all more productively. Why are we so upset about intellectual property? Well, you do need the incentive to create it. But you only need the incentive to create it. It’s it’s tricky that way. Universities you know, my business is creating intellectual property and giving it away for free. That is the good thing. Now that leads you to say, well, we should subsidise research. We should subsidise new ideas. No, no, no, don’t jump to that fact many of my growth theory economist jumped to you know, subsidised research. That’s the answer to producing new ideas. The problem is and let me tell you for sure because I work in a university. It is very easy to subsidise terrible ideas. You know in In the past, there used to be theology departments, whatever, I don’t know what you think religiously, but that doesn’t improve productivity. Now, it’s called departments of intersectional studies, which is the same thing. But it does not lead to productivity gains is what what matters with us whether you want, it is easy to fill academic journals with BS. So we need ideas. And for us, we need new ideas and better ideas. It’s much easier for China, India and Africa, because the ideas are there, they just need to copy. The only reason, the only reason India is not as productive as the US is they don’t do things the way the US does. Their technology, their productivity is not as high, which is a whole bunch of things, education, legal system, management, all the rest of it, but they don’t have to invent anything new. They just have to copy ideas, and it’s not going to hurt us, for them them to copy them. Ideas need to be embodied. So ideas, not just ideas, lots of inventions that are that they need to be embodied, usually a new products, new businesses, new ways of doing things. So they need incentives. And that is, I don’t really call it free market economy, economics, I call it incentive economics. That is the one thing we have to offer. Nobody else pays attention to incentives. Our job is to pay you need the incentives to take those ideas and implement them in new products, new businesses, and every step is hard. We think of growth as 2%. For years just gonna happen. No, every one of those 2% is is is is hard work to do things a little better, and to upset the established order. The problem is, every step is disruptive. So think about Uber and taxis. Easy example, Uber comes in, obviously better, right? We get cheaper rides, cars get used, people get employment opportunities, part time work, and who hates it? The taxi companies. Now I don’t know what happened here. But what happened in the US is just an unholy mess. The taxi companies had been protected forever. They, they they don’t like it. Nobody, don’t count on businesses to be for free markets, businesses hate free markets. Businesses want protection from competition and an easy life. And that’s the problem. This process of productivity enhancement has to be embodied in new businesses that disrupt the existing order. So all of regulation is designed to stop growth. Think of economic regulation, what does economic regulation do? By and large, it says I protect you from competition from him in order to keep the existing way of things going. A lot of it is about transfers, I’m going to take money from you and give to him but we’re going to do it very inefficiently by making you charge by forcing you to charge a higher prices. This regulation is designed to stop growth, not to get it going to preserve jobs, businesses always of doing things. Why? Because we live in democracies. Democracies are responsive to the needs of their citizens. And when the citizens come come screaming to stop competition and preserve my way of life. Democracies give them what they want good and hard as HL Mencken used to say, My ancestor I have an ancestor who came from Germany to the US and he came to the US. They hated Germans at the time, he went to New York, didn’t speak English. He wrote back come to America, the streets are paved with gold. Why? They were in a business they they made furniture and they wanted to move into pianos. But the guilds in Germany didn’t like this. There’s no damn guilds here stopping us from doing what we want to do. That’s what it needs. So why how do we how do we get around that? Well, we have property rights. We have rule of law, the institutions that protect our ability to innovate and and to and to cause problems for the existing people. So why are we stagnating? In my view, the answer is simple. We got people we got ideas, we’ve got entrepreneurial spirit, we have abundant investment capital, we just can’t get the permits. Now my notes say US regulatory nightmare insert horror stories. And you can we have all heard horror stories of regulation gumming up the works of doing things. Good ideas include public institutions. Now I’m I’m a good libertarian with lots of adjectives in front and one is a rule of law in libertarian. Property lights a rule of law and efficient legal system, that the the prep protections against depredation against the ability of your neighbours to go and demand competition that’s really important. And we see that good institutions are one of the most important things to get into growth, that’s why. So how can we get going growth again? Well, let’s we gotta fix the all the sand in the gears that’s getting in the wing. Can this help? There is a strain of thought and economics that says we have just run out of ideas. That’s the end of that, you know, growth is bound to end. I don’t think that’s true. But let’s let’s fix what we can, we can look and see lots of sand in the gears and we can certainly improve the level and, and I think we can do an enormous amount. When you look across countries, the GDP per capita from the Central African Republic, which is about 200, to India, 2000, China, about 20,000. UK about 40,000 US 60,000. There’s a very strong correlation between our incomes and ease of doing business index rule of law index, those kinds of institutional indices, so we know what’s good. What’s amazing is is how big the effect is, from 200 to 60,000, is really just institutions that my favourite is the my colleague, Chad Jones has a textbook on growth theory. And the cover is is a picture of Korea from a satellite, North Korea dark South Korea light. Now, now the good Lord has given us a controlled experiment, I’m sorry for the people of North Korea, but you want same background, same culture, same language, same everything. In fact, North Korea was the wealthier part in before the for the war, you want a controlled experiment on what government can do, it’s just amazing that it can do so much damage. But But there it is, for you, well, continue that regression line, the ease of doing business index puts the US at 82, 100 is possible. 100 just means the best observable everywhere, as I run that regression line out that puts the US 400% higher than it is today. Well, that seems possible that that is I think, a struggle. So how do we do? Erm fixed regulation sounds, you know, like pie in the sky. And the bulk of what I have to offer is, you know, concrete ideas of how we do it. The problem is, here’s there’s a political problem, stimulus is so attractive, stimulus is, ah, I the great politician will give you money and this will float all around, say yay give me, write me a check. Fixing things is a reform effort. And every market is screwed up in its own way with a bunch of vested interests, I call it what we need is the Marie Kondo approach to our public life. You can’t just stimulus, you can’t just go down and buy a lot of containers. You got to fix the sock drawer, and then the underwear drawer and my god the garage is waiting for us the tax code?.Well, that’s the way it is, you know, you have to know where you’re going and and, and start that reform effort. So I want to give you some examples. You’re not going to get in the next 10 minutes programme for everything, but it is the Marie Kondo approach. How can we get out though of the debate, you can see there’s sort of stuck. And I, what I’ve been thinking about mostly is I don’t want to call it out of the box, because that’s so trite, but a way beyond sort of the standard left right dilemma. And I think that’s right, I think there is an answer to air, to most of our problems, that is not just one or the other side more of this. What do you have to do first? Many regulations actually have some reason to them. So understand why, but then do a better job of what they’re doing. One important exercise is what’s the question? As you look at policies, most are answers in search of a question. My favourite being like tax the rich, it’s always tax the rich, but why keeps changing over the time? Well, let’s get the question. And then we can find a better answer. Regulation, regulation is not more versus less. Regulation is better, worse versus worse, well crafted versus not well crafted, full of unintended consequences and bad incentives or not. The the game is to fix, not just more or less, that’s harder. Another important principle, think of the overall incentives, the overall system, not just parts in isolation. And above all, think about the incentives. No one else is thinking about the incentives. It’s politics is just about taking from you giving to him. Nobody’s thinking about the incentives. If you think about the incentives, you’re away from the political wrangling about about who gets what. So for example, let’s think about let me start with an easy one, taxes. What should we do about taxes? Well, what’s the question? If the question is raise revenue for the government with minimal damage to the economy? I said the question once you say the question, the answer is very simple. That the answer to that question is eliminate income taxes, corporate taxes, state taxes, taxes on rates of return, basically just a flat sales tax on absolutely everything. That raises the most revenue for the government with with least cost and and now the objection what’s what’s wrong with that? First objection is, wait a minute, that’s gonna be like a 50% tax rate. Yeah. If GDP if if The government spending 50% of GDP, the tax rate average tax rate is going to be 50%. And if you don’t like that, you need to spend less. The it’s the same tax rate now it’s just raised in a different way. What we do now is we, we put it in lots of different places, so people don’t know. But the idea is simple. What about inequality? Well, number one, get the rich at the Porsche dealer. If you have a flat sales tax, you’re gonna get them you’re just gonna get them at the Porsche dealer, not when when they make the money, and it’s vastly simple. But what about inequality? Oh, you mean that wasn’t the question? The problem with our tax code is it’s trying to do and this is the US, by the way, I should say, I don’t know anything about Australia, and I hate Americans who wander around the world telling other people what they should do. So but I’m gonna seem parochial as a result, because all my stories about America, we’re trying to do 15 things. We’re trying to raise revenue, we’re trying to transfer income, we’re trying to subsidise all sorts of stuff, like my neighbour in Palo Alto lives in a $5 million house got 7500 bucks from the government for his new Tesla. That’s nice. We’re trying to and we’re trying to subsidise all sorts of things off budget without actually, you know, we’re taxing and spending without taxing spending? Well, you’re trying to do too many things. No wonder you get a mess. Let’s separate these. So the way I’d like to do it is let’s put all of that stuff on budget as expenditures. The flat taxes said, Oh, it’s not progressive. But what is the taxes don’t matter. What matters is the whole system. If we raise money efficiently with a flat tax, and then spend checks to whoever you want to spend, the whole system can be as progressive as you want. And as progressive as the voters will like, or as less progressive as you want. But it doesn’t matter. There’s this focus on each one individually, no, look at the whole system. And that can be as progressive as you want. And that you know, but if you put it on budget, then it’s up to the voters. I’m gonna follow principle, I got nothing to say about transfers, all I got to say about is incentives. And I want the lowest possible marginal rates, with the highest possible revenue for the government, that fixes the incentives, how high those rates are? up to you how much you want to spend, how much gets transferred up to the voters? how much they’re happy to do. Let me talk about social programmes. We are in the US at least, we’re running 5 to 7% of GDP structural deficits. And here come the retirement of the baby boomers. That’s our that’s our debt problem. Well, here’s a classic of left versus right. Right, oh, we gotta cut social programmes, we’re gonna go bankrupt. Left, you heartless whatever, you’re gonna throw grandma from the back of the train, how can you do that? How can we break out of this one? Let’s look at incentives. What’s the real problem with American social programmes. The real problem is not how much money we spend. The real problem is the disastrous incentives and it’s incentives that the programmes all put together. You take the average American between zero and $60,000. They if they earn an extra dollar in legal income, they lose $1 of benefits. And that’s on average, there’s many cliffs where you earn $1 And you lose all your health insurance. Make sure not to earn that extra dollar. If you have, if you have affordable housing with an income limit, earn an extra dollar, you lose your house, people are very smart, they respond to incentives. The other problem we have is that low income Americans basically don’t work. The labour force participation is just catastrophically low. Well, duh, why don’t they work? Because if they earn extra, do you want to cheer after me? If you earn an extra dollar, you lose $1 of benefits. So why don’t we work on fixing the disincentives of social programmes? What will happen then, what will happen is more people work, so they won’t need so much social programmes just save money, you’ll help people who actually need help much more effectively. And you reduce the cycle of poverty and dysfunction in a lot of our neighbourhoods. How can we do that? Well, one of the most important ways is that the problem comes from all programmes together. It’s the the food stamps you it’s only like a 50% implicit tax rate. But if you add the food stamps, the Social Security, the low the earned income tax credit, the the low income bus pass, that actually exists, I mean, all the things that are income limited, you put those together, so why don’t we put those all together instead of having 15, 150 actually different different programmes, remove the cliffs. One of the most crazy things in the US if you get another dollar of income, we lower your benefits. If you go get out and get another programme that gives you another dollar of transfers. We don’t lower your benefits. Well we can fix these things. Control the disincentives. Banking, oh boy. banking regulations. This is a classic one of disincentives. And there’s we have we’re in we’ve just done this again. We’re in this cycle of, the crisis comes, bail everybody out, promised to fix it. It doesn’t work. Great. Run comes again, bail everybody out. Again, this is a ne.., this is an important one because there’s remember the little old lady who swallowed the fly, just swallowed the spider to catch the fly and so on and so forth. This is when you think about how things got bad is not just dumb people. It’s smart people patching up a dumb system. And that’s what happened a run happens. What do you do? You got to bail out the creditors to stop the runs. Now you have moral hazard. A bailout deposit insurance is like giving your uncle Luigi your credit card on his way to Las Vegas. That’s what we economists call moral hazard. So we write rules, okay, no double down on 16. No spinning double black or whatever. Luigi figures out, I have an Italian family so I get to use this. Luigi figures out and goes to the craps table and next thing you know you got another crisis. We have the answer. It’s it’s a sensible thing. But now it’s it’s it’s falling apart we have the answer, which is was put in place 1992 but it requires tearing the whole system down and starting from scratch. And that’s the hard part, the answer, by the way is banks should get their money by issuing stock. And then deposits should just flow into flow into trade. It’s called narrow banking. It’s been around since the 1930s. There’s a lot of money people making money in the current system. Housing, you have a housing problem, we have a housing problem, let them build. And I’m only beginning, health, oh boy, healthcare. This one always causes me problems. But I got to tell you so healthcare in the US is one of the most dysfunctional things around. It’s actually possibly worse than socialised health care. Fully private health care can work. Now here and in 30 seconds, I’m not gonna give you the programme. But health is a complex personal service. It’s like lawyering, accounting, architecture, construction, aeroplane pilots, car repair. It’s a complex personal service, all of those we leave to the free market, there is no reason that healthcare can’t be left to the free market as well. And then a brutally competitive market can give us better service and lower prices. Oh my goodness, I haven’t even gotten to horrible publication, public education, labour laws, occupational licencing laws, immigration restrictions, regulatory barriers, lawsuits, prevailing wage, domestic content rolls, the sand in the productivity gears. What are we gonna do? Well, that’s it, those are all out there. But you can see the general principle can, can be used to fix all those if we want to, you know, free, free markets is still a vital way to fix today’s problems. And that’s just today’s economy. Well, you know, new ideas are also the the sand in the gears is there too. You know, there’s a possibility of factory built mini nuclear power plants. Why don’t we have those in the US? Because the Nuclear Regulatory Commission has not licenced a single new plant since 1975. AI, we live in a moment of a spectacular technological advance. It’s like Gutenberg. It’s potentially like like Gutenberg’s movable press. And immediately what do people want to do? Run to Washington to regulate it. And where’s this, it’s not just coming from fear the robots will take over. There’s a strong demand to regulate it because this is information. We are we’re living at the outbreak of the technical censor the censorship state, and boy, oh boy who has control over ChatGPT3, has control over politics, especially biology I see great advances in biology, better health, longevity, that what we’re learning about about the fundamentals of life is fantastic. But good luck getting FDA approval, or increasingly politicised research funding. So let me summarise here we can’t just bemoan, there’s a tendency among us free marketers to have a beer and just say, Oh, how dumb Why are their zoning zoning laws are so dumb, they’re stopping that. But if you understand where they came from, and what the disincentives are, I think you have a better chance of fixing you have to understand where they came from. That patchwork the old lady and the fly, how to how to ask the right questions, to get the answer. You have to examine the whole system, you have to examine the incentives. And you have to make your opponents state the question. And then often there’s a very simple answer. And then they go duh, that wasn’t the question I asked. It’s okay, now we’ll have a better conversation. There’s a way to do this. Economists are quite a bit at fault, my fellow economists. What you’re taught in economics school, is how to look at every problem, diagnose some failure of the hypothetical totally free market, and then advocate new rules that the benevolent omniscient planner will do to fix the problem. But we don’t live in a free market. When you see a problem. Look first, not at a hypothetical failure of some free market look for the regulation that caused the problem, as you can see with zoning and housing, it’s not a failure of the market, it’s regulatory. Now I have to close on a optimistic note. You know, people often tell me, Oh, if only we could get leaders who will listen, They all believe in democracy. How does this happen? Things things will get better when the average person understands how it works and votes for sensible policy. I know a lot of politicians, they, by and large, understand perfectly well how things work. And they understand they won’t get voted in office for it. So when the average person sees, you know, when the average person sees too high house prices, and says, Well, why don’t we let people build more houses, you’ll get politicians who understand that. So really, the way things work is there’s leaders, there’s the chattering classes around them, and there’s the vast amount of sensible voters around that. If you operate in the world of ideas, then the politics will follow. And that’s why institutions like this one exist, we exist to help the ideas that then will make their way into policy. The idea that you can just whisper into the into the great emperors ear, that’s not how a democracy works. And thank goodness, that’s the way our society works. Okay, thank you.

Gene Tunny  36:19

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  36:24

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  36:54

Now back to the show.

36:59

John, thank you. And now it’s time for our Q&A session with our friend and colleague leading proceedings, Gene Tunny is director of Adept Economics in Brisbane. And he’s the author of a recent CIS publication that I’d encourage you to read, Debunking Degrowth. Gene Tunny, over to you Gene.

Gene Tunny  37:17

Thanks, Tom. And thank you, John, for that excellent lecture. That was terrific. John, I’d like to start with this idea of the age of stagnation or the risk of stagnation. And it seems like you’re attributing that to government, I’d like to understand what evidence there is behind that. So we’ve, if you believe the people on the left, we’ve had an age of neoliberalism, we had the reforms of Thatcher and Reagan and in this country, we had Hawke and Keating and then Howard. And there’s an argument that we’ve deregulated too much. But you would push back on that, could you tell us a bit more about why you’re so confident, it’s it’s government regulation that is driving that slowdown?

John Cochrane  37:55

You got an alternative for me? I mean, just look out the window, and you know, try to run a business and and see how hard it is to get anything done. So Reagan and Thatcher were great, but they just scratched the surface. They sort of talked about deregulation, but you know, how many federal agencies did Reagan actually get rid of? You know? So there was a little bit of a pause. But the regulatory state just kept adding more and more. And I see it’s a larger issue, not just of the size of regulation, but the nature of it, our public institutions in the US are fraying. I actually am a free marketer, I look back with nostalgia at the era of regulation. And by which I mean, when our regulatory agencies had rules and cost benefit analysis and public comment and proper procedures. Now, it’s just an executive order and a Dear Colleague letter, you know, and so that that’s in many ways worse as an example. Also, it’s getting more and more politicised. I was shocked. So you may or may not know what’s going on. There was a case, Missouri v Biden that revealed what was happening the censorship of the internet during the COVID era, and went unremarked. The Biden administration was simply threatening businesses like Twitter, we’ll close you down. We’ll send the EEOC, the NLRB, the EPA, you know, this alphabet soup of agents, we’ll send them after you. But by saying that, you know, you see right there, it’s taken for granted. This isn’t rules. This isn’t law. This is just we arbitrary power to close things down. So I see the regulatory state getting bigger, the the legal system in the US, you know, you can’t get anything built because you’re gonna get years of environmental suits. And it’s part of sort of the scorched earth politics. That may not be the answer to the question you wanted, but that’s what I see.

Gene Tunny  39:45

No that’s okay, I just wanted to ask because the the alternative view is that there has been that slowdown in the rate of innovation that you mentioned the the Robert Gordon thesis of the rise and fall of American growth. I think it’s, yeah to me, it seems like a difficult thing to be able to prove one way or another,

John Cochrane  40:02

It is no, what you’re asking me is not just my view but what I think of those views. Yeah. So these views, we got to take this seriously. Gordon basically said, our growth was an SJ thing, it was a one time thing, we learned to use fossil fuels. And that’s over, just, you know, that the possibilities are over. And there is evidence, you know, it’s taking more and more in resource, find an invention. But in part, that’s always been the case. So there’s a great study of the steam engine, steam engines invented, it wasn’t, you know, 18, if you’ve been to the museum’s, it wasn’t like the final steam engines 100 years of making it better and better, and it gets harder and harder to harder to make it better. And we’re kind of running out of ways to make steam engines better. And then someone invents the diesel engine, and then someone invents the aeroplane. So I think we’ve been in a period of sort of, there was a new invention, we kind of work and all that, and you’re waiting for the next new thing to come, which I think is potentially biology or AI. So just wait. But who knows, you know that that’s a possibility. We but we also know, the regulatory state is causing tremendous problems. So you know, maybe we can only raise GDP by a factor of four, before we run in, run out of ideas, factor four will be pretty good. And to let India and Africa have our way, know how to do things the way that will be pretty good, too. And if 200 years from now, that’s where we plateau. Okay, we’re done.

Gene Tunny  41:20

What do you think the risks are with? With AI? I mean, there’s a lot of potential there with biotech is that is the risk that we’re going to be too timid, that we’re going to over regulate, because of the precautionary principle, for example, how do you see that? And what alternative would you offer? What, would you have a principle that you could apply for there?

John Cochrane  41:38

The last big thing on the internet was was, you know, social media sorts of things and Google, and then they’ve been kind of looking for what, I live in Silicon Valley, they’ve been looking for what to do for 10 years. And I talked, everybody wanted crypto for a while that was kind of going nowhere. Not that kind of hard. But the old tech companies have turned into regulatory regulated utilities with remarkable speed. And I worry that this, this is really a demand for the new stuff to do that I don’t, the idea of the robots will take over. They’ve been worrying about that since 1850. I think just technically, that’s silly is just complete sentences, it completes your sentences. Don’t worry about that taking over. I think the demand for regulation is the demand to control the flow of information that we get, and we’re worried about tech is there’s no monopoly that doesn’t get enforced by the government that lasts very long. People say tech’s a monopoly? Oh, yeah, Netscape, AOL, Yahoo, they got that one wrapped up, don’t they? And the same thing is happening to the big tech tech companies now. So the demand I think, really is the danger is the danger of the surveillance state. And, and so, you know, there’s you can see the political demand for regulation, and people like to keep their profits up. So that’s the demand for regulation. Not that the robots are gonna come get us.

Gene Tunny  42:57

Okay. I’d like to ask, again about, well about government. And you mentioned the, the Marie Kondo approach to fixing government and if I remember Marie Kondo correctly, it’s you pick up an item and if it doesn’t bring you joy, you toss it out. Are there parts of the government that don’t bring you joy, that you would toss out?

John Cochrane  43:16

I think the converse of that question is going to be harder or easier to answer. Yes. What what do I like about the government? I think the US is vastly underfunded the legal system, that it takes years to get to get something through the courts is just a shame. That’s part of public infrastructure. You know, where roads, bridges and efficient courts. So that’s why as much as I hate lawyers, and environmental suits and all the rest of it, nonetheless, that’s, you know, that’s a part of the work that we can have some public infrastructure there. Is there anything else that we actually like? What do we like in the government?

Gene Tunny  43:54

That’s okay.

John Cochrane  43:56

Sorry? Yeah, National Defence. That’s a big inefficiency that we put up with. Thank you. It is remarkable. I’m a good libertarian and free marketer, that the military is so efficient at what it does. I mean, it’s a big inefficient waste, but that it actually wins wars is pretty amazing. You know, given given the structure that they’re really amazing people.

Gene Tunny  44:17

Okay. John I’d like to ask about health care, for example, and you’re a proponent of free market, in health care. A lot of the other advanced economies or most of them would have large public health care systems. And the concern is that if you have the free market in health care, there’d be some people that would miss out, they’d be left behind, there’d be people who couldn’t afford it, people who wouldn’t be insured. How do you deal with that objection given, if you look at the US system, US life expectancy is significantly lower than other advanced economies. How would you cope with that objection? How do you, I know it’s difficult to unscramble from where we are and you do have regulation intervention already, but how would you deal with that, that objection?

John Cochrane  45:01

Yeah the US already has a public health system that’s just a remarkably inefficient one. So most of the population is on some sort of government thing, whether it’s Obamacare or federal employees, and the US, you know, in other countries they say, You’re we’re paying taxes, you’re gonna pay some taxes to pay for his health care. In the US, the government says, well, we don’t want to tax and spend instead you business are going to provide her health care, and is that any different than taxing and spending? But then we have this horrible system of cross subsidies, which is what kills the competition? You know what, so government doesn’t want to pay that much. So we say, well, you hospital, you have to provide free health care, and the hospital says fine where are we making up the difference? Well, we’ll let you overcharge everybody else. Okay, but now you can’t have any competition. That’s where the whole homeless comes from. Now, now the left behind issue. So US life expectancy is lower. That’s because we shoot each other. And we and we do a lot of bad drugs. But US life expectancy, if you have cancer, it’s a whole lot better than anywhere else in the world. So it’s horrendously expensive, but but not that bad. You know, the poor people have cars and houses and lots of things, they don’t get great health care, by the way, anywhere in the world. Everywhere in the world, rich people have ways of getting really good quality health care, and we sort of have a fig leaf that that everybody else is, is getting great stuff. So I don’t see that free market health care, because it’s going to be so much more competitive, so much more cost effective. I think it’s gonna serve poor people, poor people, you know, have money just like anybody else. They’ll they’ll buy health insurance and it’ll be cost effective. And, and I don’t mind subsidising it. So you want a subsidy, so we can have transfers, I said, do you know all the transfers you want? I just I’m gonna give you a voucher, you can have a voucher for 5000 bucks, 10,000 bucks here, I don’t care what it is. Go buy your health care on a brutally competitive insurance and healthcare market. You’re going to come great because you got a $10,000 voucher.

Gene Tunny  47:00

Okay, okay. Might be good to ask, go to the audience soon. ButI’ve got one more question…

John Cochrane  47:04

I’ll try to shorten up my answers. Stop asking such good questions.

Gene Tunny  47:08

No, I’ve got one more question about your fiscal theory the price level, which is, yeah John’s written this immense book. It’s fascinating. I’ve picked it up. But then I discovered I had to buy three more books to be able to, to interpret it. But it’s it is it’s, it’s it’s terrific…

John Cochrane  47:27

Get past the, past, just ignore the chapters of the equations and get to the fun stuff…

Gene Tunny  47:31

I’m getting through it. But John, how do you distinguish this from, say, the Milton Friedman view that inflation is always and everywhere a monetary phenomenon, you’ve got a fiscal theory of the price level. We look at what happened during the pandemic, when we had this massive monetary expansion in the Western world and in Australia and the United States, UK. And then we see the inflation following that. And we think, Well, this is what Milton Friedman was telling us. But you’ve got a theory of inflation that is different. You’re saying it’s to do with fiscal policy with government debt? What do you say about Friedman’s theory and how is yours different how does yours add to it or reject Friedman?

John Cochrane  48:08

That’s not a question that’s gonna get you a short answer. 600 page book in 30 seconds, here we come! The fiscal theory of the price level says that where does inflation come from fundamentally? It comes from more government debt than people think can be repaid by future taxes. Government debts and assets just like stocks and bonds. If you think the stock doesn’t have is not doesn’t have any dividends coming, what do you do you try to sell the stock the price goes down. If you hold government debt, and you think, you know, these guys are never gonna pay this off. What do you do? You try to get rid of the government debt? How do you do that? You try to buy stuff to try to sell the government debt, but we can’t all sell it. The only the you know, what is if we try to sell the government debt, we buy stuff, prices go up. That’s where inflation comes from. Now, what about Milton Friedman? I love Milton Friedman. Milton Friedman was 99% right. Wrong about one little thing. So Friedman, he said money causes inflation, not total government debt. Now, how do we agree and disagree? Suppose you take $5 trillion of money and hand it out from helicopters, as Milton said, that’s gonna cause inflation. I agree, because money is one form of government debt. And when you drop money from helicopters, you’re telling people here’s debt, we have no intention of paying this off with future taxes. So we agree that is, it’s an expansion of government debt is money that finances a deficit. But suppose the government drops $5 trillion of money from helicopters. And simultaneously the government burglars come and take $5 trillion of treasury bills out of your safe, you have no more wealth, you have lots more money, but we took away your treasury bills. Now monetarism would say that causes exactly the same inflation as just giving you the debt. And I say ah ah ah, what counts is overall amount of government liabilities and as proof, yes, in the pandemic, the government did drop a lot of money and debt on everyone and got inflation. It was financing huge deficits. That was a fiscal expansion. The government also did $5 trillion of giving you money and taking back debt. That was called quantitative easing. And what did that do? Nothing. So 5 trillion in quantitative easing designed to increase inflation, absolutely no effect whatsoever. 5 trillion of deficits, which could have been money could have been debt, 5 trillion deficits, we got inflation. That’s actually Episode One for the fiscal theory.

Gene Tunny  50:27

Okay. Thanks, John. That explains it better to me for sure.

John Cochrane  50:31

And Milton was great. Now many not that many episodes of money causing inflation, and they were almost all governments printing money to, to cover deficits. So we agree on all those episodes.

Gene Tunny  50:43

Very good. Okay, Tom, should we open up to the floor for questions? And question I’m going to enforce the questions must be questions rule. Gigi Foster?

John Cochrane  50:54

I welcome speeches. Short speeches.

Gigi Foster  50:56

I’m Gigi Foster. I’m a professor of economics at UNSW, one of our local universities. And thank you so much for your lovely talk, which I will be trying to get somehow for my students, hopefully CIS will make that possible. So I really agree with you know, 99%, of what you said. But towards the end, I thought maybe your optimism about being able to fix this through democratic processes may be a little bit overstated. And my worry is that what we have now is this sclerotic mess in not just in government, but in organisations as well, including universities. And it is sustained by poor incentives on the part of the people in the state and the bureaucracies that are not accountable, and the politicians themselves who are career incentives. And what we face is a situation similar to what Kafka saw, similar to what we had in the USSR before it fell. And we know that how those bureaucracies end is they they either have wars that defeat them, or they come crashing down under the weight of their own inefficiency. And right now, our democratic mechanisms are not very strong. A few elections, sometimes, to me, it’s just not a strong enough force. So I’ve been advocating for a lot of direct democratic revival in the resistance and restoration movement here in Australia. And I wanted to know what you thought about the need for that. And if we don’t think it’s necessary, how is this going to come to pass?

John Cochrane  52:08

In the past, democracies, especially actually, small countries, who seem better able to do it than the US are capable of reform. Even the US we’ve had a social security reform, we had a tax reform there, you know, historically, we’ve been able to fix things. I worry as you do, that the institutions are fraying that we are we are in the US having, the government is so powerful, that it’s worth scorched earth tactics, to destroy the institutions to grab power for the next round, because then you get control of the Justice Department, the surveillance state, the taxes and all the rest of it. There is a limited government allows you to lose elections and go lick your wounds and try again. So and I, I’ll be a little political here. I think our big, one of our biggest challenges is we face a political religious movement on the far progressive left, that is understood the march through the institutions. It’s a small fraction of popular opinion, but they know they grabbed the educational institutions, they grabbed the bureaucracies they grabbed the philanthropies, they have the universities, they have the institutions of civil society in their grasp. And they are profoundly undemocratic. They they are, they call themselves save our democracy, but they are Maoist in their in their policies and that and with the fraying of institutions, and the rise of a technical surveillance state, that, you know, that is a genuine threat to democracy and growth. So I was trying to close optimistically, I’m making your point. I am, you know, very worried about that, and our freedom to have events like this.

Gene Tunny  53:47

Righto, Peter Tulip, at the back and then over here… Thank you, Chief Economist at CIS, yes.

Peter Tulip  53:54

Thank you. I’d like to ask about you’re talking about avoiding the left right division, that a lot of the regulations you want to get rid of have a strong constituency within the economics profession. But that’s not true of all of them. There are some views and in particular, free trade, or housing policy, you mentioned where left wing economists, like Jason Furman or Paul Krugman, have almost exactly the same agenda, as you do. But the general public is on a different planet. And part of that is that the public just doesn’t trust market forces. I was wondering if you have views, how do we prosecute those other issues where economists across the spectrum agree, and we’re against the general public?

John Cochrane  54:43

Boy, that’s a hard one, by the way, Econ profession is in many cases very interested also. You know, how do you get consult like health economists, you know, they live to consult for the for the big health either, they’re not gonna say free market. They live to provide advice and benevolent dictators, they tend to be pro regulation as well. How do we get, boy, basic education on basic things that support the institute? I get to think about that one and come back after another question, but because those are fairly straightforward, and of course, the far left doesn’t believe in the far right doesn’t either. You know, Trump has 25% tariffs on everybody. In fact, I was so disappointed in California. There’s a there’s now a yimby movement where progressive lefties they’re saying, You know what, I get it. The only way to bring down housing prices is let people build housing and market rate housing, not just government subsidised housing. And instantly the Republican Party said, no, no, no, no, we must have zoning control and local local. Don’t Don’t count on the right to be free market either.

Gene Tunny  55:56

Over here, and then we’ll go over here. Yes, if you could just…

Michael Potter 55:59

Yes, Michael Potter. So I just wanted to ask about you mentioned I think a when you were talking about health care that the US system is actually worse than a socialised system was just wondering if you could expand or develop on that idea. Why is the system which is sort of partly free market and partly regulated or socialised, why is that actually worse than a fully socialised system?

John Cochrane  56:23

Well in part I was making a joke. But you know, what, there’s a couple of original sins in US healthcare, and one of them is this idea that we’re going to do, we’re not going to tax and spend, we’re going to do it by forced cross subsidies. Because if you tax and spend, you can still have a competitive system. When you do it by forced cross subsidies, you you have to stop competition, and then just the price just explodes. So, you know, we have better health care than most places, but we pay we have twice as good health care at five times the price. And actually, you know, there is this issue, what do you do about poor people? And I said, vouchers is one way to do it another way is, let’s just, if you want it, you know, deal with the homeless people shouldn’t die in the gutter, why don’t we pass some taxes and give them whatever health care you think is a compassionate society deserves the least fortunate. And then the rest of us can be left to the mercies of the free market. And one of the crazy things is that my health care insurance has to be so screwed up, just because to provide health care to the bottom 5% of the homeless person in the gutter, that’s silly. You know, we, we need, you know, I can still go to a private hotel. And we don’t, you know, we don’t we don’t try to socialise that in order to solve the homeless problem. So there is, you know, I assume a government provided system all one in is pretty horrendously inefficient. But a system a crony capitalist system can be as efficient as a, as a well run, government provided system. And I’ll say it I would be for taxing and spending, you know, one way to, you know, tax and provide a a community hospital for the poor, and then we get the free market.

Gene Tunny  58:07

Okay, with some questions over here. And then we’ll go to you, we’ll go to this gentleman. Thank you. Thank you. Thanks.

David Tregenza 58:14

Hello, my name is David Tregenza. I was just wondering, when you talked about development economics. I’ve read arguments from maybe more progressive that the reason America has such all those ideas booming is from their large spend on military, which then leaks to entrepreneurs. And that’s where computers, internet, rockets, satellites, and all that come from? What do you say to that?

John Cochrane  58:38

Well like, China seems pretty good at taking our military ideas and implementing them. You know, those ideas are available for anyone. Now, to what extent was, you know, to what extent the idea is that the most efficient way to produce new ideas, you know, Apollo programme was 1% of GDP, we got Tang and Teflon, you know, maybe we could have gotten that cheaper from from other ways. So some of the basic ideas did come from the military. But the hard work is not the basic idea. The hard work is the implementing it and starting the new company, you know, famously, Xerox, created the mouse and didn’t know what to do with it. Steve Jobs saw the mouse and boom, that, you know, he knew what to do with it. So I’m not sure that we have a dearth of basic ideas. We have as the dearth of is the ability to take new ideas and implement them in new companies, which then challenge the profits and ways of doing things of the old companies.

Gene Tunny  59:36

Nicholas Moore is it? Has the microphone.

Nicholas Moore 59:37

Thanks, thanks for the presentation. It’s been terrific. I’m, of course a subscriber to to, as you say, 99% of these views, using a natural experiment US versus the UK I think is a good test. But I always used to get confused when I looked at France and the UK because the French obviously wouldn’t embrace the sort of ideas we’re talking about, whereas the UK, typically would have, and again, looking at the US, you know, the contrast between California who arguably embrace all the wrong ideas. And when we talk about AI, you know, Where’s that coming from? So, so there does, you know, the natural experiments throw up a bit of challenge don’t they in terms of where GDP per capita ends up where ideas come from?

John Cochrane  1:00:23

I don’t know are France, France and the UK that different in terms of overall level of so…

Nicholas Moore 1:00:28

That’s a point so their GDP is per capita is the same, one’s more open and one’s more closed

John Cochrane 1:00:33

France spends 55% of GDP the UK spends 50% of GDP on on government stuff. There’s sort of this de industrialised, the UK is a financial centre and then tourist de industrialised wasteland, France has a certain efficient technocracy. So they they may be socialist, but they kind of they send people to the Ecole Polytechnique, and then they build nuclear power plants and we don’t kind of let you I don’t know what it’s like in the US. There’s kind of anything we want to build in the US there’s just this chaos of regulatory nightmare. And, you know, can you get stuff built in the in the UK the way it can, you know, you get the technocrats in France to build something they build something you know, they can build a high speed train, the US can’t build a high speed train. SNC, I don’t know if I told this story SNCF bailed out of the contract to build the California High Speed Trains. They said you guys are crazy. Not even socialist France works like this. I don’t see a great. I wish the UK had taken Brexit and become Singapore on Thames. But they don’t seem heading that direction.

Gene Tunny  1:01:44

Very good. Michael Brennan is it Michael?

Michael Brennan 1:01:46

Thanks yeah, Michael Brennan, used to be the chair of the Productivity Commission in Australia up until a couple of weeks ago, I wanted to ask about the economics profession, and where you see the role that it has played. I mean, I hate to indulge in nostalgia, but it does feel as though in your country and ours the economics profession had and played a much stronger role in the economic policy debate but had a much stronger feel for markets, institutions, the broad sweep. We feel it feels to me as though a lot of economists have gone down different rabbit holes, either very abstract, or ultra empirical, but involved in very narrow questions rather than the sorts of big questions that that you’re posing and answering.

John Cochrane  1:02:31

You know, to the extent that economists want to waste their time on technical stuff, they’re not harming anybody. So enjoy it. The economics profession has actually always been quite left wing and statist and, and serve and view their job as sort of advancing progressive goals. The American Economic Association was was founded that way, there’s kind of a, you’re thinking Milton Friedman, University of Chicago, but that was a very small number of people for a very short window of time. And now mostly, they’re in their advancing progressive agendas. You know, you can’t even you can’t publish a paper that says raising raising minimum wages, lowers employment anymore, so it’s kind of going a way of the other sciences as well. So we’re really the danger I see is that it is becoming part of the ideology production machine for the progressive narrative, and becoming less open to critical empirical work that challenges that that narrative, and you know, well, when you work for the government’s guess what you tend to say that the government’s good things?

Gene Tunny  1:03:36

Okay. There’s one question over here.

David Murray 1:03:39

Yeah. David Murray. How do you help people understand these concepts of corporate social responsibility and social licence?

John Cochrane  1:03:47

Do I want them to understand those concepts? With Friedman, your job is to to make profits for your shareholders. Unfortunately, right now, the way you make profits for your shareholders is to keep the regulator’s out of your hair. And the way you do that is to echo whatever political blather is in the regulator’s minds these days. So never count on big businesses to challenge the regulatory state or argue for free markets. They’re in business to get good regulatory treatment, and maybe you can protect us from your markets, and that means they go along with whatever nonsense is coming out of Washington.

Gene Tunny  1:04:21

Okay John, I might ask one more question. I’ve had a gentleman on my podcast who produces these things called Goldbacks. So there, there are a lot of people maybe, still, maybe, I don’t know, it’s under 10% of the population. But there are a significant number of people who are worried about the future of the US and the future of the global economy. And, you know, worry about fiat money. Is fiat money a problem? Do we need to go back to something like a gold standard or goldback currency? What’s your view on that before we wrap up?

John Cochrane  1:04:51

Fiat money is now a share in federal government. It is not, fiat money means money that’s backed by nothing but our money is backed our money is backed by the willingness of our government to raise taxes to soak up the money if necessary, I’m giving you fiscal theory the price level. So it’s a great system, so long as our governments maintain the fiscal space to always back their money with taxpayer, that’s a good system, so long as governments are fiscally solvent, I think the danger of the of the current, not fiat money, so the current system of money backed by the present value of fiscal surpluses is that it might not be backed anymore. And that therefore I do see a possibility of a of a sovereign, a grand sovereign debt crisis. When do you get a crisis? Nobody ever sees a crisis coming, right? Because if you knew the crisis was going to happen tomorrow, then it would have already happened today, you’d run and get your money out. What is the one cl.., and crises always happen when there’s money that can’t be paid back, shady accounting and nobody doubts that this is good stuff yet. Have I just described government debt? So I think, you know, in the next crisis, there is a possibility that our, we reveal our governments to have debts that they have no way of repaying and you could have a global inflation a default on you know, Italy, in some of the EU states, basically, a run on sovereign debt is possible. I don’t, we’re not there yet. But that’s kind of where the end of Western civilization goes. And then you got a problem because our monetary system is all built on the idea that government debt is sacrosanct. Now really any idea of history and you think government debt is the safest assets since the since the Henry the Henry the Third, I think defaulted on the Petruzzi government debt has been the riskiest asset around. And so we live in this kind of golden age. So to your question. I think if that happens, not, I mean, we’re in smoking financial ruins, but you might want some monetary system that doesn’t depend on the value of the government. And, you know, we all have our free market fantasies about that’s the one one place I’ve kind of stuck with the government we have a decent system of short term government debt is long, you know, it works okay. In free market fantasyland. And, you know, after we’ve had our third drink, we should talk about private monetary systems for the moment I kind of put it in, you know, airline pilots. Yeah, pilot licences should be privatised. Okay. Maybe that’s not the first thing we want to do. It’s kind of thing you talk about at the third rank of the Cato. So the same thing? Now gold is not the answer. So a gold standard is a government promise to deliver gold. So you haven’t gotten rid of the government. And a gold standard is a fiscal commitment. No government’s ever had enough gold to back their currency. So what is the gold standard, a gold standard, the government says I promised all these notes. One for one with gold, I know that the gold so what keeps that afloat? What keeps that afloat is the Government’s commitment, that if you start coming to ask for gold, I will raise taxes, and I or enough to get or borrow the gold to give you it’s a commitment to running the fiscal theory the price level. And it’s a bad one because the relative price of gold and other stuff fluctuates, it just would not work in a modern economy, because we don’t use gold coins. So So gold isn’t the answer. And gold doesn’t obviate the problem of if the government’s are bankrupt, they’re not going to be able to give you a gold standard. Is there something in the Bitcoin space that could maybe do it? We need to Yeah, I believe money has to be backed. So you need to find a security that’s backed by real assets that has a steady real value that there’s a lot of it, and that in and that people could use, we could devise such a system but you know, why don’t we just have our governments not default and have to build this from the smoking ruins anyway.

Gene Tunny  1:08:46

Very good Professor John Cochrane. Terrific, thank you. John’s gonna move a vote of thanks. Very good.

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

56:06

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Is the American Dream a Broken Promise for Latinos? w/ Dr Paul Rivera – EP213

Dr Paul Rivera provides insights into the $3 trillion Latino economy in the United States and questions whether the American dream is a broken promise for Latinos. Dr. Paul Rivera is co-founder of BeActChange, a former senior economist at USAID, and lecturer at California State University Channel Islands. Dr Rivera and show host Gene Tunny also discuss the challenges of delivering foreign aid and the importance of understanding local communities. Rivera shares a compelling example to illustrate this point.

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google Podcasts, Apple Podcasts and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP213

  • The American Dream and Latino economy with Paul Rivera. (0:03)
  • International development, strategic planning, and community engagement. (4:41)
  • Inadequate consultation in international development projects. (10:23)
  • Latino population’s role in US economy and American dream. (14:07)
  • Latino mental health and the American Dream. (20:13)
  • The economic power of the Latino community in the US. (25:45)
  • Latino homeownership, education, and mental health. (29:12)
  • The American Dream and its accessibility. (34:46)
  • Immigrant experiences and the American dream. (40:06)
  • Latino population growth in the US and its impact. (43:48)
  • Marketing to the Latino community in the US. (47:26)

Links relevant to the conversation

About Dr Paul Rivera on his BeActChange website:

https://beactchange.com/about-paul/

Paul’s LinkedIn page:

https://www.linkedin.com/in/drpaulrivera/

Paul’s book Creating Your Limitless Life co-authored with  Dr. Esther Zeledón:

https://www.amazon.com.au/CREATING-YOUR-LIMITLESS-LIFE-Terms-ebook/dp/B0CFZN3FCS

Latino GDP report 2023:

https://lattitude.net/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/LDC%20GDP%20REPORT%202023.pdf

Transcript: Is the American Dream a Broken Promise for Latinos? w/ Dr Paul Rivera – EP213

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Paul Rivera  00:03

Part of the problem with the American Dream is how we’ve translated it, how we’ve measured it. You know, if you look in the Oxford Dictionary, the definition of the American Dream is basically that this idea that the situation in America offers those who work hard, the equal opportunity to achieve and the dictionary says their highest aspirations. And that highest aspirations piece is something really important that I think people don’t hang on to enough.

Gene Tunny  00:35

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. In this episode, we explore the Latino economy in the United States. And we consider whether the American Dream is a broken promise for Latinos. My guest is Dr. Paul Rivera. He’s the co founder of be act change. He’s a former senior economist at USA ID. And he’s a former academic at CSU Channel Islands, which is part of the California State University system. Given his background, as well as asking Paul about Latino economy asked him about the challenges of delivering foreign aid. Paul gave some great advice about the need for donors to really understand the local communities they’re providing aid to. And he illustrates that point with a vivid example, which is worth listening to the episode for. Right, so let’s get into it. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Dr. Paul Rivera. Dr. Paul Rivera, welcome to the programme.

Paul Rivera  02:03

Thanks so much for having me. Gene. It’s so great to be here.

Gene Tunny  02:05

It’s good to have you on Paul, you’re really interested in the conversation, you’ve got a background in economic development, which is something I’m very, very much interested in. And also well, at the moment, you are the VP and co founder of the Act change. Could you tell us a bit about big change? Please, before we get into the conversation, absolutely.

Paul Rivera  02:27

No, that would be my pleasure. It’s basically my spouse, and I who’ve co founded this company, it’s a consultancy, where at the end of the day, our job, our mission is really to impact lives. And it really comes from from our background, you know, it’s both of us have lived to the immigrant experience in the United States, we’ve both have careers in academia, and international development, you know, I come from, I come very much from the lens of critical thinking, that’s, that’s the most important thing for me is sort of attacking, looking for solutions from the lens of critical thinking. And I know that that’s, for example, what led me to economics as a field, you know, and that’s one of the reasons why I love it, the whole idea of of optimization and having a goal, and having an understanding of what are the constraints there? And what are the resources? And what are they efficient ways to get there is something that really, really sort of warms my soul a little bit in a strange way. I don’t know that. I don’t know that anybody ever talks about economics that way, but, but it’s really very much that my, you know, that, that for me, you know, because that approach to problem solving. I think that there’s a lot of, you know, as I look around the world, and I, you know, you see, you know, the world’s kind of a mess right now, and you see how much bias there is and prejudice and all of these things. And I think that if people really went out of their way to approach things from a critical thinking lens, that that there would be much less of that, you know, people, if people took the time to read the data to do the analysis to ask the questions, you know, to what are the questioning the assumptions, I think is huge. So, I started out actually, after I finished my PhD in academia, I spent I spent about 15 years as a as a professor at an at a university that was brand new, it actually opened the year that I arrived. And so I got to be founding faculty at a brand new University, which is an incredible experience just to see the level of impact that you can have, you know, on the formation of that university and, and the direction that it takes and this particular university was, was set in a heavily Hispanic Latino Area in California, in the US where there was no public university at the time. So it was a very underserved market. And so just just to be able to create that impact and bring that access into of university education there was was tremendous, you know, and I saw so much of what people struggled with, you know, this whole concept of of the American Dream, which I know we’re gonna get into a little bit later. Yeah, but you know, folks who who really did everything they could, they left their homelands, you know, to come to this land of opportunity and, and to see their kids getting into that university collegiate sphere was really, really impactful, you know, and I get emotional about it sometimes when I talk about it, because you see the transformation in these kids and these families and that sort of thing. And, you know, my, my whole thing has always been critical thinking, and so bringing that to the, to the youth. But as you mentioned, in my intro, my field is development economics. Yeah. And that’s always, that’s always what I studied. That comes a lot from my background to my parents, my mom was from Mexico, my dad is from El Salvador. And so I come very much from from that perspective and understanding not only the economic forces that are there, but really the cultural things, and, and understanding how those things mesh together to, to sort of create a reality both back in the home country, and in and in the the sort of immigrant receiving countries, you know, and so my, my push was always to go into that international development field, because I saw that there was so much opportunity there, I’ve travelled to 112 countries in the world at this point. And, you know, you go and you see that these countries have so much potential, there’s so much that can be done there to really improve quality of life. For for folks there, you know, and so I moved, I left academia after a while, and moved into this international development realm. Because I saw that opportunity, I wanted to have a greater impact in the world, you know. And as we sort of went into this, it was, it was really interesting, because the way in which development is carried out by a lot of these large organisations, you know, whether it’s bilateral governments or these international financial institutions, the World Bank, the IMF, there’s, there’s a changing of the tide a little bit, but it’s very paternalistic. Very, very, you know, it’s, it’s very prescriptive, that we are the experts, we come in to these countries, we assess the problem, and we fund the solution. If we happen to ask the local communities what it is that that they want, it’s just to say that we consulted them oftentimes, but that genuine integration with the community and what they need, and what’s really going to be sustainable, in terms of an intervention for them is, is really rare. You know, and it’s one of the biggest problems in international development, that that sustainability of impact is, is really difficult. And I’m 100% convinced that a large portion of that comes from failure to secure that buy in to actually listen to those communities. So from all of that, from all of that experience, really came this motivation to create the change, where it’s something that so we work with individuals, and we work with teams and organisations to really help them think of themselves as not just high achievers, and you know, and we’re high achiever, you and I sitting here, we’re definitely high achievers, you know, we have people who’ve achieved a certain success academically, professionally, and that sort of thing. But it’s folks who really want to take that and, and move to what we call trailblazers. So not just necessarily following the prescription that they’ve been given, but really digging deep, finding their purpose, and creating the the real action plan that moves them ahead in a way that fulfils them. So and so it’s something that’s been really, really rewarding for us at this point, you know, in terms of the business, because we’ve really been able to see tremendous transformation in how people, people in organisations perceive themselves, how they understand their mission, and how that impacts how they carry on their day to day, how they think about their future, how they talk about themselves. So it’s something that that it’s, we’re just really excited about it, it’s something that’s going gangbusters at this point. And, and we’re happy to, to be sort of spreading that message of, of self empowerment, and how that dovetails with, with with especially for a lot of these Latino communities that we work with, you know, how that dovetails with not only greater satisfaction, but also improvements in their economic standing and their ability to help themselves, their family, their community. Rod, okay,

Gene Tunny  09:19

so just specifically, are you doing, you’re doing consulting work for the communities? Are you are you engaged by aid organisations to to work with communities, how does it work?

Paul Rivera  09:31

So we’re sort of two parts, right? So I’m a specialist in strategic planning. So when one of our arms is still actually doing strategic planning with some of these larger aid organisations, they have a country strategy that they need to develop and how it is that they’re going to carry out the depending on the country, you know, so um, sometimes hundreds of millions of dollars that are going to go towards that country. And so when some of the contracting that we do is basically helping the As aid organisations create strategic plans, and then action plans, and then monitoring and evaluation plans that are going to push them towards their objectives in that sense, you know, and my push always is really to make sure that that’s, you know, founded at the grassroots that that’s something that’s been vetted and not just vetted, but really engaged and bought into by those local communities.

Gene Tunny  10:23

Gotcha. And I thought that was interesting. That comment you made about historically the, say, the World Bank and other big, big lenders for development, Asian development, bank, etc. Were you suggesting that? Yeah, they weren’t. They didn’t think enough about what the communities needed? Do you have any examples? Was it too much of a focus on big ticket or big, you know, flashy or fashionable projects or big infrastructure, projects, dams, etc? Is that part of the problem?

Paul Rivera  11:00

I would say there’s, there’s a couple levels I’ll give you. I’ll give you an example. That’s my anecdote. Okay. One of my first consulting jobs that I ever that I ever took was with one of these large international financial institutions, which shall remain nameless. But they had a they had been working in Western Africa somewhere with these with these fishery fisherman communities. Somebody had the idea that, you know, in my last situation, they said, they had worked somewhere in East Asia, I think, I believe it was in Thailand. And they had worked with Fisher communities, and they had created this project through which they purchased sort of these long boats with motor but with motors, that would help the fishermen they said, basically, that the problem in that situation was that there was a sort of a low level capital investment. And so they just infused this capital. And that’s what was needed to bring our productivity. And so they said, copy paste, it worked in East Asia, so it’s going to work in West Africa. And they they did absolutely no consultation. Okay. So I came in actually, as an ex post evaluator, about three years after the project had been completed. And so I go in to this community where I know they had worked. And I started asking about the boats and the fishermen and how things are going and people are looking at me with blank stares, like, What are you talking? I’m like, I’m like, a few years ago, there was this project and this organisation came, and they’re like, Oh, you have to talk to the chief. And so this particular country still had sort of a chief says, Chief type chiefdom society organisation, right? So they take me to the chief, and the chief walks me down to the beach, and I see 10 of these boats upside down, sitting on the beach completely rotted out, and there’s no motors. Okay. And so what they, when I started asking about it, he said, Well, what if what essentially they didn’t understand was that their society is a very highly structured society. And the fishermen, they were considered to be sort of not high loss, high status, folks. And so this organisation had come in, and given a very high status gift, in effect, to a relatively not high status person. And so the natural thing for them to do was to say, I can’t accept this gift. So they gifted all of the boats to the chief, the chief is the chief. So the chief doesn’t fish. He doesn’t, he’s not a fisherman. So the chief basically sold the boats, sold all the motors, he used the income to buy himself a new house in Switzerland. And that was it. Right? So what happened, right, and I can, I can give you five other similar examples, there was there was basically they external parties came in, they gave some sort of analysis of what they perceive to be the problem, they copy pasted a solution. And they put in millions of dollars for it. And at the end of the day, there was no real impact from that, because they failed to secure the buy in from the community, they failed to do the basic consultation that would show you know, what it is that was actually needed in those communities. So you know, that’s our, that’s our big thing is really, really engaging in listening. You know, before, you know, when we talk about wasting taxpayer dollars, and that sort of thing, it’s our responsibility to make sure that that’s that that’s going to be used in a proper fashion, you know, yeah,

Gene Tunny  14:23

yeah, that’s a that’s a really good example. I didn’t bring you on to chat about foreign aid or development assistance, but we might have to have another session on it. Because it’s it’s a big area and I know that there have been a voice I’ve read Billy’s delete stuff. I think there’s some good stuff there. I mean, he’s doing some great analysis that that that is a really good example Paul. So yeah, really, really thankful that You sure that Yeah, but we’ll have to we’ll have to have another conversation otherwise, we’re going to use the whole hour on, on on talking about those issues. Okay, so let’s go Miko back to Through the question of Latinos and the American dream, because that’s what, yeah, what got my interest? When when I learned about you, there’s this idea that you have of the broken promise or the what is it the fallacy of the American Dream for Latinos, and you mentioned this university, this new university was this in California is this part of the University of California system,

Paul Rivera  15:26

it’s actually part of the California State University system. So So California has, has multiple tiers, the, you know, the University of California has, you know, it’s the UCLA, it’s the UC Berkeley, which are the high level, what they call the, you know, the r1 institutions and that sort of thing. And then there’s the California State University system, which I believe has 23 campuses across the state, and they’re really the ones that are designed. So most teachers in California have gone through the California State University system, and it’s, you know, it’s, it’s, it’s a, it’s a huge amount of, of students, and it’s really the most is the entry point, it’s the access point for for, for collegiate education there. And it’s, it’s a wonderful, wonderful kind of institution, that that, you know, has, it has helped so many but, you know, the Latino thing, especially in the United States, and in California is really fascinating, there are close to 63 million Latinos in the United States, which is not quite 20% of the population. So it you know, if you, if you kind of separate them out, they’re kind of a country all all in themselves. And if they were a country in and of themselves, that that $3.2 trillion, Latino GDP. So that’s, that’s the latest calculation that Latinos in the United States generate 3.2 dollars $3.2 trillion dollars in GDP, which would make them the fifth largest economy in the world, right? It’s a massive amount of, of money, that that is generated through that. Yeah. And, you know, and and if you look at at that figure in terms of growth rates, for example, over the last 1012 years, it’s been almost a 4% annual growth rate, which is pretty much double what the US GDP growth rate has been in this in the comparable period, right? So it’s really, as a as a whole at a macro lens, it’s really something that has grown substantially, right. And then there has to be, though, the, the flip side, the micro side, that has to be looked at a little bit, right. And so when, when you start to dig into it a little bit, you start to see that, so much of that of that macro level of growth for one is coming from population growth. Yeah, it’s the it’s the largest, you know, it’s the most, it’s the fastest growing population demographic in the US, Latinos work like crazy. It’s the it’s the, it’s the population group with the highest labour force participation rate. And the estimate is that over the next 10 years from now, 78% of the net growth in the in the labour force will come from Latinos in the United States. So you know, that those numbers are really accelerating. So when you think about it, when you start, when you start thinking about that, that calculation, the per capita figures are not doing great, right? That the macro figures are doing, you know, are significant. But as you start to look at that per capita scenario, it’s not something that’s super robust, you know, and, and so, Latinos are really very much invested in this idea of the American dream. And, you know, I’ve been to just about every country in Latin America, and all my family’s in the United States. And these are the folks that I talked to, and, and that’s my community. And as you talk to as you talk to Latinos, the statistics and the statistics bear it out, it’s the population group that most believes in the American dream, right, this idea that, that in a land of equal opportunity, hard work is going to get you to success, you know, and that’s, that’s really the core of the American dream as, as, as immigrants see them, and it’s, you know, it’s worth saying that having having been all over the place, the American dream, it’s what we call it, but it’s something that’s, that’s really universal, right? I know, like, I know that Australia has a tremendous amount of, of immigration, and I know that basically, they’re all going there looking for some whatever it it is, but it’s some version of the American dream, you know, and so it’s it’s, it’s a it’s an aspiration that you see worldwide, but at least in the US, at least looking at the at this Latino population. Their their progress on it is stumbling in a lot of ways. You know, the, the there’s a wage gap of about 23% compared to non Latino white population. More significantly, is Is this wealth gap. So the average Latino household has about $36,000 in wealth measured as compared to about 190,000. For non Hispanic white population. So it’s, that’s more than a five fold difference. And you know that difference, that gap is really something that drives so many of the decisions that Latinos are making, right, so they don’t have that wealth base, which means they don’t have the investment base, they don’t necessarily they don’t have the same levels of financial security, they don’t invest as much in health, and certainly not mental health, which is one of the places where you really see these impacts play out, you know, we start looking at, at at the Latino populations, and how it is that they see themselves in their situation, and they’re so deeply invested in this idea that all I need to do is work hard and work hard and work hard and work hard. And that’s what they’re doing and still struggling, you know, so the statistic that always pops out to me is that of these 63 million, Latinos, 4 million of them every year suffer what what is termed a major depressive episode. So to the point where they are basically unable to function in some way that that others start to notice their, their depression and become worried for them. You know, and that’s part and parcel from, you know, the, the the sort of regular levels of depression that you see, these are people who are just down for the count in some way, you know, and when you ask them, What is it, you know, when they, when you ask them about the source of it, it’s exactly these things, you know, it’s this struggle, this chase toward the things of the American Dream towards that financial security towards the homeownership towards, towards the stability, that were there, they’re stumbling, and, and it’s stressful, you know, and they’re less likely Latinos are also less likely to seek help for it. So they’re sort of, they’re not making it, they’re not feeling good about it. And now they’re trying to make it while they’re, you know, their, their brains and their their emotions are not are not helping them either, you know, so,

Gene Tunny  22:12

yeah, it’s,

Paul Rivera  22:13

it’s a struggle, you know, it’s a, it’s a, it’s a tough place to be. And yet, you know, the, the Latino population continues to be so optimistic about immigration and the American dream and moving towards those things, you know, so a big part, I would say that a big part of our push, in our business and in our mentorship, and a lot of the work that we do, is really trying to shift that narrative, you know, to be to be a place where, where, for one, you know, I’m, I’m a micro economist, by, by training, by practice and by love. So for me, everything starts with the individual, you know, so so much of this work comes down to, I think helping people understand their, their why their purpose, like, like, I mentioned it earlier, but that sort of digging deep as to who you are, and why do you do what you do? And, and the how, you know, what, what’s your unique problem solving approach in this world? What’s the value that you bring, and having people understand their their own values and beliefs and how those things sort of come into play to create, really we work a lot on helping people create and organisations helping them create their brand? Yeah, you know, very good,

Gene Tunny  23:24

Paul. I’ve got about half a dozen questions after that, though. All right. That’s, that’s fascinating. First, what do we mean by Latina? And I don’t mean to sound dance, but because I understand Latin American, but predominantly, what what are we talking about now? Because I mean, like, I mean, I’m living in Australia. So I mean, my knowledge of America is limited by, you know, generally what I’m seeing in the media or in film and TV. And so I know, historically, you’ve had large, you have a large Puerto Rican population, and particularly in New York City, and and then you’ve got the Mexican immigrants and the, you know, lots in in oil and gas in Texas and California. And then there are the communities from Central and South America. What’s the Latino community look like in the US?

Paul Rivera  24:14

It’s extremely diverse, you know, as you look at as you look at the numbers, by far the largest Latino population is in California. And, and most of those are Mexican descent. But as you know, as you rightly point out there, there are basically pockets, pocket maybe to an understatement there. There’s there’s significant populations of Latinos in everything that is the southwest, so basically, California, Arizona, New Mexico, Texas. All in that path. I would say that most Latinos, by far are Mexican, Mexican American descent. And then you get to other other portions of the country, as you said, sort of New York, Atlanta, Miami, where you’re gonna get a lot more of the The Puerto Rican Dominican, especially as you get down in sort of that South Florida area, you’re gonna get the the mix of all all Latin Americans, you know, Cubans, Colombian, Salvadorans, Nicaraguans, and that sort of thing. So it’s that I’ve met Latinos of every variety at some point somewhere in the United States. But I would say that there’s definitely in terms of numbers, that concentration on the coasts. At the same time, 43% of people engaged in the farming industry, in the United States are Latinos. So there’s also a huge Latino population within sort of the mid sections of the country, but they don’t have that same density necessarily, that you find on the coasts.

Gene Tunny  25:45

Gotcha. And is there a recognition among Latinos of a, of a community of a broader Latino community for eternity, so to speak, I

Paul Rivera  25:54

would say that that’s something that that we, meaning I in this business, and the folks of us who work in similar things work really hard to create. I, you know, that there’s, there’s so much common history that that binds us, you know, I mean, I mean, for one, starting with, with language, you know, from South of Mexico, down to the tip, with, with a few exceptions, we all speak a common language. And, and obviously, it’s like, it’s like, it’s like the United States, you know, people in Texas don’t speak quite the same way that New Yorkers do or Californians do. And I think that those are differences that we need to celebrate. And I don’t think the Latino community does that enough. And then, the other side of it, though, is that everyone is very proud of their, their unique country heritage. You know, my family is very proud to be Mexican. My wife’s family’s very proud to be Nicaraguan. And so it is hard when you come to as an immigrant to the United States to suddenly you’re not Nicaraguan anymore, you’re not Colombian, you’re not Mexican, you are Latino, right, and you’re put under this general umbrella. And so it is, it is a bit of a mindset change to say, you know, I’m in a brotherhood with all of these people who don’t come from my country, you know, so it’s, I would say that it’s something that’s still evolving, and it’s something that that the Latino community would benefit tremendously from, by by having sort of that mindset shift that brings people closer together, I think, I think it would be revolutionary, you know, you would stop the just the ability to stop saying, you know, oh, you know, he’s, you know, whatever, he’s from x country, and you can’t trust those people kind of a thing, you know, to really say, you know, what, we have a common history of economic struggle, and, you know, it’s Latin America. So corrupt government is something that, you know, really binds Latin Americans together and, and the impacts of that. So, you know, I think you could be transformational in terms of how the Latino community would, would evolve as a as a group in the US if they were able to better come together those ways. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  27:58

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  28:03

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  28:32

Now back to the show. Okay, so you mentioned a $3.2 trillion GDP. So yeah, that’s roughly that must be about twice the size of the Australian economy measured in Australia in US dollar terms. So maybe a bit under but now but yeah, it’s a it’s a substantial amount. What where does that figure come from? Pull? What does that estimate come from?

Paul Rivera  29:01

There’s a there’s a recent report that came out that’s called the Latino GDP report. They’ve published it every year, for the last six years or so. And they’ve seen it, you know, they’ve seen they’ve seen that growth, and it’s a group that their aim is really to see how it is, in particular that that sort of the three pillars of Latino homeownership and business ownership and asset ownership have increased or decreased over time. But you know, it’s it’s part it’s part of that that whole tracking and objective calculation there.

Gene Tunny  29:35

A lot link to that. In the show notes. Yep. You talked about a wage gap of 23%. Is that largely because Latinos are working in there are fewer Latinos working in professional occupations more so as labourers or in, in in service occupations? Would that be the I would say so

Paul Rivera  29:57

yeah, I would say so. You know, that the the If the educational attainment is not the same, and then you know, there’s, there’s a lot of things that that go that go with that, you know, we talk, as I said, I have a lot of experience at the university level, and one of the things that you see, for example, is that, you know, a lot of Latinos are scholarship kids, you know, they go to college under under these scholarships, because, you know, the parents don’t, we don’t have the wealth necessarily to, especially in the US to Shell out the money for their full collegiate education. So they have to take some sort of loans, and they have to take scholarships, and that sort of thing. And it’s fascinating, because the way that the system goes, it’s, it’s supposedly helping them out, you know, which it is, because otherwise they wouldn’t have access, but at the same time, it puts them behind the eight ball, you know, now, now you’re the kid whose parents didn’t go to college, so you didn’t grow up, talking about college, hearing about college or understanding what that culture is, like, suddenly, suddenly, you’re in this place where your school work is much tougher. And now you’re told oh, but to be here, you have to have a job. Now, right. And, and so there goes a big part of your time that should be devoted to studying and really dedicated to these other things. And now you have to know you have to have a job to pay for, for the privilege of being there, and that sort of thing. So you know, that all of these things, you know, they’re, it’s, it’s not that they’re, that they’re bad in any way, but that they, they’re there, they’re one more barrier, one more hurdle, that you have to jump, you know, and so once they get out to, for example, the workforce, a lot of them are not folks that have done, they’ve never done an internship, they can’t do an internship, they can’t afford an intern, and they can’t afford an unpaid internship, you know, so, you know, they get out into the working world, and you know, what the job that they’re going to apply for, is going to be, it’s good that the competition is tough, you know, they’re, they’re there, as I said, they’re behind the eight ball a little bit. And not, it’s not quite the same situation. So. So even those that are professionals have a wage gap, because they don’t necessarily see the same. They’re not perceived as being equivalently qualified. And the other thing is that, that goes sort of along with this as, as Latinos in our culture, as part of this whole American Dream thing, and believing that hard work is what matters, we’re really told, we’re really told that you just keep your head down, don’t make waves just work hard. And one of the consequences of that is that we’re not taught the value of networking, the importance, like the essential, the essential pneus, of, of networking, you know, and I know, it’s something that I’ve, I’ve had to learn the hard way over time, that, you know, if you really want to have that next level come to you, there has to be somebody at that level, who’s gonna vouch for you. And and we’re not we’re not taught that, you know, it’s something that that we’re told to be humble, we’re not we’re, that it’s, it’s rude, actually, to ask for some of those for that help for that push for that phone call? You know, so it’s, it’s something that, that we push for a lot. And as I said, you know, coming back to your question earlier, if there were a much stronger feeling of community among the Latino community, and I think that’s even something that that we could create for ourselves, and it’s slowly happening, but I think that pace needs to really accelerate.

Gene Tunny  33:25

Yeah, yeah, absolutely. Okay. So one of the other things you mentioned, is depression rates of depression, is the incidence of depression in Latino communities higher than in non Latino or non Hispanic? Do you know, it is,

Paul Rivera  33:40

it is a little bit higher, you know, statistically, it’s a little bit higher than that there are two major differences. One is that the basically, Latinos don’t have don’t have the wherewithal the resources to seek help as much. So, you know, they the incidence happens a little bit more often. But it’s it, it’s going untreated, basically, in a lot of ways. And then the second piece is that the the incidence, as I said, is slightly higher similar, but the depth of the depression is also is also different. So one of the things that you see is that the they measure the incidence of suicidal ideation, so not just are you depressed, but do you get to the point of actually thinking about an ending, you know, the pain and and that rate among Latinos, and especially among younger working age, Latinos is significantly higher than then, you know, other comparable groups,

Gene Tunny  34:46

as the Latino community have been affected by the opioid epidemic, and you know, data on that, that

Paul Rivera  34:51

I’m sure there isn’t that’s that’s not something that I am super specialised in. So I I wouldn’t want to go. I wouldn’t want to speculate beyond my beyond my realm on that one.

Gene Tunny  35:06

That’s okay. I might look into it. I was just interested, then when you’re talking about depression in the depths of depression, just

Paul Rivera  35:14

I mean, I mean, what is what is the case is that there’s a tremendous, I would say, more sort of high functioning alcoholism, and that that would be a much more prominent thing. But you know, I don’t I don’t as I say, I don’t want to speculate too much on Yeah,

Gene Tunny  35:30

fair enough. Fair enough. I might, I might look into that myself. Getting to the just going to the American dream. So I was interested in how you, you phrased it, how you conceptualise it, or how people conceptualise it, there’s this idea that given that America has this equal opportunity that you’ve got this, you should be able to prosper? And then if you don’t prosper, if you don’t do well, then in a way, it’s your own fault, and you’re a loser? I mean, that’s the implicit message there isn’t. I mean, it’s quite right. It’s terrible psychologically. When you think about it, so I guess one of the issues is this, just how, you know, is there this equal opportunity, and one of the things I’ve been looking at lately, those his book that came out a few years ago, Dream hoarders, and there’s this growing literature on just the transmission of advantage or disadvantage across generations, and it looks like the US if you look at the data, there’s less intergenerational mobility in the US than in, in other countries such as Australia. I mean, we’re, we’re maybe not as good as we once were. But we’re still better than the US, it seems. So this this issue of the American dream, is this this part of a broader problem ball? It’s not just for, it’s not just a problem affecting Latinos?

Paul Rivera  36:51

I think it absolutely is a much broader problem, you know, and I speak to it from, from my perspective, and, and my, my knowledge, where, you know, I have that that intimate connection, but I mean, as you look at things, I mean, yeah, as you say, the you know, the, the first one, just from a, from a basic, big level perspective, as you look at sort of the the top developing developed countries in the world, and you look at life expectancy, that the US is, is close to the bottom, on some of those, you know, there, there’s actually quite a few sort of middle middle income and developing countries that are, that are surpassing, if not, at least dangerously close to life expectancy in the US. So, you know, at a fundamental level, the, the, the sort of American Dream is failing Americans too, in a lot of ways, you know, and I think that, that there’s that there’s some interesting, there’s a lot of interesting things there. You know, in a, in a past life, I was a consular officer working for the, for the US government in basically issuing visas overseas. And so I met 1000s 1000s and 1000s, of, you know, people in other countries who were literally in front of me requesting to come to the United States, you know, and so I had a lot of a lot of conversations with, with people about that, that subject, you know, and, and the ones who, it’s a really interesting thing, so most of them want to come as tourists, right? They want to come to the US for some period of time, just to see and then go back. And your current your job as a consular officer is a terrible job, because you’re judging people that you’ve never met before, based on, you know, some sort of not arbitrary, but but at least you know, not very in depth criteria necessarily. But the people who are most sincere and the most convincing are the ones who are who are able to tell you a story about their community and their connections and their rootedness in their home country. Right. So you know, as as an American consular officer, you want to give a visa to the person who’s going to come to the US and then go back home. Right? That’s the whole idea. Yeah. And and those these folks who, who, some of them speak so eloquently, so romantically about their, their connections at home and their and their family and their roots and their beliefs, and that sort of thing. And those are the many of the same people who for because their situation in their home countries is often so tough, they find themselves in the position of where they make the choice to come to the United States, you know, and this whole concept of the American dream of part of the problem with the American Dream is how we’ve translated it, how we’ve measured it, you know, as you if you look in the Oxford Dictionary, the definition of the American Dream is basically that, that this idea that the situation in America offers those who work hard, the equal opportunity to achieve and the dictionary says their highest aspirations, and that highest aspirations piece is something really important that I think people don’t hang on to enough because as as we see it, As we measure it as we watch it play out, the American dream, so often is measured by Do you own a house? Do you? Do you have a certain income? And then do you? Do you have a college education? Are you married? Have you had kids yet? You know, and the conversations that go that way? And in many ways, it’s a very individualistic type of pursuit. It’s about what have I done? What have I achieved? What have I acquired, and so much of the value in I think any community, the US included, Australia included, but certainly, as we’ve seen in Latin America, and lots of other countries, community is the core, you know, community is what is it’s, it’s the place that that helps form your values. It’s the place that’s that helps you with your resilience, when things get tough, there’s, there’s a core that you rely on. And when you as an immigrant, you are extracted from that core and dropped in a new situation, and told that the checkmarks that measure your success, are these individualistic things, it’s really, really tough. You know, so, you know, we’ve come back a couple of times to this idea of, of community. But, you know, as we think about how it is that, that, that we sort of build that, that I think that community pieces is essential not. And really, it’s kind of interesting, because our our model is really one of individual purpose, right? Our whole big change model is really one of building individual purpose, but at the same time, recognising that in others, and then building that community, that sort of network of strength that sort of holds everybody up together. That’s that’s sort of our vision for it. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  41:42

Yeah. Very good. I should, I should also not so just so we’re getting the right, or we’ve got the balanced picture of what’s going on. Sure. Because we’ve talked about a lot of the issues with the American dream and challenges and how it’s, it may not be playing out as, as Latinos expect. Is it generally the case, though, that I mean, immigrants from Latin American countries into the United States, they’re generally doing better than they were in their, in their, their source countries, and they’re not going back? There’s, there’s not much of a flow back. Is there? Do you have any observations on that?

Paul Rivera  42:23

Yeah, yeah. So I think I think there’s, there’s a few ways to see it, you know, if you look at their, their same thing, if you look at their financial positions, I would say that that is true. You know, if you look at sort of their their household, their household GDP, sort of scenarios, I would say that that’s absolutely true. However, you know, I’ve spending, having spent a lot of time in these immigrant Latino communities, both in the US and outside, I would say that there’s, you kind of have to temper that with, with the reality of the situations in some ways, you know, there are safety, for example, safety and security aspects to a lot of the communities where, where Latinos end up, end up in, that they don’t necessarily have in their home communities, they don’t have the same, the same support systems that are there, the implicit and explicit sort of biases against them that they see in the workplace are real, and those things, those things have an impact as well. So you know, I, I would say that many, many, many Latinos dream very, speak very romantically and longingly about where they came from. And the and the option of going back is a tough one. You know, my, my dad actually just re emigrated back to El Salvador, not not long ago, but it’s basically in his retirement and because he was able to go back, in a sense, in a triumphant way, right, that he’s the guy here, it might and, you know, I’m fortunate that my parents were, were did well have done well in the United States, you know, and he’s able to go back as someone who is triumphant in that situation, but a lot of Latinos who, who are struggling more in the US, there’s, I think that they struggle with the, the pressure of not wanting to go back, not triumphant, you know, the, with the idea that, you know, it’s not that easy just to just to say, You know what, it didn’t work over here. So we’re gonna go back, you know, the folks count on them, remittances are a massive thing. So even though they may be struggling in the US, the remittances that they send back home are often supporting an entire extended family and They can’t just, you know, walk away from that either, you know, so there’s there’s a lot riding on them and, and you know, those those stresses are real and they affect how they live out their lives.

Gene Tunny  45:09

Yeah, that’s a really good point, I’ll have to look for data on that, because those remittance flows are potentially very large. So they’re massive,

Paul Rivera  45:18

you know, you get countries like El Salvador, and remittances on any given year are somewhere between 17 and 20%, of of GDP, is coming in as remittances from primarily from the United States, you know, so it’s, it’s really some, it’s more than just something that’s, that’s giving that little extra boost to the economy. It’s what’s really driving the economy. And in a lot of these cases, you know, and, and as you see countries that are struggling, like like Haiti, or or Venezuela and that sort of thing, you know, a lot oftentimes these remittances are what’s what’s keeping food on people’s plates back at home?

Gene Tunny  45:49

Yeah, absolutely. And it’s providing us dollars, but it’s providing foreign exchange that helps you there Exactly. Yep. By imports, for sure. That’s a very good point. Right. Oh, so just to just to finish off all and I’m wondering, do you have any reflections or thoughts on what this means the growing proportion of the growing role of Latinos in the US? I mean, you mentioned it’s got a 4% growth rate, which is higher than, I don’t know, off the top my head what the average US growth rate is, but I imagine it’s lower than that. So they’ve got the Higher, higher growth rate, and there’s going to be a growing proportion Latinos in the population, the economy, do you have any thoughts on what it means for the broader society? Or the or for? I don’t, I don’t want to get into politics, necessarily, but what does it mean for, you know, the social makeup where America is heading? Yeah,

Paul Rivera  46:45

you know, I mean, you know, the, it’s not a, it’s not a new, new thing at all, you know, between it, you know, there’s, there’s a large South Asian population in the United States, there’s, there’s a large African American population, you know, it’s been a long time that the US has been, has been becoming a brown replace, you know, for, for, for lack of a better term, at least in terms of the Latino population. One side of it is that, you know, if you’re a business person, and in the United States, and you’re not somehow targeting the Latino population, you’re missing out on a huge, huge market, you know, so that, that part is, that part is super clear. But you know, as, as a Latino, myself, and somebody who’s concerned about about my community, I really love to see, see it go past that, you know, because that’s, that’s the consumer side of it, right? That’s, you know, marketing to Latinos is, is really sort of targeting them from as consumers, and I would love to see, the Latino population become much stronger in terms of them as a core of investment. And that, and that’s really, where a lot of the stress comes down, a lot of the sort of the problematics come down in a lot of ways, you know, if we continue to see, for example, this population expanding without really closing off the not just the income gaps, but the wealth gap, that’s there, you know, you’re you’re creating systemically in some way and a sort of permanent underclass. And I don’t particularly want to go into politics, either. But history shows that when you create a, a, an underclass, that that isn’t that doesn’t have that, that mobility and doesn’t have the wherewithal to, to move up, it’s bound to cause instability, it’s, it’s bound to cause all sorts of problems, you know, so I would love to see the country as a whole, but certainly, certainly the Latino community come to, you know, be a little more cohesive, focus more, as you know, as just I know, I’ve said it a couple of times, but it’s, it’s really important to us, you know, this idea of focusing on not just the the check marks of the American dream as we see it, but but really something that focuses more on, on valuing individuals valuing their purpose and our work, it sounds, it sounds a little bit dreamy, sometimes, but you know, it, make no mistake, Mark, our entire concept is that based on your purpose, based on your unique value, whether you’re an individual, an NGO, a team, small business, that if if you start from that core, that your financial position can be much stronger, right, that your wealth position can be much stronger and much more sustainable. And that’s, that’s sort of really what we’re going for, you know, something that that helps turn that tide a little bit and start making those inroads and, and building some of that, that wealth that gives the financial stability and the and I think ultimately the the economic stability, the macro stability that and there and the and the growth that we would like to see. Yeah, yeah, absolutely.

Gene Tunny  49:53

Absolutely. Can I ask you about, you mentioned businesses in the US I mean, You’ve got to you should be, you should recognise you got this growing market there, there’s large market businesses in the US. Is there advertising? Or there is? In Spanish? I mean, the advertising? are they preparing advertising materials and informational materials in Spanish? Sure,

Paul Rivera  50:19

sure. Yeah, for sure that they’re, you know, it’s sort of they’re sort of a bipolar situation, you go to you go to places like Los Angeles, New York, Miami, there’s, there’s billboards in Spanish, you know, and there’s, and there’s, you know, plenty of radio stations, and, and, you know, television things in, in completely in Spanish, and those are there. And then you see, sort of this growing core of smaller businesses in the US that are that are just sort of niche marketing, targeting, specifically the Latino, the Latino markets. There, you know, and a lot of it is, is really trying to bring some of the more authentic, culturally appropriate sorts of goods and products into into the market, but they have, you know, they have the same problem that small businesses have everywhere, but even multiplied, you know, because they’re because they’re Latinos, which is the access to credit. So the, you know, the, the growth potential there for a lot of these small businesses is really, really tough. The statistic is that less slightly less than 2% of venture capital in the US, goes to Latino entrepreneurs, you know, so it’s, it’s, that growth is is is slow and tough. But, but definitely, you know, the, the Latino population is, as I said, we’re, we’re, we’re, we’re almost 19 20% of the population. So there’s definitely, you know, advertising in that direction and products that are that are definitely targeted to that market.

Gene Tunny  51:46

Yeah, just occurred to me then. And then I mean, it makes sense that they’ve got Spanish language radio stations. Yes. Yeah, that that makes perfect sense. Okay. Paul Rivera, that’s been terrific. Any final thoughts? And please tell us where we can find out more about the work you’re doing?

Paul Rivera  52:03

No, this is this has been incredible. Thanks so much for, for having this conversation with me. I truly, truly appreciate it. You can find us we have our website, be act changed.com, you can find us also on Instagram on be dot Act dot change, you can find me on LinkedIn. I’m Dr. Paul Rivera. And we have also as I mentioned, my my wife and I asked her I said Alana and I are, are being changed together, we have a book that’s just been released called Creating your limitless life. It’s available on on Amazon. And there’s a there’s an accompanying workbook, at least for now, the Kindle versions are extremely, extremely low priced, I think it’s about 125. Australian. So it’s, it’s a really, really great book, it’s something that that’s really written from the heart and talks a lot about the personal experiences, and then translating that a little bit into, into what i’ve what I’ve at least, hinted at here a little bit, which is sort of our approach that’s based on purpose. Looking for alignment in your actions, finding the resilience, when things get tough, and, and, and really creating a legacy for yourself and seeing seeing your life or your business, your organisation as something that seeks to leave a positive legacy in this world and, and creating the pathways towards that. And, you know, you know, we wrote this from, from our perspective, as I said, you know, as Latinos, as people who’ve lived the immigrant experience, we’ve had so much tremendous feedback from all sorts of folks saying, you know, I’m a white male, and I really, I really, you know, resonate with, with the message is there and I’ve felt, you know, the imposter syndrome and the people pleasing and, you know, all of these things that, that sort of people feel they hold back and hold them back and from, from really carrying their life forward in a different way. So it’s, we’ve been really happy with the, with the success we’ve had, and our ability to get that message out. So if you get a chance, I highly recommend picking up the book, leave a review if you if you enjoyed it. And and that’s where we’re at, you can always find us as I said on the website, big change.com Very

Gene Tunny  54:14

good, Paul, I’ll definitely have to get the Kindle edition. One of the this is this is not necessarily an ad for Kindle, but I would say that one of the things that’s changed my life the most in the last few years has been getting a Kindle. So I guess I was slow to get into the get into the Kindle. But since I’ve got out I mean, it’s you’re just able to, to get I just read so many more books or different books that I wouldn’t look as the price I was lower price and I’ll try it out. So I love the

Paul Rivera  54:43

I mean, the device itself has gotten so much better to Yes, you know, with the screen and the battery life and all of those things and now you can make notes on them and all of that they’re tremendous. Yeah, it’s, and we’ve, you know, we had the great fortune to work with with a really excellent Australian publisher and getting this book out. So we certainly feel like we’re we have a spiritual home in Australia to to thanks to them. So that’s been a great experience as well. Yeah. Excellent.

Gene Tunny  55:07

That’s what I want to hear for. Paul Rivera. Thanks so much for your time. It’s been a great conversation. Really enjoyed it.

Paul Rivera  55:14

Absolutely. Thanks so much Gene.

Gene Tunny  55:19

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

56:06

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.